Kevin E. Fordyce, CPA

President Obama recently said that he wants a tax reform/deficit reduction package by August and lawmakers have many proposals to consider. The President has introduced a $3.77 trillion budget for fiscal year (FY) 2014 with a host of tax reform proposals, the House and Senate Budget Committees have approved competing deficit reduction and tax reform blueprints, other committees are exploring ideas for tax reform, and private groups, most notably authors of the Simpson-Bowles Plan, are also making proposals. Whatever proposals are adopted, the outcome is sure to impact your tax strategy and planning.

President Obama recently said that he wants a tax reform/deficit reduction package by August and lawmakers have many proposals to consider. The President has introduced a $3.77 trillion budget for fiscal year (FY) 2014 with a host of tax reform proposals, the House and Senate Budget Committees have approved competing deficit reduction and tax reform blueprints, other committees are exploring ideas for tax reform, and private groups, most notably authors of the Simpson-Bowles Plan, are also making proposals. Whatever proposals are adopted, the outcome is sure to impact your tax strategy and planning.

All of the proposals have one common goal: reduce the federal government's approximate $16 trillion federal budget deficit. To reduce the budget deficit, many of the plans propose to cut spending and raise revenues. Lawmakers and the White House also want to replace sequestration (across-the-board spending cuts for many federal agencies) for FY 2014 and beyond. Replacing sequestration will require spending cuts, new revenue or a combination of both. Let's take a look at how some of the tax proposals would affect individuals, businesses and others.

Individuals

The American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 (ATRA), signed into law on January 2, 2013, set the individual tax rates at 10, 15, 25, 28, 33, 35 and 39.6 percent for 2013 and beyond. The House GOP budget blueprint would consolidate the current seven individual income tax rate brackets into two rates. The lower rate would be 10 percent with the goal of a top rate of 25 percent. The Simpson-Bowles plan also calls for lower rates but does not specify the amounts; however, lower rates would be contingent on eliminating certain tax credits and deductions, possibly some popular ones such as the home mortgage interest deduction. President Obama has not proposed any changes to the current individual income tax rates.

President Obama has, however, proposed a minimum 30 percent tax on individuals with incomes over $1 million (full phase in at $2 million).  This was known as the "Buffett Rule" (now called the Fair Share Tax).  President Obama would also limit the tax rate at which higher income individuals can reduce their tax liability to a maximum of 28 percent. This limit would apply to all itemized deductions; foreign excluded income; tax-exempt interest; employer sponsored health insurance; retirement contributions; and selected above-the-line deductions. Another proposal would limit contributions and accruals on tax-favored retirement accounts, including IRAs, qualified plans, tax-sheltered annuities, and deferred compensation plans.

The budget blueprint put forward by Senate Democrats makes similar proposals. The Senate plan would impose across-the-board limits on itemized deductions claimed by the top two percent of income earners, by capping the rate at which itemized deductions and other tax preferences reduce tax liability, a percentage of income cap, or a specific dollar cap.  The Senate plan also proposes to change, without giving details, unspecified itemized deductions into tax credits.

Not surprisingly, the House plan, written by the GOP, does not include these proposals.  Along with consolidating the individual tax rates, the House blueprint would repeal the 3.8 percent net investment income (NII) surtax and the 0.9 percent Additional Medicare Tax, both of which took effect in 2013. The House plan also calls for repealing the alternative minimum tax (AMT). The House plan also calls for tax simplification but does not give details.

Another proposal endorsed by the President but which will be a difficult sale in Congress is to increase the federal estate tax. ATRA "permanently" extended the estate tax at a maximum rate of 35 percent with a $5 million exclusion (indexed for inflation).  President Obama wants to raise the maximum rate to 45 percent with a $3.5 million exclusion (not indexed for inflation) after 2017. 

Businesses

Reducing the U.S. corporate tax rate is a common goal of many of the tax reform proposals but they take different approaches. President Obama has said he would support lowering the corporate tax rate in exchange for businesses giving up unspecified tax preferences. These could include tax incentives for fossil fuels, the Code Sec. 199 deduction and more. The House blueprint would reduce the top corporate tax rate to 25 percent, paid for by tax savings elsewhere. The Simpson-Bowles plan also calls for a reduction in the corporate tax rate, contingent on businesses relinquishing unspecific tax preferences.

President Obama and the House and Senate budgets also propose a number of incentives to encourage business spending and job creation. These include:

• Enhanced small business expensing (Obama and House but at different amounts);
• Permanent research tax credit (Obama, House and Senate);
• Temporary tax credit for increasing payrolls (Obama); and
• Special incentives for manufacturing in the U.S. (Obama).

Another key difference among the competing proposals: the House budget plan would repeal the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, including all of its business tax-related provisions, such as employer-shared responsibility provisions, the medical device excise tax, and more.  The Senate approved a non-binding resolution to repeal the medical device tax but is not expected to go along with repeal of the entire Affordable Care Act.

Internet sales tax

In May, the Senate is expected to approve the Marketplace Fairness Act (H.R. 743). The bill gives states the authority to compel online merchants, no matter where they are located, to collect sales tax at the time of a transaction.  However, states would be able to compel collection of sales tax only after they have simplified their sales tax laws, such as by adopting the Streamlined Sales and Use Tax Agreement.  The bill has the support of President Obama. However, the bill may not pass in the House, where many lawmakers view it as a tax increase.

Discussion drafts

The two Congressional tax writing committees – House Ways and Means and Senate Finance – are engaged in discussions among their members over tax reform.  Ways and Means has produced three detailed discussion drafts exploring possible approaches to reforming the taxation of financial products, the taxation of small businesses and moving the U.S. to a territorial system of taxation. Ways and Means Chair Dave Camp, R-Mich., has promised to introduce tax reform legislation this year. Senate Finance has also produced four discussion drafts, less detailed than the House drafts, on simplifying the Tax Code, business taxation and education, and infrastructure, energy and natural resources. Senate Finance Committee Chair Max Baucus, D-Mont., has pledged his commitment to seeing tax reform through before his retirement, which he announced would start at the end of 2014.

Looking ahead

Tax reform coupled with deficit reduction is starting to gain momentum. Whether this will lead to legislation this summer or before year-end is unclear. As long as the key players continue their discussions, there is the chance of tax reform.

Our office will keep you posted of developments. Please contact our office if you have any questions about the tax reform proposals we have reviewed.

Did you owe tax on your 2012 tax return? Did you receive a sizeable refund? Or, conversely, did you receive a smaller refund than you expected? If so, take another look at your tax return from this past year. It is quite possible that by making a few changes, you could put more money in your pocket in the short term. And by examining your investments as they are reported on your tax return, you may be able to strategize for the long-term future. Trying to implement this type of plan may seem difficult at first. However, just by looking at your tax return, you can start the critical planning that can lead you to broader goals of financial independence and a comfortable retirement.

Did you owe tax on your 2012 tax return? Did you receive a sizeable refund? Or, conversely, did you receive a smaller refund than you expected? If so, take another look at your tax return from this past year. It is quite possible that by making a few changes, you could put more money in your pocket in the short term. And by examining your investments as they are reported on your tax return, you may be able to strategize for the long-term future. Trying to implement this type of plan may seem difficult at first. However, just by looking at your tax return, you can start the critical planning that can lead you to broader goals of financial independence and a comfortable retirement.

Federal withholding

If you received a large tax refund, it might be time for you to adjust the amount of tax the federal government withholds from your paycheck. Although next year your refund check may not be as large, you will have the advantage of seeing a larger sum deposited directly into your pocket every month. To adjust your withholding, fill out and sign a Form W-4, and submit it to your employer. You would want to do this in cases where your adjustments to income, exemptions, and deductions remain relatively steady from year-to-year, and where the government consistently is required to give you a large refund.

If you do not change your withholding allowances, the government essentially is holding your money for a year without paying any interest on it. You may lose some potential investment opportunity or, at the very least, the ability to increase your monthly discretionary income. On the other hand, many taxpayers prefer to receive the large refund check after tax filing season because it is a no-hassle way to ensure large savings at the end of the year.

Conversely, many taxpayers may want to change their withholding allowances because they owe the government a significant amount of money at the end of the year. Taxpayers who expect to owe at least $1,000 in tax for the 2013 tax year, after subtracting withholding and any refundable credits, and who also expect their 2013 withholding and credits to be significantly less than the projected tax owed for 2013, may need to file estimated taxes. Failure to do so could result in penalties. Alternatively, taxpayers should consider making quarterly estimated tax payments, especially if they anticipate a significant amount of investment gains for the year or other income unrelated to wage compensation.

State withholding

Some people are entirely exempt from state tax, but it is withheld from their paychecks nevertheless. At the end of each year, they may include the amount of their state taxes in their itemized deductions, but then receive a refund which they have to declare as income in the next year. This problem particularly applies to active duty military families, many of whom are posted in states other than their state of residency. Military families can check with their state income tax authority to see if there is an appropriate form that can be completed and filed, which would exempt them from withholding. A higher adjusted gross income (AGI), even if it is subsequently reduced by itemized deductions, can erode other adjustments to income, such as a deduction for student loans, IRA contributions, higher education expenses, and more because of certain AGI caps on these benefits.

Tax rates and adjusted gross income

As you may have heard, Congress allowed the Bush-era tax cuts to expire for higher-income earners. That means joint filers with more than $450,000 of adjusted gross income ($400,000 for single individuals) are now in the 39.6-percent tax bracket. Taxpayers at this level of income or above are also subject to a higher long-term capital gains tax rate: 20 percent, up from 15 percent paid by other taxpayers.

In addition, for tax years beginning in 2013, the 33-percent tax bracket for individual taxpayers ends at $398,350 for married individuals filing joint returns, heads of households, and single individuals. If you were hovering near the bottom of the 35-percent bracket for the 2012 tax year, then you might want to see if you can readjust your income so that you fall within the 33-percent category.

Higher-income taxpayers also have two new taxes to worry about for 2013 and beyond. Joint-filing taxpayers with modified adjusted gross income of $250,000 ($200,000 for single filers) are also subject to the 3.8-percent surtax on net investment income and a .9-percent Additional Medicare Tax. Look at your adjusted gross income for last year. Does it approach these figures? Is it on the edge of the income brackets? Will stock market increases this year put you over the top of those income thresholds? If so, it may be time to find ways to reduce your income for 2013.

Investments

At some point in your efforts over the years to accumulate a savings nest egg, you will need to consider diversification, the process of putting your money in the right kind of investment vehicles to satisfy your personal risk strategy and achieve your goals. Looking at your tax return will help you decide whether the investments you now have are the right ones for you. For example, if you are in a high tax bracket and need to diversify away from common stocks, investing in tax-exempt bonds might help, especially if you have state income taxes to worry about, too.

Reviewing the Schedule D and Form 8949, which cover Capital Gains and Losses from last year's return and from the past three or four years, can be an eye-opener for many. Did you hold stocks long enough to be entitled to the long-term capital gains rate? Did you try to balance short-term gains with short-term losses? Are you bouncing from one investment trend to another without a long-term investment plan that achieves long-term needs? Are your mutual funds "tax smart"? Become familiar with different types of banking institutions and their products. Find out about CDs, money-market funds, government securities, mutual funds, index funds, and sector funds and how they interrelate with the determination of your tax liability each year. You may want to put that knowledge to work in your investment strategy.

Medical costs

Should you be taking advantage of the medical expense deduction? Many people assume that with the 10 percent adjusted gross income floor on medical expenses now imposed for tax years starting in 2013 (7.5 percent for seniors) that it doesn't pay for them to keep track of expenses to test whether they are entitled to itemize. But with the premiums for certain long-term care insurance contracts now counted as a medical expense, some individuals are discovering that along with other health insurance premiums, deductibles and timing of elective treatments, the medical tax deduction may be theirs for the taking.

Retirement planning

Don't forget to protect for eventualities. Are you maximizing the amount that Uncle Sam allows you to save tax-free for retirement? A look at your W-2 for the year, and at the retirement contribution deductions allowed in determining adjusted gross income should tell you a lot. Should your spouse set up his or her own retirement fund, too? Are you over-invested in tax-deferred retirement plans? If so, you may lose a significant amount of your nest egg to tax after retirement.  

When you are reviewing last year's tax return, it may help to review some of what you've learned from it. This could foster an important conversation with your tax advisor about how to establish or modify your plan for your financial future. If you would like to review last year's completed tax return with future planning in mind, please feel free to give us a call and set up a time when we can meet and discuss this matter.

Questions over the operation of the new 3.8 percent Medicare tax on net investment income (the NII Tax) continue to be placed on the IRS's doorstep as it tries to better explain the operation of the new tax.  Proposed "reliance regulations" issued at the end in 2012 (NPRM REG-130507-11) "are insufficient in many respects," tax experts complain, as the IRS struggles to turn its earlier guidance into final rules.

Questions over the operation of the new 3.8 percent Medicare tax on net investment income (the NII Tax) continue to be placed on the IRS's doorstep as it tries to better explain the operation of the new tax.  Proposed "reliance regulations" issued at the end in 2012 (NPRM REG-130507-11) "are insufficient in many respects," tax experts complain, as the IRS struggles to turn its earlier guidance into final rules.

A public hearing on the existing regulations, held at IRS headquarters in Washington, D.C., in early April 2013, only confirmed how the application of the NII Tax to certain categories of income—particularly income arising from "passive activities"—is challenging even the experts. Nevertheless, taxpayers are not getting a reprieve from the immediate application of this new tax.  The 3.8 percent Medicare surtax on net investment income (NII) became effective January 1, 2013. Current confusion over exactly how the 3.8 percent operates can impact on tax strategies that should be put into motion in 2013. Any misinterpretation can also bear on 2013 estimated tax that may be due to cover any 3.8 percent NII Tax liability.

NII Tax Thresholds

For tax years beginning after December 31, 2012, the NII surtax on individuals equals 3.8 percent of the lesser of: net investment income for the tax year, or the excess, if any, of:

• the individual's modified adjusted gross income (MAGI) for the tax year, over
• the threshold amount.

The threshold amount in turn is equal to:

• $250,000 in the case of a taxpayer making a joint return or a surviving spouse,
• $125,000 in the case of a married taxpayer filing a separate return, and
• $200,000 in any other case.

Trusts and estates are also subject to the NII surtax, to the extent of the lesser of: (i) undistributed net investment income, or (ii) the excess of adjusted gross income over the dollar amount at which the highest tax bracket begins (which, for 2013, is $11,950).

Net Investment Income

The primary confusion over application of the 3.8 percent NII Tax revolves around finding a precise definition of "net investment income" as enacted by Congress. To appreciate the complexity of the task, just look at the applicable Internal Revenue Code provision. Code Sec. 1411(c)(1) defines net investment income as the sum of:

• Category (i) income: Gross income from interest, dividends, annuities, royalties, and rents, other than such income which is derived in the ordinary course of a trade or business not described in Code Sec. 1411(c)(2);
• Category (ii) income: Other gross income derived from a trade or business described in Code Sec. 1411(c)(2); and
• Category (iii) income: Net gain attributable to the disposition of property, other than property held in a trade or business not described in Code Sec. 1411(c)(2); over

Deductions properly allocable to such gross income or net gain.

A Code Sec. 1411(c)(2) trade or business includes a passive activity under Code Sec. 469 with respect to the taxpayer or trading in financial instruments or commodities.

Comment.  Code Sec 1411 effectively creates a new tax and a new tax base, on top of the income tax, alternative minimum tax, self-employment tax and payroll taxes. Nevertheless the Preamble to the proposed regs states that, except as otherwise provided, the income tax rules should apply to Code Sec. 1411 unless good cause otherwise exists. Practitioners have asked the IRS that the final regulations give greater reassurance of this general rule.

Complexity

The IRS has stated that the principal purpose of Code Sec. 1411 is "to impose a tax on unearned income or investments of certain individuals, estates, and trusts." Unfortunately, Code Sec. 1411 is not so direct and simple, with its three categories of income (that is, (i), (ii) and (iii), above), complicating matters, albeit in an effort to close every door to those who try to "game the system."

Application of the 3.8 percent NII Tax to capital gains and dividends from a personal stock portfolio is clear under this rule of thumb. But clarity breaks down when a "trade or business" is thrown into the mix and the concept of "passive activity" is added to it.

If gain or other income is the result of an active business activity, it generally escapes NII Tax. However, when the "active" business is a passive activity (for example, a rental business), it may be deemed to generate income that is subject to the NII Tax. Furthermore, when a passive activity is not merely incidental to a business however otherwise active that business should be, the NII Tax also becomes an issue. 

Passive Activity

Any revised or additional rules from the IRS on the application of the NII Tax on passive activities should be made more user friendly to the broad middle range of taxpayers and their advisors, one expert at the hearing recommended.  The IRS should err on the side of explaining things clearly and simply, even at the expense of not covering every possible nuance of interpretation.

At the same time, however, other experts are asking for more detail, at least in the way of clarification. For example, the IRS has stated that passive activity for NII Tax purposes should be applied within a narrower scope than the passive activity loss rules under Code 469.  Those Code Sec. 469 rules restrict "passive losses" from reducing income that is not "passive income."  Experts want the IRS to explain exactly what they mean by a "narrower scope."

Self-Rental Activities/Grouping

The self-rental recharacterization rule under Code Sec. 469 affects taxpayers who rent property to a trade or business in which they materially participate. Concern has been expressed over the possibility of interpreting net investment income under Code Sec. 1411 to include rental income from a self-rental activity grouped with a trade or business activity in which the taxpayer materially participates.

The material participation and trade or business requirements should be tested on the grouped activity as a whole rather than on a component basis, one expert in particular stressed at the hearing. If that test is passed, he argued, the trade or business income and rental income from the grouped activity should be excluded from the reach of the NII Tax. For example, the owners of self-rental properties should not have that rent considered as separate from their overall business activity and subject to the net investment tax simply because properties are held in a separate LLC to avoid tort liability.

Regrouping deadline

The proposed regulations permit businesses subject to the NII Tax to elect to regroup their activities for passive-loss purposes in 2013 or 2014. This regrouping election allows taxpayers with a fresh start to accommodate the new NII surtax. Without permitting regroupings, taxpayers would be bound by their original grouping decisions, some of which may have been made as many as 20 years ago, only for purpose of Code Sec. 469 passive loss rules and not the NII Tax. Some small business representatives are also concerned that, because of the complexity of the rules, the final regulations should extend the deadline for a regrouping election through 2015.

Application of the net investment income tax is particularly difficult to get a handle on in a variety of situations.  Unfortunately, however, at 3.8 percent, it is costly enough not to be ignored. 

If you have any questions about how the NII Tax may apply to your business, rental operations, or overall investment strategy, please do not hesitate to call our office.

Under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (PPACA), small employers can claim a credit for providing health insurance for employees and their families. Health insurance includes not only basic medical and hospital care, but dental or vision, long-term care, and coverage for specific diseases or illness. Self-funded plans do not qualify; the insurance must be provided through a third party.

Under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (PPACA), small employers can claim a credit for providing health insurance for employees and their families. Health insurance includes not only basic medical and hospital care, but dental or vision, long-term care, and coverage for specific diseases or illness. Self-funded plans do not qualify; the insurance must be provided through a third party.

For 2010-2013, for-profit employers can claim a credit of 35 percent of the employer's nonelective contributions, increasing to 50 percent for 2014 and 2015. Nonprofit employers can claim a credit of 25 percent through 2013, and 35 percent for the two succeeding years. Beginning in 2012, the credit for nonprofit employers is limited to the payroll taxes paid by the employer.

Small employers

Employers can claim the full credit if their full-time equivalent (FTE) employees are 10 or less, and their average annual wages per employee are $25,000 or less. FTEs are determined by figuring total hours of service for all employees and dividing the total by 2,080.

The credit is phased out for employers with 11 to 25 employees or with average wages between $25,000 and $50,000. The credit percentage is reduced 6.67 percent per "excess" employee (over 10) and four percent for each $1,000 of average wages in excess of $25,000.

To determine the amount of the credit, employers must add up the total premiums they paid on behalf of their employees during the year, subject to the state average premium limit. This total is then multiplied by the applicable percentage (25 or 35 percent for 2013, minus any phase-out). The credit is then reduced for FTEs in excess of 10, and for average annual wages (in units of $1,000) over $25,000. The result is the total credit that the employer can claim.

Other requirements

Under current law, employers must pay at least 50 percent of the insurance costs and must pay a uniform percentage for all employees. The credit is reduced if the employer premiums exceed the state's average premium for small group markets.

In its proposed fiscal year 2014 budget, the Obama administration would modify or eliminate some of these requirements. The credit phase-out would apply to employers with 21-50 employees, rather than 11-25. The phase-out rate would also be more gradual. Furthermore, the administration would eliminate the requirement that employers make a uniform contribution for each employee, and would eliminate the limit for state average premiums.

Reports indicate that the small business health insurance credit is being underutilized, with many businesses leaving this tax money on the table without claiming it or arranging their affairs to do so.

If you have any questions about how you might be able to position your business to claim this credit or claim a larger credit, do not hesitate to call this office for an update.

A business that manufactures products to be sold, or purchases products for resale, must value its product inventory at the beginning and the end of each tax year to determine the cost of goods sold (COGS) during the year. The business determines its gross profits by deducting COGS from its gross receipts for the year. The business then deducts its other business expenses from gross profits, to determine its net (taxable) income for the year.

A business that manufactures products to be sold, or purchases products for resale, must value its product inventory at the beginning and the end of each tax year to determine the cost of goods sold (COGS) during the year. The business determines its gross profits by deducting COGS from its gross receipts for the year. The business then deducts its other business expenses from gross profits, to determine its net (taxable) income for the year.

Certain expenses are included in COGS. Expenses that are included in COGS cannot be deducted again as a business expense. COGS expenses include:

• The cost of products or raw materials, including freight or shipping charges;
• The cost of storing products the business sells;
• Direct labor costs for workers who produce the products; and
• Factory overhead expenses.

Purchased inventory

If the business purchases its inventory for resale, its inventory costs are the invoice price plus transportation and other necessary expenses, less discounts.  Discounts that must be deducted from the costs of purchased inventory include trade discounts, manufacturer's rebates, and cash discounts.

Trade discounts are a reduction in the price of goods that a manufacturer or wholesaler provides to a retailer.  It includes a discount that is always allowed, regardless of the time of payment. A manufacturer's rebate is based on the dealer's purchases during the year. A cash discount is a reduction in the invoice price that the seller provides if the dealer pays immediately or within a specified time. The cash discount may reduce COGS, or it may be treated separately as gross income. Certain excise tax reimbursements may reduce the value of ending inventory and therefore reduce COGS.   

Methods of accounting

It is usually impractical to associate items of intermingled or fungible inventory with specific invoices and costs. Instead, taxpayers use certain assumptions or methods of accounting to identify the goods on hand and their costs. The traditional assumptions include FIFO (first-in, first-out) and LIFO (last-in, first-out). In some cases, specific identification is used. The courts have approved the average cost method, although the IRS disagrees with its use. The IRS will permit taxpayers to use other inventory cost assumptions, such as the rolling-average method, if they are reasonable for the taxpayer's trade or business and clearly reflect income.

Under the FIFO, the taxpayer is presumed to sell the oldest goods in inventory and to retain the most-recently produced or purchased items. If production (inventory) costs are rising, the use of FIFO reduces COGS and increases the taxpayer's income. Under LIFO, the taxpayer is presumed to sell the most recently obtained goods and to retain the oldest goods in inventory. Assuming that inventory costs are rising, the LIFO method will increase COGS and decrease the taxpayer's income. Under the average cost method, all units purchased during the year are averaged with the cost of beginning inventory, to determine an average cost.

As an individual or business, it is your responsibility to be aware of and to meet your tax filing/reporting deadlines. This calendar summarizes important tax reporting and filing data for individuals, businesses and other taxpayers for the month of May 2013.

As an individual or business, it is your responsibility to be aware of and to meet your tax filing/reporting deadlines. This calendar summarizes important tax reporting and filing data for individuals, businesses and other taxpayers for the month of May 2013.

May 1
Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates April 24-26.

May 3
Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates April 27-30.

May 8
Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates May 1-3.

May 10
Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates May 4-7.

Employees who work for tips. Employees who received $20 or more in tips during April must report them to their employer using Form 4070.

May 15
Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates May 8-10.

May 17
Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates May 11-14.

May 22
Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates May 15-17.

May 24
Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates May 18-21.

May 30
Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates May 22-24.

May 31
Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates May 25-28.

June 5
Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates May 29-31.

As an individual or business, it is your responsibility to be aware of and to meet your tax filing/reporting deadlines. This calendar summarizes important tax reporting and filing data for individuals, businesses and other taxpayers for the month of June 2010.

June 3

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates May 26-28.

June 4

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates May 29-June 1.

June 9

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates June 2-4.

June 10

Employees who work for tips. Employees who received $20 or more in tips during May must report them to their employer using Form 4070.

June 11

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates June 5-8.

June 15

Monthly depositors. Monthly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payments in May.

June 16

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates June 9-11.

June 18

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates June 12-15.

June 23

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates June 16-18.

June 25

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates June 19-22.

June 30

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates June 23-25.

At the start of 2010, Congress had a full tax agenda. As summer approaches, many tax bills remain unfinished, most notably an estate tax bill. Other important tax legislation is also on Congress's agenda for action before year-end.

Estate tax

The federal estate tax was abolished as of January 1, 2010. In its place, a modified carryover basis regime is applied to large estates. However, this treatment is temporary and the federal estate tax will return in 2011 at higher rates than in recent years.

Congress has tried several times, but failed, to extend the federal estate tax. In late 2009, the House approved a permanent extension of the estate tax but the bill has languished in the Senate. The estate tax was put on the back burner as the Senate debated health care reform and financial reform. The Senate could take up the House bill this summer or pass its own bill. In that case, the bill would have to go back to the House, delaying passage even more.

Individual tax rates

Almost 10 years ago, Congress passed the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 (EGTRRA). The law gradually reduced the individual marginal tax rates. For 2010, the individual marginal tax rates are 10, 15, 25, 28, 33, and 35 percent. After December 31, 2011, the rates will revert to their pre-EGTRRA percentages. The top two rates will rise from 33 and 35 percent to 36 and 39.6 percent.

President Obama has asked Congress to extend all of the lower rates except for the top two rates. The 36 percent and 39.6 percent rates would apply to individuals with incomes over $200,000 and married couples filing joint returns with incomes over $250,000. Congress could extend the lower rates permanently or for a period of years. The large federal budget deficit has some lawmakers talking about a temporary extension of the lower rates and revisiting them when the economy rebounds.

Democratic leaders in the House and Senate have not indicated when legislation extending the lower rates will be introduced. Many lawmakers are wary of raising taxes before the November Congressional elections so legislation may wait until a lame duck session in December.

Capital gains and dividends

The maximum dividends and capital gains tax rate for 2010 is 15 percent (zero percent for taxpayers in the 10 or 15 percent brackets). After December 31, 2010, the maximum capital gains tax rate will rise to 20 percent for all taxpayers. Dividends will return to being taxed as ordinary income.

President Obama has also asked Congress to extend the current dividends and capital gains tax rate but impose a higher rate on higher-income taxpayers. The maximum rate on dividends and capital gains for individuals with incomes over $200,000 and married couples filing jointly with incomes over $250,000 would be 20 percent. The 15 and zero percent rates would apply to all other taxpayers.

AMT patch

The alternative minimum tax (AMT) is, as its name says, an alternative tax to the regular tax. Because the AMT was not indexed for inflation, and for other reasons, the AMT is gradually encroaching on middle income taxpayers, contrary to Congress's original intent. The large federal budget deficit again makes lawmakers wary of repealing the AMT. Instead, Congress has "patched" it annually.

The AMT patch provides relief by giving taxpayers higher exemption amounts. Additionally, the nonrefundable personal tax credits are allowed to the full extent of the taxpayer's regular tax and AMT liability.

Child tax credit

In 2009, Congress enhanced the child tax credit by increasing the refundable portion of the credit for the 2009 and 2010 tax years to 15 percent of earned income in excess of $3,000. Several bills are pending in Congress to make permanent the $3,000 threshold or reduce it even further.

More bills

Many tax bills have been introduced since the start of the year and have been referred to the House and Senate tax writing committees. Among the pending bills are ones to:

• Extend the Making Work Pay Credit;
• Extend the American Opportunity Tax Credit;
• Renew the first-time homebuyer tax credit;
• Reforming the worker classification rules;
• Enhance transportation fringe benefits; and
• Make permanent the Build America Bonds program.

Please contact our office if you have any questions about pending federal tax legislation.

The small business health insurance tax credit, created by the health care reform package, rewards employers that offer health insurance to their employees with a tax break. The credit is targeted to small employers; generally employers with 25 or fewer employees. In May 2010, the IRS issued Notice 2010-44, which describes the steps employers take to determine eligibility for the credit and how to calculate the credit.

Initial steps

1. Determine the employees taken into account for purposes of the credit.

Generally, any employee who performs services for you during the tax year is taken into account in determining your full-time employees (FTEs), average wages, and premiums paid. However partners and certain business owners are excluded. Additionally, family members of these owners and partners are also not taken into account as employees.

Example. A partnership employs five individuals, including one of the partners, Elise, and her spouse, Ron. For purposes of the credit, Elise and Ron are not taken into account as employees in determining the number of FTEs for purposes of the credit.

2. Determine the number of hours of service performed by those employees.

An employee's hours of service include (1) each hour for which an employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for the employer during the employer's tax year; and (2) each hour for which an employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by the employer on account of vacation, holiday, illness, and similar events. The IRS allows you to use one of three alternative methods to calculate hours of service: (1) actual hours of service; (2) days-worked equivalency; or (3) weeks-worked equivalency.

Example. Priscilla is an employee of ABC Co. ABC's payroll records show that Priscilla worked 2,000 hours and was paid for an additional 80 hours on account of vacation, holiday and illness in 2010. Priscilla performed 2,080 hours of service.

3. Calculate the number of full-time equivalent (FTE) employees.

Employers use a formula to calculate the number of FTEs. Total hours of service credited during the year to qualified employees (but not more than 2,080 hours for any employee) are divided by 2,080. The result, if not a whole number, is then rounded to the next lowest whole number.

Example. An employer pays five employees wages for 2,080 hours each, pays three employees wages for 1,040 hours each, and pays one employee wages for 2,300 hours. The employer's FTEs would be calculated as follows:

(1) Total hours of service not exceeding 2,080 per employee is the sum of:

(a) 10,400 hours of service for the five employees paid for 2,080 hours each (5 x 2,080);

(b) 3,120 hours of service for the three employees paid for 1,040 hours each (3 x 1,040); and

(c) 2,080 hours of service for the one employee paid for 2,300 hours (the lesser of 2,300 and 2,080).

The sum of (a), (b) and (c) equals 15,600 hours of service.

(2) The hours of service -- 15,600 -- are divided by 2,080, which equals 7.5. That number is rounded to the next lowest whole number, which is seven. The employer has seven FTEs.

4. Determine the average annual wages paid per FTE.

Employers also use a formula to determine average annual wages paid for a tax year. The amount of total wages paid to qualified employees is divided by the number of the employer's FTEs for the year. The result is then rounded down to the nearest $1,000 (if not otherwise a multiple of $1,000).

Example. XYZ Co. has 10 FTEs and pays average annual wages of $224,000 for the 2010 tax year. The amount of XYZ's average annual wages is $224,000 divided by 10, which equals $22,400. When rounded down to the nearest $1,000, is $22,000.

5. Determine the amount of premiums paid by the employer.

Only premiums paid by the employer for health insurance coverage are counted in calculating the credit. If an employer pays only a portion of the premiums for the coverage provided to employees (with employees paying the rest), only the portion paid by the employer is taken into account.

However, an employer's premium payments are not taken into account for purposes of the credit unless the payments are for health insurance coverage under a qualifying arrangement. Generally, this is an arrangement under which the employer pays premiums for each employee enrolled in health insurance coverage offered by the employer in an amount equal to a uniform percentage (not less than 50 percent) of the premium cost of the coverage.

Additionally, the amount of an employer's premium payments taken into account in calculating the credit is limited to the premium payments the employer would have made under the same arrangement if the average premium for the small group market in the state (or an area within the state) in which the employer offers coverage were substituted for the actual premium.

Example. MNO Co. offers a health insurance plan with single and family coverage to its nine FTEs with average annual wages of $23,000 per FTE. Four employees are enrolled in single coverage and five are enrolled in family coverage.

MNO pays 50 percent of the premiums for all employees enrolled in single coverage and 50 percent of the premiums for all employees enrolled in family coverage. The premiums are $4,000 a year for single coverage and $10,000 a year for family coverage. The average premium for the small group market in employer's State is $5,000 for single coverage and $12,000 for family coverage.

MNO's premium payments for each FTE ($2,000 for single coverage and $5,000 for family coverage) do not exceed 50 percent of the average premium for the small group market in employer's state ($2,500 for single coverage and $6,000 for family coverage).

The amount of premiums paid by the employer for purposes of computing the credit equals $33,000 ((4 x $2,000) + (5 x $5,000) = $33,000).

Calculating the credit

After determining eligibility for the credit, employers calculate the amount of their credit. The maximum credit is 35 percent for employers with 10 or fewer FTEs paying average annual wages of not more than $25,000. The maximum credit for a tax-exempt employer is 25 percent. The maximum 35 percent and 25 percent credits are available for 2010 through 2013. The maximum amounts rise for 2014 and 2015, but at that time the credit is linked to an employer's participation in a state insurance exchange.

The credit is subject to phase-out. The credit is reduced by 6.667 percent for each FTE in excess of 10 employees and by four percent for each $1,000 that average annual compensation paid to an employee exceeds $25,000.

The following examples illustrate calculation of the credit:

Small for-profit employer

PRS Co. employs nine FTEs with average annual wages of $23,000 per FTE for the 2010 tax year. PRS pays $72,000 in health insurance premiums for those employees (which does not exceed the average premium for the small group market in the employer's state) and otherwise meets the requirements for the credit. PRS's credit for 2010 is $25,200 (35 percent x $72,000).

Small tax-exempt employer

TUV employs 10 FTES with average annual wages of $21,000 per FTE for the 2010 tax year. TUV pays $80,000 in health insurance premiums for its employees (which does not exceed the average premium for the small group market in the employer's state) and otherwise meets the requirements for the credit. The total amount of the employer's income tax and Medicare tax withholding plus the employer's share of the Medicare tax equals $30,000 in 2010.

The credit is calculated as follows: (1) The initial amount of the credit is determined before any reduction: (25 percent x $80,000) = $20,000; (2) The employer's withholding and Medicare taxes are $30,000; (3) the total 2010 tax credit equals $20,000 (the lesser of $20,000 and $30,000).

We've covered a lot of material. Please contact our office if you have any questions about the small employer health insurance tax credit.

401(k) plans represent the most preferred vehicle for retirement savings today - making up more than 60 percent of retirement plans, according to the IRS. However, 401(k) plans are also the most non-compliant type of retirement plan as well, according to a study by IRS Employee Plans Examinations. In light of the popularity and non-compliance of 401(k) plans, the IRS has launched a 401(k) "Compliance Check Questionnaire Project."

The objective of the repost is to identify the areas where additional education, guidance, and outreach regarding 401(k) compliance are needed. The responses will also enable the IRS to determine where the agency needs to focus its enforcement efforts in order to address non-compliance related to the plans. Although the IRS has indicated that the questionnaire is not an audit or an investigation of the plans selected to complete the questionnaire, the agency has indicated that a plan sponsor's failure to respond may result in further enforcement action.

Random sample

As part of the project, the IRS has randomly selected 1,200 401(k) plans from among plans that filed a Form 5500 for the 2007 plan year. These plans will receive a letter from the IRS with instructions to complete the 401(k) questionnaire using a website established for this purpose, or mailing the questionnaire back to the IRS. Recipients of the questionnaire have 90 days to complete and return the questionnaire. If a plan sponsor receives a letter to complete the questionnaire, they must follow the instructions included in the letter. Plan sponsors that wish to complete the questionnaire on-line will receive personal identification numbers and other information needed to create an on-line profile for purposes of providing the information on-line.

Categories

The questionnaire includes the following categories:

• Demographics;
• 401(k) plan participation;
• Employer and employee contributions;
• Top heavy and nondiscrimination rules;
• Distributions and plan loans;
• Other plan operations;
• Automatic contribution arrangements;
• Designated Roth features;
• IRS voluntary compliance programs; and
• Plan administration.

The health care reform package makes two important changes to insurance coverage for young adults. First, the new law allows young adults to remain on their parents' health insurance plan until age 26. Second, the new law extends certain favorable tax treatment to coverage for young adults.

Extended coverage

Traditionally, many plans and insurers would remove adult children from their parents' policies because of age, status as a student, or residence. Under the new law, plans and insurers that offer dependent coverage must offer coverage to an enrollee's adult children until age 26, even if the young adult no longer lives with his or her parents, is not a dependent on a parent's federal tax return or is no longer a student. Married and unmarried young adults are covered but not their children.

Let's look at an example:

Anita is 22 years old, is a full-time student and expects to graduate from college school in 2011. Anita is covered by her mother's employer-provided health insurance. Before the new law, the plan would have terminated coverage for Anita after her 23rd birthday or when she graduated from college, whichever came first. The health care reform package requires the plan to make coverage available until Anita reaches age 26.

The expansion up to age 26 is effective for plan years beginning on or after September 23, 2010. Many insurance companies have agreed to implement the new requirement before the effective date. These insurance companies will voluntarily continue coverage for young adults with no break in coverage.

Keep in mind that the new law does not compel a plan or insurer to offer dependent coverage. But if a plan does offer dependent coverage, the new law requires such plans to extend that coverage until a child reaches age 26.

There is one important exception. If a young adult is eligible to obtain health insurance from his or her employer, the parent's plan is not obligated to extend coverage to age 26. This exception is temporary: starting in 2014, children up to age 26 can stay on their parent's employer plan even if their own employer offers coverage.

Income tax exclusion

Before passage of the health care reform package, employer-provided health insurance coverage was generally excluded from income if the employee's child was under age 19 or under age 24 if a student. The new law extends the income tax exclusion to any employee's child who has not attained age 27 as of the end of the tax year. For most individuals, this is the calendar year. Although a health plan will be required to cover a dependent up to age 26, the plan may be more generous and provide for coverage through the end of the year in which the adult child celebrates his or her 26th birthday.

Under the new law, it is also no longer necessary for the child of the employee to be a dependent of the employee for the income tax exclusion to apply. A child for purposes of the extended exclusion is an individual who is the son, daughter, stepson, or stepdaughter of the employee. The definition of child also includes adopted children and eligible foster children.

Let's look at an example:

Amy works for ABC Co. which provides health care coverage for its employees and their spouses and for any employee's child who has not attained age 27 as of the end of the tax year. For the 2010 tax year, ABC provides health care coverage to Amy and her son Jason, who will not attain age 27 until after the end of the 2010 tax year. The health care reform package treats Jason as a child of Amy. Accordingly, and because Jason will not attain age 27 during the 2010 tax year, the health care coverage for Jason under ABC's plan is excluded from Amy's gross income.

The IRS and other federal agencies have published guidance about all the changes affecting young adults in the health care reform package. Employers, plans and insurers are also alerting taxpayers about the changes. Please contact our office if you have any questions.

The health care reform package (the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010) imposes a new 3.8 percent Medicare contribution tax on the investment income of higher-income individuals. Although the tax does not take effect until 2013, it is not too soon to examine methods to lessen the impact of the tax.

Net investment income

"Net investment income" includes interest, dividends, annuities, royalties and rents and other gross income attributable to a passive activity. Gains from the sale of property not used in an active business and income from the investment of working capital are also treated as investment income. Further, an individual's capital gains income will be subject to the tax. This includes gain from the sale of a principal residence, unless the gain is excluded from income under Code Sec. 121, and gains from the sale of a vacation home. However, contemplated sales made before 2013 would avoid the tax.

The tax applies to estates and trusts, on the lesser of undistributed net income or the excess of the trust/estate adjusted gross income (AGI) over the threshold amount ($11,200) for the highest tax bracket for trusts and estates, and to investment income they distribute.

However, the tax will not apply to nontaxable income, such as tax-exempt interest or veterans' benefits.

Deductions

Net investment income is gross income or net gain, reduced by deductions that are "properly allocable" to the income or gain. This is a key term that the Treasury Department expects to address in guidance, and which we will update on developments. For passively-managed real property, allocable expenses will still include depreciation and operating expenses. Indirect expenses such as tax preparation fees may also qualify.

For capital gain property, this formula puts a premium on keeping tabs on amounts that increase your property's basis. It also focuses on investment expenses that may reduce net gains: interest on loans to purchase investments, investment counsel and advice, and fees to collect income. Other costs, such as brokers' fees, may increase basis or reduce the amount realized from an investment. As such, taxpayers may want to consider avoiding installment sales with net capital gains (and interest) running past 2012.

Thresholds

The tax applies to the lesser of net investment income or modified AGI above $200,000 for individuals and heads of household, $250,000 for joint filers and surviving spouses, and $125,000 for married filing separately. MAGI is your AGI increased by any foreign earned income otherwise excluded under Code Sec. 911; MAGI is the same as AGI for someone who does not work overseas.

Example. Jim, a single individual, has modified AGI of $220,000 and net investment income of $40,000. The tax applies to the lesser of (i) net investment income ($40,000) or (ii) modified AGI ($220,000) over the threshold amount for an individual ($200,000), or $20,000. The tax is 3.8 percent of $20,000, or $760. In this case, the tax is not applied to the entire $40,000 of investment income.

Exceptions to the tax

Certain items and taxpayers are not subject to the 3.8 percent Medicare tax. A significant exception applies to distributions from qualified plans, 401(k) plans, tax-sheltered annuities, individual retirement accounts (IRAs), and eligible 457 plans. There is no exception for distributions from nonqualified deferred compensation plans subject to Code Sec. 409A. However, distributions from these plans (including amounts deemed as interest) are generally treated as compensation, not as investment income.

The exception for distributions from retirement plans suggests that potentially taxable investors may want to shift wages and investments to retirement plans such as 401(k) plans, 403(b) annuities, and IRAs, or to 409A deferred compensation plans. Increasing contributions will reduce income and may help you stay below the applicable thresholds. Small business owners may want to set up retirement plans, especially 401(k) plans, if they have not yet established a plan, and should consider increasing their contributions to existing plans.

Another exception is provided for income ordinarily derived from a trade or business that is not a passive activity under Code Sec. 469, such as a sole proprietorship. Investment income from an active trade or business is also excluded. However, SECA (Self-Employment Contributions Act) tax will still apply to proprietors and partners. Income from trading in financial instruments and commodities is also subject to the tax.

The additional 3.8 percent Medicare tax does not apply to income from the sale of an interest in a partnership or S corporation, to the extent that gain of the entity's property would be from an active trade or business. The tax also does not apply to business entities (such as corporations and limited liability companies), nonresident aliens (NRAs), charitable trusts that are tax-exempt, and charitable remainder trusts that are nontaxable under Code Sec. 664.

Income tax rates

In addition to the tax on investment income, certain other tax increases proposed by the Obama administration may take effect in 2011. The top two marginal income tax rates on individuals would rise from 33 and 35 percent to 36 and 39.6 percent, respectively. The maximum tax rate on long-term capital gains would increase from 15 percent to 20 percent. Moreover, dividends, which are currently capped at the 15 percent long-term capital gain rate, would be taxed as ordinary income. Thus, the cumulative rate on capital gains would increase to 23.8 percent in 2013, and the rate on dividends would jump to as much as 43.4 percent. Moreover, the thresholds are not indexed for inflation, so more taxpayers may be affected as time elapses.

Please contact our office if you would like to discuss the tax consequences to your investments of the new 3.8 percent Medicare tax on investment income.

As an individual or business, it is your responsibility to be aware of and to meet your tax filing/reporting deadlines. This calendar summarizes important tax reporting and filing data for individuals, businesses and other taxpayers for the month of May 2010.

May 5

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates April 28-30.

May 7

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates May 1-4.

May 12

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates May 5-7.

May 10

Employees who work for tips. Employees who received $20 or more in tips during April must report them to their employer using Form 4070.

May 12

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates May 5-7.

May 14

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates May 8-11.

May 17

Monthly depositors. Monthly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payments in April.

May 19

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates May 12-14.

May 21

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates May 15-18.

May 26

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates May 19-21.

May 28

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates May 22-25.

There are two important energy tax credits that can benefit homeowners in 2010: (1) the nonbusiness energy property credit and (2) the residential energy efficient property credit. Collectively, they are known as the "home energy tax credits." With the home energy tax credits, you can not only lower your utility bill by making energy-saving improvements to your home, but you can lower your tax bill in 2010 as well. Eligible taxpayers can claim the credits regardless of whether or not they itemize their deductions on Schedule A. Your costs for making these energy improvements are treated as paid when the installation of the item is completed.

Nonbusiness energy property credit

The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (2009 Recovery Act) extended the nonbusiness energy credit for 2009 and 2010. The nonbusiness property credit equals 30 percent of a homeowner's expenses on eligible energy-saving improvements, up to $1,500 for both the 2009 and 2010 tax years. Qualifying expenses include costs of certain high-efficiency heating and air conditioning systems, water heaters and stoves that burn biomass, asphalt roofs, as well as costs associated with the installation of these items. The costs of energy-efficient windows, skylights, and doors, and qualifying insulation also qualify for the credit. However, the costs of installing these items do not qualify. Since the credit amounts are combined for both 2009 and 2010, if you made energy improvements in 2009 to which you claimed part of the expenses, you must take that into consideration when claiming the credit in 2010 for qualified expenses. The credit applies only to your principal residence, and special rules apply to condo owners.

Residential energy efficient property credit

The credit rate for the residential energy property credit equals 30 percent of the cost of all qualifying improvements. The residential energy efficient property credit can be claimed for solar electric systems, solar hot water heaters, geothermal heat pumps, wind turbines, and fuel cell property. Generally, labor costs are included when calculating this credit. No cap exists on the amount of the credit available, except in the case of fuel cell property.

Caution. As in the case of the nonbusiness energy property credit, not all energy-efficient improvements qualify for this tax credit. As such, you should check the manufacturer's tax credit certification statement before purchasing or installing any energy-efficient property. We can help you determine your eligibility based on a certification statement.

Reporting

Both energy credits are claimed by eligible homeowners when they file their 2010 federal income tax return. While you do not get an immediate check from Uncle Sam since you claim it on your 2010 return filed in 2011, you might be able to lower your estimated tax payments or withholding immediately to enjoy the benefits of the credit earlier.

Both the nonbusiness energy property credit and the residential energy property credit are claimed and figured on Form 5695, Residential Energy Credits. Since these are credits, not deductions, they increase a taxpayer's refund or reduce the tax he or she owes. An eligible taxpayer can claim these credits, regardless of whether he or she itemizes deductions on Schedule A. Use Form 5695, Residential Energy Credits, to figure and claim these credits. Certain other credits you claim for the 2010 tax year, if any, will affect your computation of the home energy credits.

The answer is no for 2010, but yes, in practical terms, for 2014 and beyond. The health care reform package (the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010 and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010) does not require individuals to carry health insurance in 2010. However, after 2013, individuals without minimum essential health insurance coverage will be liable for a penalty unless otherwise exempt.

Shared responsibility

The health care reform package describes health insurance coverage as "shared responsibility." Individuals, employers, the federal government, and the states all have roles to play in guaranteeing that individuals do not lack minimum essential health insurance coverage.

The health care reform package assumes that employer-provided health insurance will continue to be the primary means of delivering coverage after 2013. The health care reform package includes measures that lawmakers hope will keep premium costs down along with tax incentives, so employers continue to offer health insurance. For larger employers (those with 50 or more employees), that "encouragement" is also combined with penalties if alternate health insurance is not offered.

Millions of Americans are also currently covered by Medicaid, Medicare and other government programs. They will continue to be covered by these programs after 2013. Indeed, some of these government programs will be expanded between now and 2013, covering more individuals.

Individual responsibility

Beginning in 2014, the health care reform package imposes a penalty on individuals for each month they fail to have minimum essential health insurance coverage for themselves and their dependents. Another name for the penalty is "shared responsibility payment."

As a baseline, all individuals without minimum essential health insurance coverage will be liable for the penalty. However, the health care reform package expressly excludes certain individuals from liability for the penalty. They include:

• Individuals whose household income is below their income thresholds for filing a federal income tax return;
  
• Individuals who are exempt on religious conscience grounds;
  
• Individuals whose contribution to employer-provided coverage exceeds a threshold percentage;
  
• Hardship cases;
  
• Native Americans;
  
• Undocumented aliens;
  
• Incarcerated individuals;
  
• Individuals with short lapses of minimum essential coverage;
  
• Individuals covered by Medicare, Medicaid and other government programs; and
  
• Certain individuals outside the U.S.

Amount of penalty

The monthly penalty after 2013 is 1/12 of the flat dollar amount or a percentage of income, whichever is greater. For 2014, the flat dollar amount is $95 and the percentage of income is one percent. The flat dollar amount rises to $695 in 2016 (indexed for inflation thereafter) and the percentage of income increases to 2.5 percent.

For individuals under age 18, the flat dollar amount is 50 percent of the amount for adults. Generally, a family's total penalty cannot exceed $285 for 2014 (rising to $2,085 by 2016) or the national average annual premium for the "bronze" level of coverage through a state insurance exchange. By 2014, each state must establish an insurance exchange where individuals can shop for health insurance coverage. The exchanges will have four levels of coverage: bronze, silver, gold, and platinum.

Example. Ana, age 38, is self-employed with a modified adjusted gross income (AGI) of $68,500 for 2014. Ana does not have minimum essential coverage for all 12 months of 2014 and is not exempt from carrying minimum essential coverage because of income or other qualifying reasons. Ana will be liable for a penalty of the greater of $95 or one percent of her modified AGI.

Example. Ana's mother, Barbara, is enrolled in Medicare. Barbara has minimum essential coverage because she is enrolled in Medicare and is not liable for a penalty.

Health insurance tax credits

At the same time the individual responsibility requirement kicks in, the health care reform package provides a refundable health insurance premium assistance tax credit to qualified persons. The premium assistance credit will operate on a sliding scale based on an individual's relationship to the federal poverty level (between 100 and 400 percent).

The healthcare reform package makes the premium assistance tax credit refundable and also provides for advance payment of the credit. Advance payment will be made to the health plan in which the individual is enrolled.

Adult children

There is one important change regarding individual coverage for 2010. Effective September 23, 2010, the health care reform package enables more young adults to remain on their parents' health insurance policies. Generally, employer-sponsored group health plans will be required to provide coverage for adult children up to age 26 if the adult child is ineligible to enroll in another employer-sponsored plan. The health care reform package also extends the employer-provided health coverage gross income exclusion to coverage for adult children under age 27 as of the end of the tax year.

Guidance

The IRS, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services and other federal agencies are expected to issue extensive guidance on the individual responsibility mandate. Our office will keep you posted on developments.

If you have or are planning to move - whether it's a change of personal residence or a change of business address - you want the IRS to know about your change of address. The IRS has recently updated its procedures for taxpayers to follow when notifying the IRS of a change of address. The IRS uses a taxpayer's "address of record" for mailing certain notices and documents that the agency is required to send to a taxpayer's last known address.

The IRS's process for updating changes of address is important for both individual and business taxpayers because a notice or document sent to your (or your business') "last known address" is legally effective and binding, even if you never receive it because you have moved. This presumption of delivery includes such important correspondence as notices of deficiency, liens and levies.

Have you moved since April 15?

If you have already filed your federal income tax return (or any other respective business tax return, such as Form 1065, U.S. Return of Partnership Income), and have since moved from the address that you provided on your return, you need to inform the IRS. This is because the IRS automatically uses the address on your return as its "address of record." Thus, when a taxpayer files a tax return, such as a Form 1040, U.S. Individual Income Tax Return, the address on your return is automatically updated by the IRS after the return has been properly processed (tax returns are considered properly processed after a 45-day period that begins on the day after the return is received by the IRS.)

Therefore, if you move to a new address after filing your return, you need to ensure the IRS has your new address. This can generally be done in one of several ways. First, when a taxpayer provides the U.S. Postal Service (USPS) with a new address, the IRS automatically updates the taxpayer's address of record with the address maintained in the USPS's National Change of Address database. So, when you change your address with the USPS to have your mail forwarded to your new address, the IRS may also update you address of record based on the new address you provide the USPS. However, take caution. You should nonetheless notify the IRS directly of your change of address to ensure the IRS has your correct address. This can be done by filing Form 8822, Change of Address, with the IRS.

However, you can also provide the IRS with your change of address by giving the agency "clear and concise notification" of the change. This can be done electronically, written, or orally, and is discussed below. We recommend such followup notification just in case the IRS fails to follow one of its updating procedures.

Types of returns automatically updated when filed

The IRS's updated procedure (Revenue Procedure 2010-16) not only lists the types of returns on which address provided thereon are automatically updated into its "address of record" database, it also makes clear that certain forms are not considered returns and therefore not automatically updated if a new address is listed. Specifically, a new address listed on (1) Form 4868, Application for Automatic Extension of Time to File U.S. Individual Income Tax Return, or (2) Power of Attorney and Declaration of Representative, are not used by the IRS to automatically update a taxpayer's address. The IRS does not consider these to be returns. Therefore, if you file these forms providing a new address, you will need to use another method for informing the IRS of the address change, such as filing Form 8822.

The types of returns from which addresses are automatically updated by the IRS include, but are not limited t

-- Individual income tax returns (e.g., Forms 1040, 1040A, Form 1040X, 1040-SS, 1040EZ, 1040NR, 1040NR-EZ); -- Gift, estate, and generation-skipping transfer tax returns (e.g. Forms 706 series, 709 series); and -- Returns filed under an employer identification number (e.g., Forms 720, 730, 940, 941 series, 943, 945, 940, 990 series, 1041, 1042, 1065 series, and 1120 series.

Comment. Because the IRS maintains address records for gift, estate, and generation-skipping transfer (GST) tax returns that are separate from records maintained for individual income tax returns, an individual's notification of a change of address should identify whether any gift, estate, or GST transfer tax returns are affected.

Documents and notices

The IRS uses the last known address for mailing a number of important documents and notices, as well as any refund you may be owed. Therefore, it is imperative for taxpayers to ensure that the IRS has your proper change of address information. Such notices and documents include, among others, deficiency notices, notices of intent to levy, notices and demand for tax, employment status determinations, notices of third party summonses, notices regarding interest abatements, and notices of final determinations regarding spousal support.

Clear and concise notification

Taxpayers that want to change their address of record can do so by providing the IRS with a "clear and concise notification" that is in accord with the agency's procedures. As previously mentioned, clear and concise notification may be made in writing, electronically, or orally. You must in any case, must provide the your full name, new address, old address, and Social Security number (SSN), individual taxpayer identification number (ITIN), or employer identification number (EIN) when providing the "clear and concise notification" procedures.

Written. The filing of Form 8822, Change of Address, is one way to meet the "clear and concise notification" requirement, for example. You can also provide the IRS with a written statement signed by you, informing the IRS you wish to change your address of record. You must include information such as your full name, new and old address, SSN, ITIN, or EIN as well. If you file a return with your spouse, you should both provide this information as well.

Electronic. You can also satisfy the "clear and concise" requirement by electronically notifying the IRS. You must use a secure application located on the IRS's website, www.irs.gov. A "secure application" is one that requires the taxpayer to verify the taxpayer's identity before accessing the application. However, other forms of electronic notice, such as emailing an IRS email address, do not constitute clear and concise notification.

Verbal. You can also provide the IRS with a change of address orally, by providing a statement - whether in person or directly via telephone -- to an IRS employee. Again, it is a good idea to follow up your telephone call with another call to verify that your address has in fact been inputted properly.

If you have any questions about change of address procedures, please call our office.

Congress returned from its spring recess in April to a full agenda of tax legislation that will impact individuals and businesses. Lawmakers are hoping to complete work on as many bills as possible before their Memorial Day recess but the Senate's timetable may be slowed by many non-tax issues. Among the most pressing bills are a package of tax extenders and estate tax relief. Many taxpayers are also waiting to learn the fate of the 2001-2010 individual marginal tax cuts and the popular first-time homebuyer tax credit.

Tax extenders

Both the House and Senate have passed tax extenders bills. The House's Tax Extenders Act of 2009 and the Senate's American Workers, State and Business Relief Act of 2010 would extend many temporary tax incentives that expired at the end of 2009. For businesses, the incentives include the research tax credit, 15-year recovery period for qualified leasehold improvement property, and special tax breaks for farmers, film and television production, environmental clean-up, and more. For individuals, the incentives include the state and local sales tax deduction, the teacher's classroom expense deduction and the higher education tuition deduction.

The House and Senate extenders bills are similar but differ in how they are offset. The House bill includes a package of foreign account compliance rules that were recently enacted in the Hiring Incentives to Raise Employment (HIRE) Act. The Senate bill would codify the economic substance doctrine, a measure that was enacted as part of the health care reform package passed earlier this year. Lawmakers will need to find new offsets to fund a final tax extenders bill.

Estate tax

The federal estate tax does not apply to decedents dying after December 31, 2009 and before January 1, 2011. Also, effective for 2010, the stepped-up basis at death rules are replaced with modified carryover basis at death rules applicable to estates holding assets with unrealized capital gains of more than $1.3 million.

The House has approved legislation to permanently extend the federal estate tax at its 2009 levels. On more than one occasion, Senate Democrats have tried to enact a temporary one-year extension of the federal estate tax but have failed. If the Senate agrees on a one-year extension of the federal estate tax, the House will have to approve the Senate bill. If the extension is temporary, Congress also will need to address the level of estate tax to be imposed after 2010 when, without further action, the estate tax returns at much higher pre-2001 levels.

Individual marginal rates

In 2001, Congress reduced the individual marginal income tax rates. The current individual marginal income tax rates are 10, 15, 28, 31, 33, and 35 percent. These rates will sunset after December 31, 2010 unless extended by Congress.

The Obama administration has proposed to extend permanently the tax rate brackets of 10, 15, 28, and 31 percent but to raise the top two brackets to 36 percent and 39.6 percent respectively. These proposed rate increases would apply to single taxpayers with incomes over $200,000 and married taxpayers filing a joint return with incomes over $250,000. Likewise, the maximum 15 percent capital gains rate that now applies to all taxpayers would increase to 20 percent for these higher income taxpayers.

Because of the looming sunset date of the lower rates, lawmakers are under pressure to act before the end of 2010. Senate Democrats have begun preliminary actions to move the lower rates as part of the Fiscal Year (FY) 2011 federal budget bill under special reconciliation rules. These rules require only a simple majority rather than a super-majority of 60 votes to pass legislation in the Senate. However, use of the reconciliation process is expected to be challenged by Senate Republicans who oppose the hike in the top two rates.

VAT

Since Congress' return in April, there has been much speculation on Capitol Hill about introducing a European-style value added tax (VAT) to the U.S. to reduce the federal budget deficit. Treasury Secretary Timothy Geithner has indicated that the administration is not endorsing a VAT. President Obama has appointed a special tax reform commission to examine all federal taxes across-the-board. However, Democratic leaders in the House and Senate have said that comprehensive tax reform must wait until the economy rebounds.

Business incentives

Many business-related tax incentives have been proposed in the House and Senate but have not been enacted. Some limited business incentives may be included in FY 2011 federal budget legislation. The Obama administration has proposed to eliminate capital gains taxation on small businesses and make permanent the research tax credit.

Taxpayer Assistance Act

On April 15, the House passed the Taxpayer Assistance Act of 2010 (TAA). Many of the provisions are not controversial but it is unclear if and when the Senate will take up the bill. Among other things, the TAA would:

• Removes cell phones from the listed property rules that trigger heightened documentation and substantiation rules;
  
• Repeal the partial payment requirement on submissions of offers-in-compromise;
  
• Authorize the IRS to use mass communication (including the internet) to notify taxpayers of undelivered refunds; and
  
• Require the IRS to notify taxpayers if it suspects that their identities (or the identities of their dependents) have been stolen.

The TAA is offset by two revenue raisers. The TAA would extend the bad check penalty to electronic payments and increase information return penalties.

Homebuyer tax credit

The first-time homebuyer tax credit is one of the most popular tax incentives in recent years. Supporters claim it has encouraged buyers to purchase homes during the economic downturn.

The 10 percent (up to $8,000) refundable first-time homebuyer credit expired after April 30, 2010. However, if a binding sales contract was signed on or before April 30, 2010, a home purchase completed on or before June 30, 2010 will qualify for the credit.

At this time, Congress is not expected to extend the homebuyer credit. Although popular, its cost has discouraged fiscal conservatives in Congress from supporting an extension. If Congress takes up an extension of the credit, our office will keep you posted of developments.

COBRA premium assistance

On April 15, President Obama signed the Continuing Extension Act of 2010 (CEA). The CEA extends eligibility for COBRA premium assistance through May 31, 2010. The CEA also provides transition relief for assistance eligible individuals who were involuntarily terminated from employment between March 31, 2010 and the date of enactment of the CEA. The Obama administration has indicated its support for extending COBRA premium assistance through the end of 2010.

Energy

The Obama administration has asked Congress to eliminate a number of tax incentives for fossil fuels. The administration proposes to abolish, among other things, the enhanced tax credit for oil and gas produced from marginal wells, the use of percentage depletion with respect to oil, gas and hard mineral fossil fuels, and the Code Sec. 199 domestic production activities deduction for the production of oil, gas and coal. These incentives enjoy significant support in Congress and it is uncertain if lawmakers will agree to eliminate them.

Ponzi scheme victims

The Ponzi Victims Tax Bill of Rights (S. 3166), recently introduced in the Senate, would provide targeted relief to individuals who are victimized by Ponzi schemes. The bill would allow direct and indirect investors with qualified fraudulent investment losses to carry back eligible losses for up to six tax years. Taxpayers over age 65 could carry back their qualified losses for up to seven years. The bill would also allow Ponzi victims to claim a loss deduction for a fraudulent investment loss in an individual retirement account (IRA) and carry back the IRA loss deduction for up to six years with a 20 year carry forward.

Additional measures include:

• Allowing special catch-up contributions to IRAs held by Ponzi scheme victims;
  
• Waiving the 10 percent penalty for early distributions from retirement plans for individuals who suffered a loss related to a Ponzi scheme; and
  
• Allowing estate tax returns for decedents dying after December 31, 2007 to be amended to account for Ponzi scheme assets.

Airline baggage fees

Congress is also expected to act, if airlines do not, to prevent airlines from imposing fees on carry-on baggage. The IRS determined in LTR 201002004 that carry-on baggage was nonessential for air travel and, thus, not subject to a special federal excise tax. Many lawmakers have expressed concern that the decision encourages airlines to impose fees on carry-on bags. Pending legislation would not allow these carry-on fees.

Tax compliance

The Obama administration has asked Congress to strengthen the IRS' compliance and enforcement arms. Among the measures endorsed by the administration are proposals t

• Make willful failure to file a tax return a felony;
  
• Expand information sharing between the IRS and the states;
  
• Allow assessment of court-ordered criminal restitution as tax; and
  
• Boost the IRS's operating budget so it can hire more examiners and agents.

Please contact our office if you have any questions about pending federal tax legislation.

The IRS is moving quickly to alert employers about a new tax credit for health insurance premiums. The recently enacted health care reform package (the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010 and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010) created the small employer health insurance tax credit. The temporary credit is targeted to small employers that offer or will offer health insurance coverage to their employees. The credit, like so many federal tax incentives, has certain qualifications. Please contact our office and we can arrange to review in detail how the credit may cut the cost of your business's health insurance premiums. The dollar benefits of the credit are substantial and they apply immediately to 2010 premium costs.

Outreach

The IRS is sending postcards to more than four million small businesses in coming weeks. The postcards briefly describe the new tax credit and are just one part of the IRS's outreach campaign to educate employers about the credit. The IRS has also created a special page on its web site on the credit along with a fact sheet and frequently asked questions and answers.

Maximum credit

The new health care credit is effective immediately so employers need to plan now to take advantage of it. The credit, which is available over the next five years, also rises over time but the enhanced credit comes with some additional requirements.

For tax years beginning in 2010 through 2013, the maximum credit reaches 35 percent of qualified premium costs paid by for-profit employers. The maximum credit is 25 percent of qualified premium costs paid by tax-exempt employers.

The maximum credit climbs to 50 percent of qualified premium costs paid by for-profit employers (35 percent for tax-exempt employers) for tax years beginning in 2014 through 2015. However, Congress imposed some additional requirements. An employer may claim the credit only if it offers one or more qualified health plans through a state insurance exchange. The health care reform package requires states to create insurance exchanges by January 1, 2014.

Example. ABC Co. employs nine individuals with average annual wages of $23,000 for each employee in 2010. ABC pays $72,000 in health care premiums for its employees. This amount does not exceed the average premium for the small group market in the state in which ABC offers coverage and ABC otherwise meets the requirements for the credit. ABC's credit for 2010 is $25,200 (35 percent x $72,000).

Tax-exempt employers have additional limitations. If the amount of their credit exceeds the amount of payroll taxes of the tax-exempt employer during the calendar year in which the tax year begins, the credit is limited to the amount of payroll taxes.

FTEs

The maximum credit is available to qualified employers with no more than 10 full-time equivalent (FTE) employees paying average annual wages of $25,000 or less. The credit completely phases out if an employer has 25 or more FTEs or pays $50,000 or more in average annual wages. Effectively, a small employer can have exactly 25 FTEs or pay average annual compensation of exactly $50,000 and not receive a credit under the phase-out rules. The monetary amounts are adjusted for inflation after 2013.

The health care reform package explains how to calculate the number of FTEs. The number of an employer's FTEs is determined by dividing the total hours for which the employer pays wages to employees during the year (but not more than 2,080 hours for any employee) by 2,080. The result, if not a whole number, is rounded to the next lowest whole number. Lawmakers selected 2,080 hours because 2,080 hours comprise the number of hours in a 52-week assuming a 40-hour work week. Any hours beyond 2,080, such as overtime hours, are not taken into account when calculating FTEs.

Example. ABC Co has nine employees. ABC pays Aidan, Bonnie, Catherine, David, and Eddie wages for 2,080 hours each for 2010. ABC pays Francine, Gary and Harry wages for 1,040 hours each for 2010. ABC pays Kieran wages for 2,300 hours for 2010. The total hours not exceeding 2,080 per employee is the sum of: --10,400 hours for the five employees paid for 2,080 hours each (5 x 2,080) plus --3,120 hours for the three employees paid for 1,040 hours each (3 x 1,040) plus --2,080 hours for the one employee paid for 2,300 hours (lesser of 2,300 and 2,080), which add up to 15,600 hours.

To calculate the number of FTEs, 15,600 is divided by 2,080, which results in 7.5, rounded to the next lowest whole number.

Average annual wages

A formula is also used to calculate average annual wages. The amount of average annual wages is determined by first dividing the total wages paid by the employer to employees during the employer's tax year by the number of the employer's FTEs for the year. The result is then rounded down to the nearest $1,000 (if not otherwise a multiple of $1,000).

Example. ABC Co. pays $224,000 in wages and has 10 FTEs. ABC's average annual wages are $224,000 divided by 10 which equals $22,400, and is rounded down to the nearest $1,000 for a final number of $22,000

Owners and family members

Some individuals are excluded from the calculation of FTEs and average annual wages. These include a sole proprietor, a partner in a partnership, a shareholder owning more than two percent of an S corporation, and any owner of more than five percent of other businesses. Certain family members of these individuals are also excluded from the calculation of FTEs and average annual wages. These include a child, a parent, a sibling, and others. This list is not exhaustive. Please contact our office for more details about who is excluded from these calculations.

Premium deduction

Employers generally may deduct the cost of health insurance premiums paid on behalf of employees. The health care reform package does not change this general rule. However, the amount of premiums that an employer may deduct is reduced by the amount of the small employer health care tax credit.

Qualifying arrangement

Only premiums paid by the employer under a qualifying arrangement are counted in calculating the credit. Under a qualifying arrangement, the employer pays premiums for each employee enrolled in health care coverage offered by the employer in an amount equal to a uniform percentage (not less than 50 percent) of the premium cost of the coverage. The IRS is developing transition relief for 2010.

Additionally, the amount of an employer's premium payments is capped in relation to the average premium for the small group market. The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services will determine the average premium for the small group market in a state.

Congress is currently reviewing the costs of premiums. The health care reform package includes a requirement, effective in 2011, that insurance companies spend at least 80 percent of premium revenue on actual health care. Additionally, the health care reform package establishes a process for the annual review of premium increases prior to their use along with public disclosure of how premium rates are determined.

Claiming the credit

Qualified for-profit employers will claim the credit on their annual income tax return. The IRS is expected to advise how tax-exempt employers will claim the credit. Our office will keep you posted of developments.

According to the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, a qualified small business can choose to start offering health insurance coverage to employees in 2010 and be eligible for the credit. If you are considering providing insurance coverage to your employees, please contact our office. If you have already been paying premiums, don't leave maximizing the new credit to chance; we can help you navigate the many federal rules that come into play.

As always, please contact our office if you have any questions about the new small employer health insurance tax credit.

As an individual or business, it is your responsibility to be aware of and to meet your tax filing/reporting deadlines. This calendar summarizes important tax reporting and filing data for individuals, businesses and other taxpayers for the month of April 2010.

April 2

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates March 27-30.

April 7

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates March 31-April 2.

April 9

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates April 3-6.

April 12

Employees who work for tips. Employees who received $20 or more in tips during March must report them to their employer using Form 4070.

April 14

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates April 7-9.

April 15

Monthly depositors. Monthly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payments in March.

Individuals. Individual taxpayers file a 2009 income tax return (Form 1040, 1040A, or 1040EZ) and pay any tax due. Individuals who need an automatic six-month extension of time to file the return must file Form 4868, Application for Automatic Extension of Time To File U.S. Individual Income Tax Return, or may get an extension by phone or over the internet. Then, file Form 1040, 1040A, or 1040 EZ by October 15.

April 19

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates April 10-13.

April 21

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates April 14-16.

April 23

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates April 17-20.

April 28

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates April 21-23.

April 30

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates April 24-27.

The enhanced expensing election under Code Sec. 179 has been extended through December 31, 2010. Under Code Sec. 179, businesses can elect to recover all or part of the cost of qualifying property by deducting (rather than depreciating) the property in the year it is "placed in service," up to a certain limit.

The Hiring Incentives to Restore Employment (HIRE) Act has raised the dollar limit to $250,000 with a cap of $800,000 for qualified purchases made in tax years beginning after December 31, 2009 and before January 1, 2011 (the same amounts as in effect for 2009). Under the HIRE Act, Code Sec. 179 expensing can be taken until qualified purchases reach $1,050,000 ($800,000 + $250,000).

Note. Although the HIRE Act has extended enhanced expensing under Code Sec. 179, the new law did not extend bonus depreciation. Bonus depreciation expired at the end of 2009.

Expense planning

Code Sec. 179 expensing is keyed to a business's tax year, so the extension under the HIRE Act applies to purchases made in the tax years after December 31, 2009 and before January 1, 2011. This gives some fiscal year small businesses well into 2011 to take advantage of the Code Sec. 179 expensing extension.

Qualifying property

The allowable amount of the election to expense depreciable property is based on the cost or purchase price. Code Sec. 179 expensing is available for both new and used property. The HIRE Act also provides that off-the-shelf computer software, a popular business purchase, is Code Sec. 179 property.

The recently enacted Hiring Incentives to Restore Employment (HIRE) Act of 2010 includes a comprehensive set of foreign account compliance measures that will impact taxpayers with accounts in foreign banks and other financial institutions. Generally, for payments made beginning in 2013, taxpayers with various types of financial accounts or other interests overseas will be subject to increased reporting and disclosure requirements on those accounts, or face the imposition of 30 percent withholding.

Foreign accounts

The HIRE Act imposes on U.S. taxpayers a 30 percent withholding tax on certain assets held in a foreign financial institution, unless that foreign financial institution agrees to comply with new heightened reporting and disclosure rules. Generally, for certain payments made after December 31, 2012, a withholding agent must deduct and withhold 30 percent of any "withholdable payment" made to certain foreign financial institutions that do not agree to comply with the new rules. Generally, a "withholdable payment" is any payment of interest (including interest on deposits with foreign branches of a U.S. commercial bank), dividends, rents, fixed or determinable annual or periodical gains, gross proceeds from the sale of property that produces interest and/or dividend income.

Note. Although the new withholding rules are generally effective for payments made after December 31, 2012, they will not apply to any obligation outstanding as of two years after the enactment of the HIRE Act, which was March 18, 2010. Additionally, publicly-traded corporations and exempt organizations are excluded from the heightened reporting and disclosure rules.

Financial institutions

To avoid the 30 percent withholding requirement, the foreign institution must agree to a number of disclosure and reporting requirements on U.S. financial assets and accounts held by the foreign financial institution. Under the HIRE Act, an "account" includes any depository or custodial account maintained by the foreign financial institution, including any equity or debt interest in the institution other than equity/debt interests traded on established securities markets.

Foreign financial institutions must agree to report the identity and taxpayer identification number (TIN) of any U.S. individual with an account held at the institution (or its affiliates), and to provide annually (1) the account balance, (2) gross receipts, and (3) gross withdrawals or payments from the account. Additionally, withholding agents will be required to report the name, address and TIN of any U.S. individual that is a substantial owner of a foreign corporation, foreign partnership, or foreign trust.

Account holders

Under the HIRE Act, certain individuals holding any interest in a specified foreign financial asset must attach to his or her tax return certain information about the asset. Specified foreign financial assets include any account maintained by a foreign financial institution, among other things. Account holders must provide account numbers, the name of the financial institution maintaining the account, and the maximum value of the asset during the year. Regarding stocks and securities, account holders must provide the name and address of the issuer and the maximum value of the asset during the year. The disclosure rules apply to individuals with offshore accounts and other foreign financial assets with values of $50,000 or more during the tax year.

The new law provides an exception from the reporting requirements for certain accounts held by individuals. The aggregate value of all accounts held by the taxpayer and maintained by the same foreign financial institution must not exceed $50,000 in order to be excluded from the new reporting and withholding rules.

If you have any questions about the new reporting and disclosure rules, please contact our office.

On March 18, 2010, President Obama signed the Hiring Incentives to Restore Employment (HIRE) Act. The $18 billion HIRE Act is expected to be the first of several "jobs" bills out of Congress in 2010. The new law encourages companies to hire unemployed workers and also retain existing workers by providing two key tax incentives: payroll tax relief and a worker retention tax credit. Employers can take a tax credit of up to $1,000 for the year if they hire an unemployed worker and retain the new worker for at least one year.

Payroll tax forgiveness

The Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA) is made up of two taxes: Old-Age, Survivors and Disability Insurance (OASDI) (Social Security) and hospital insurance (HI)(Medicare). Employers pay OASDI tax equal to 6.2 percent of an employee's taxable wages up to $106,800. The HIRE Act temporarily lifts the employer's 6.2 percent OASDI tax.

The covered employee must be on the employer's payroll after February 3, 2010 and before January 1, 2011. However, payroll tax forgiveness applies only to wages paid to covered employees after March 18, 2010 and before January 1, 2011.

Example #1. Ann is hired as a full-time employee working 40 hours each week by ABC Co. Ann's hire date is January 31, 2010. On March 19, ABC Co. hires Nate as a full-time employee working 40 hours each week. On April 30, ABC Co. hires Cai as a full-time employee working 40 hours each week. Ann is not a covered employee for purposes of the HIRE Act because she began employment with ABC Co. before February 3, 2010. Cai and Nate are covered employees under the HIRE Act because their start dates are after February 3, 2010 and they are on the company's payroll after March 18, 2010.

The HIRE Act requires that employees certify they had not been employed for more than 40 hours during the 60-day period ending on the date their employment with the qualified employer began. The IRS is developing a form that employers can use to obtain the certification from covered employees.

Example #2. In example #1, Cai and Nate were covered employees under the HIRE Act because their start dates with ABC Co. were after February 3, 2010 and they were on the payroll after March 18, 2010. Before coming to work for ABC Co., Cai was employed full-time (40 hours per week) by XYZ Co. between November 1, 2002 and April 29, 2010 (one day before her date of hire by ABC Co.). Consequently, Cai cannot certify that she had not been employed for more than 40 hours during the 60-day period ending on the date of her employment with ABC Co.

A covered employee must not replace another employee of the employer, with some exceptions. The exceptions cover employees who voluntarily quit and employees who are fired for cause. Additionally, the covered employee must not be related to the employer or own a certain share of the employer's business. Some employees, for example household employees, are expressly excluded from the HIRE Act.

Retained worker tax credit

As part of the general business credit, the HIRE Act allows employers to claim a worker retention credit. For each qualified employee, the employer's general business credit is increased by the lesser of $1,000 or 6.2 percent of the retained worker's wages paid during a 52-week consecutive period.

The covered employee must be on the employer's payroll after March 18 and continue in employment for at least 52 consecutive weeks. Additionally, the covered employee's wages during the last 26 weeks of the 52 consecutive week period must equal at least 80 percent of the wages paid during the first 26 weeks of that period.

Example #3. In example #1, Nate was a covered employee under the HIRE Act because his start date with ABC Co. was after February 3, 2010. Additionally, Nate qualified his employer for payroll tax forgiveness because he was on the company's payroll after March 18, 2010. At the close of business on September 24, 2010, Nate resigns from ABC Co. Consequently, ABC Co. may claim payroll tax forgiveness for Nate for the period between March 19, 2010 and September 24, 2010 but ABC Co. cannot claim the retained worker tax credit because Nate did not remain employed with the company for at least 52 consecutive weeks.

Employers will need to maintain careful records with respect to each new employee hired in order to show that the new worker qualifies the employer for the credit. It is presumed that the IRS will begin crafting a form to be used by employers in order to claim the credit.

Please contact our office if you have any questions about the HIRE Act. The business incentives are temporary, so don't delay.

Health care reform is now law and many employers are asking how does it affect my business and my employees? The first thing to keep in mind is that reform is gradual. The health care reforms and tax provisions in the new health care reform package play out over time, with some taking effect this year or next year but others not until 2014 and beyond. However, the health care package imposes significant new responsibilities and taxes on employers and individuals so it is not too early to start preparing.

Two new laws

Health care reform is actually made up of two new laws. The first is the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010, signed by President Obama on March 23. The second is the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, signed by the president on March 26. The Patient Protection Act, which reflects the Senate's original health care reform bill, provides the overall framework for reform. The Reconciliation Act was drafted in the House to make changes to the Patient Protection Act, especially in the area of cost-sharing and in some of the revenue raisers.

Employer responsibility

The final health care package, unlike earlier versions, does not include an employer mandate. However, any employer with more than 50 full-time employees that does not offer health insurance and has at least one full-time employee receiving a premium assistance tax credit or cost-sharing will pay a per-employee penalty. An employer with more than 50 full-time employees that offers coverage that the government deems unaffordable or fails to meet minimum standards and has at least one full-time employee receiving a premium assistance tax credit or cost-sharing also will pay a per-employee penalty. Small employers with less than 50 employees will not be penalized in any case. The penalty rules apply starting in 2014.

Small employers that provide health insurance coverage are eligible for a new tax credit. A sliding scale tax credit is available immediately in 2010 for qualified small employers. The IRS is expected to make guidance for the new credit a priority. If your small business offers or is thinking of offering health insurance to your workers, the credit could generate significant cost-savings. Please contact our office and we can discuss the details of the credit in depth.

Individual responsibility

Unlike employers, individuals have a mandate under the health care reform package. Beginning in 2014, most individuals will be responsible for maintaining health insurance coverage for themselves and their dependents. If they do not have minimum essential coverage, they will be liable for a penalty.

The health care package excludes many individuals from the mandatory coverage requirement. Any individual or family who currently has coverage can retain that coverage under a "grandfather" provision. Individuals with incomes below the federal filing threshold, religious objectors, individuals covered by Medicaid and Medicare and others are also exempt.

The health care package provides a premium assistance tax credit and cost-sharing to help make coverage more affordable. The premium assistance tax credit is calculated on a sliding scale based on the individual's income in relation to the federal poverty level. Cost-sharing reduces the cost of coverage for qualified individuals. The premium assistance tax credit and cost-sharing generally will be available after 2013.

High-dollar plans

One of the principal revenue raisers to fund health care reform is a new excise tax on high-dollar health insurance plans. The health care reform package imposes an excise tax of 40 percent on insurance companies or plan administrators for any health insurance plan with an annual premium in excess of $10,200 for individuals and $27,500 for families. The excise tax applies to the amount in excess of the $10,200/$27,500 levels. The thresholds are higher for individuals in high-risk occupations and individuals over age 55. The excise tax will not kick in until 2018.

Medicare additional tax and surtax

Changes to the hospital insurance (HI)(Medicare) tax also fund health care reform. These changes impact higher-income individuals and families.

The health care reform package increases the Medicare tax by 0.9 percent for individuals who receive wages in excess of $200,000 (the threshold increases to $250,000 for married couples who file a joint federal income tax return). Additionally, the new law imposes a 3.8 percent surtax (called the Unearned Income Medicare Contribution) on investment income for individuals with adjusted gross incomes above $200,000 ($250,000 for married couples filing jointly). Investment income includes income from interest and dividends.

The additional Medicare tax on wages and the additional Medicare contribution on investment income take effect in 2013, so taxpayers have some time to prepare. Please contact our office for more details about how these tax changes may impact you.

Flexible spending arrangements

Flexible spending arrangements (FSAs) are a very popular way to save and pay for health care expenses. One of the most attractive features is the ability to use FSA dollars for over-the-counter medications. The health care reform package ends that feature after 2010.

In 2011 and subsequent years, FSA dollars can only be used to pay for prescription medications (with some limited exceptions). In 2013, the health care reform package limits the amount of contributions to health FSAs to $2,500 per year. The $2,500 amount will be indexed for inflation after 2013.

More provisions

The health care reform package als

• Increases the AGI threshold for claiming the itemized deduction for medical expenses for regular tax purposes to 10 percent after 2012 with a delayed effective date for seniors;
• Extends dependent coverage up to age 26;
• Expands Medicaid eligibility;
• Requires states to establish insurance exchanges to help individuals and small employers obtain coverage;
• Increases the additional tax on distributions from health savings accounts (HSAs) not used for qualified medical expenses;
• Eliminates the employer deduction for Medicare Part D;
• Imposes annual fees on pharmaceutical manufacturers and health insurance providers;
• Imposes an excise tax on medical device manufacturers;
• Requires more corporate information reporting;
• Imposes new requirements on non-profit hospitals;
• Accelerates some corporate estimated income taxes in 2014;
• Imposes an excise tax on indoor tanning services;
• Codifies the economic substance doctrine; and
• Modifies the biofuel credit.

In the coming months and years, the IRS and other federal agencies will issue many new rules and regulations to implement health care reform. Our office will keep you posted of developments, and, as always, please contact us if you have any questions.

As an individual or business, it is your responsibility to be aware of and to meet your tax filing/reporting deadlines. This calendar summarizes important tax reporting and filing data for individuals, businesses and other taxpayers for the month of March 2010.

March 3

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates February 24-26.

March 5

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates February 27-March 2.

March 10

Employees who work for tips. Employees who received $20 or more in tips during February must report them to their employer using Form 4070.

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates March 3-5.

March 12

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates March 6-9.

March 15

Monthly depositors. Monthly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payments in February.

March 17

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates March 10-12.

March 19

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates March 13-16.

March 24

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates March 17-19.

March 26

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates March 20-23.

March 31

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates March 24-30.

When your personal property or home is damaged or destroyed by a storm or other catastrophe, the IRS provides some relief ... depending on the amount of the damage and how much income you have in order to absorb at least some of the loss yourself. Property losses caused by damage from certain types of storms and similar "casualties" - from wind and rain to floods and tornadoes - are tax deductible to the extent allowed under Internal Revenue Code Section 165. While the tax law regarding casualty losses from storm damage is complicated, don't be put off -- understanding the tax law is key to maximizing your deduction.

This summary provides a general overview of how to claim and maximize your deduction for personal losses caused by storms and similar catastrophes. It does not tackle business casualty losses or what happens when you actually have gain as a result of a casualty loss (which can happen if your insurance recovery is "too generous").

Type of damage

Personal casualty loss deductions for storm damage can only be claimed if you itemize your deductions on Form 1040, Schedule A. So, if part of your roof collapses due to a snowstorm or flood waters damage your home and destroy your furniture, you can not deduct the damage if you claim the standard deduction. The casualty loss deduction, however, is not subject to the overall limit on itemized deductions for taxpayers whose adjusted gross incomes (AGI) exceeds a certain threshold, which has nevertheless been repealed for 2010. Only damage that has not been compensated for by insurance can be deducted.

Many unexpected property damages can qualify for the casualty loss deduction. The deduction can claimed for damage caused by, among other things: broken water pipes; burst water heaters; cave-ins; drive-way break-up; freeze/frost damage; storms; snow; lightning; rain (unusual and intense); fires; floods; droughts; earthquakes; hurricanes; and landslides. If it is sudden, an "act of God," or is otherwise unanticipated, it usually qualifies for a casualty loss deduction.

Floor amounts: insurance recovery/dollar and percentage-of-income "deductibles"

Like many other areas of the tax law, calculating your deduction for storm damage is not cut and dried. There are a number of steps you must take to arrive at the ultimate amount of your deduction.

First, the amount of storm damage for which you are covered by insurance (whether already collected or anticipated will be collected) cannot be included in any casualty loss deduction that you take.

Next, the tax law requires that you absorb some of the loss yourself. Two important baseline limitations apply to your deduction in that regard: (1) The total amount of your loss deduction for damaged caused to your personal and real property by a storm (or similar casualty) must be reduced by $100 (or $500 for damage caused in 2009). This limit is applied on a per casualty basis: if another storm damages your property during the same tax year, those total deductible losses from that storm must again be reduced by $100 (or $500; Congress could act to revive the $500 limit for 2010, as some proposals have provided).

Example. In February 2010, a massive snowstorm causes snow to accumulate on your roof, causing the roof to cave in. The cave-in also causes damage to your furniture. The damage to your roof and furniture is considered a single casualty to which the $100 reduction would apply.

(2) The total amount of all your loss deductions must be reduced by 10 percent of your adjusted gross income (AGI).

Federal disaster areas

Casualty losses that occur within a federally-declared disaster area receive two additional tax breaks. The $100 floor and 10 percent AGI rules does not apply if the personal casualty loss is attributable to a federally-declared disaster. And federal-declared disaster area losses may be deducted on the return for the tax year prior to the actual disaster, making it possible for taxpayers to file an amended return for that earlier year and get an immediate refund.

Calculating the deduction

You cannot deduct any losses for which you have received reimbursement, either by insurance or another party. Only unreimbursed losses will be deductible. Subtract any insurance or other reimbursement you received (or expect to receive) for the loss from the smaller of the following two amounts: the decrease in the fair market value (FMV) of the property lost or the adjusted cost basis of the property before the loss.

Complete home damage. To determine what the before and after market value of your home if it has been totally destroyed by a casualty, you may want to use the most recently assessed value from property taxes for the before-storm FMV of the property, and a current appraisal (by a competent appraiser) for the after-storm value. The adjusted basis of your property is generally what you paid for it, including any adjustments to the basis such as permanent additions or improvements you made.

Repairs. The cost of repairs may be used as evidence of the amount of your loss. In order to establish repair costs as the amount of the loss, you must show that: -- The repairs are necessary to restore the property to its condition immediately before the storm (or other casualty): -- The cost of the repairs is not excessive; -- The repairs restore the damaged property, but do not improve it; and -- The property's value after the repairs does not, because of the repairs, exceed the property's value immediately before the casualty.

The IRS may challenge the total cost of a new roof replacement or other storm-related replacement (as contrasted to a straight-out repair) since you may be replacing something old and soon in need of replacement with something brand new that will last for many years. Appraisals, estimates and professional opinions as to the extent a repair also extends a particular property's life are all part of the data that you should be collecting when the repairs are being made to substantiate your tax deduction later when you file your income tax return.

A dollars and cents example can help clarify what rules must be followed in arriving at your casualty loss deduction for the year.

Example

In February 2010 a severe wind storm damaged your home. This is the only casualty you suffer for the year. Your home's adjusted basis is $164,000. The FMV of your home before the storm damage was $170,000, but as the result of structural damage caused by the wind storm, your home dropped in value to $100,000 immediately afterward (before you made the repairs). You also suffered $600 in damage to your household furnishings, also damaged in the same storm but not covered by your insurance policy. You received $50,000 from your insurance company for the damage to your home. Your AGI for the year is $65,000. Your itemized casualty loss deduction for the storm damage is calculated as follows:

1. Adjusted basis of real property: $164,000
2. FMV of real property (before storm): $170,000
3. FMV of real property (after storm): $100,000
4. Decrease in FMV of real property (Line 2-Line3): $70,000
5. Loss on real property (the smaller of Line 1 (adjusted basis) or Line 4 (FMV)): $70,000
6. Subtract insurance: $50,000
7. Loss on real property after reimbursement: $20,000
8. Loss on household items: $600
9. Subtract insurance: $0
10. Loss on household items after reimbursement: $600
11. Total loss (Line 7 plus Line 10)($20,000 + 600): $20,600
12. Subtract $100 ($20,600 - $100): $20,500
13. Subtract 10% of your AGI (10% of $65,000 = $6,500): - $6,500
14. Total itemized casualty loss deduction for 2010: $14,000

Records and reporting

 Casualty losses are reported on Form 4684 first and then on Schedule A, Form 1040. Your casualty loss is only deductible for the tax year in which the loss occurs. For example, if your home is damaged by fire in 2010, you must claim the deduction on your tax return for the 2010 tax year. Maximizing your deduction requires that you maintain proper records and documentation of the casualty loss. You should have records that show:

• The type of damage and when it occurred;
• That the loss was a direct result of the casualty;
• You are the owner of the property (or lessee of property you are contractually liable to another for if damaged); and
• Part or none of the damage was reimbursed by insurance, or a claim for reimbursement exists for which you expect a recovery.

To maximize your deduction, and minimize questions from the IRS, make sure you maintain adequate records and documents between you and your insurance company (or other reimburser) and detailed billing statements regarding the cost of repair from the repair company/contractor that fixes the damaged property, as well as documents/appraisals and related forms substantiating the basis of the property damaged and/or the FMV of the property before and after the damage occurred. Photographs of the damage (and before) also provide good evidence of the extent of your loss.

Debt that a borrower no longer is liable for because it is discharged by the lender can give rise to taxable income to the borrower. Debt forgiveness income or cancellation of debt income ("COD" income) is the amount of debt that a lender has discharged or canceled. However, in many situations, the canceled debt is excluded from taxable income.

Credit cards, car loans and mortgage debt are three of the most common consumer debts, yet many individuals don't know the tax rules surrounding discharges of these debts by lenders. In general, almost all types of discharged debt will be includable in the borrower's taxable income, unless a specific exclusion applies.

The creditor will generally report COD income to the IRS and to the debtor, using Form 1099-C, Cancellation of Debt, even if an exclusion applies. The creditor may not be aware that the debtor can exclude the COD income. We can help you determine whether an exclusion applies.

Exclusions and reduction of attributes

There are four situations where cancelled debt does not result in taxable income:

1. The debt has been discharged through a bankruptcy proceeding under Title 11; 2. Insolvency (your total debts exceed your total assets); 3. The debt is due to a qualified farm expense ("qualified farm indebtedness"); and 4. The debt is due to certain real property business losses ("qualified real property business indebtedness").

When canceled debt is excluded from income, the debtor may be required to reduce tax attributes, such as a net capital loss or the basis of property. The reduction of attributes must be reported on Form 982, Reduction of Tax Attributes Due to Discharge of Indebtedness, and attached to your federal income tax return.

Other exclusions may apply to student loans, disaster victims, gifts, general welfare payments, and payments that would have been deductible.

Mortgage debt forgiveness

For a limited period of time, certain mortgage debt that is discharged by the lender is excludable from COD income and therefore does not result in taxable income to homeowners. This debt is generally referred to as "qualified principal residence indebtedness." The cancellation of qualifying mortgage debt is excludable from income if it is incurred with respect to the taxpayer's principal residence for "acquisition" debt forgiven on or after January 1, 2007 and before January 1, 2013. Acquisition debt is indebtedness secured by the residence and incurred in the acquisition, construction or substantial improvement of the residence.

Certain debt used to refinance the debt is also eligible. Debt forgiven on a second home or rental property does not qualify for the exclusion.

Example. Anne's principal residence is subject to a $300,000 mortgage debt. Anne's creditor forecloses on the property in September 2010. Due to the depressed real estate market, Anne's home sold for $220,000. The creditor forgives the other $80,000 of debt. Anne has COD income totaling $80,000 ($300,000 - $220,000).

Credit card and car loan debt

Noticeably absent from the specific exceptions to COD income are two of the biggest consumer debt items: credit cards and car loans. Credit card debt or an unpaid debt on a car loan that is forgiven by the lender is includable in gross income, unless the debtor is bankrupt or insolvent. The lender will report the amount of forgiven debt on Form 1099-C, Cancellation of Debt.

Example. Michael has an outstanding credit card bill of $7,400. Michael cannot pay the total amount but reaches a compromise with his credit card company in which he settles the debt for $4,000. Assuming the debtor is not bankrupt or insolvent, the Internal Revenue Code treats him as having realized a personal net gain (and COD income) of $3,400, even though he did not actually receive any money. The credit card company will report the $3,400 as COD income on Form 1099-C, and the debtor must include it in his gross income.

Reporting

If you had debt discharged in 2009 that does not qualify for an exception, you must include the amount of cancelled debt in your gross income on your tax return. If you have questions about COD income, the exclusions from income, or your reporting responsibilities, please contact our office.

In response to the economic downturn that has affected the retirement portfolios of millions of individuals across the country, Congress has been considering a variety of alternatives to offer relief to those who face financial emergencies and need immediate access to their funds. Two of the most significant proposals that have been recommended include: (1) significant broadening of the suspension of the 10 percent penalty tax on early withdrawals from IRAs and defined contribution plans, and (2) extending the temporary suspension of the penalty tax imposed on individuals age 70 1/2 or older who do not take required minimum distributions (RMDs) from certain retirement plans.

Early withdrawal penalty

To discourage individuals from using money set aside in retirement accounts for expenses incurred outside of retirement, a 10 percent tax is imposed on the amount that is withdrawn, in addition to this amount being included in the individual's gross income and subject to federal (and often, state) income tax. The 10 percent penalty will not apply to distributions made in the following circumstances:

• After the individual has reached age 59 1/2;
• The distribution is made to an individual who is a beneficiary of a deceased IRA owner;
• The individual is disabled;
• For higher education expenses (from IRAs only);
• The distributions are made as part of substantially equal payments over the account holder's life expectancy;
• The individual retires after age 55;
• For unreimbursed medical expenses exceeding 7.5 percent of the individual's adjusted gross income (AGI);
• For medical insurance premiums in the case of unemployment;
• To buy, build, or rebuild a first home (from IRAs only, and subject to a $10,000 withdrawal limit); and
• If the individual is a reservist called to active duty after September 11, 2001.

Caution: The extent to which a withdrawal may be made from an employer-sponsored qualified retirement plan, even with respect to amounts that you contributed, depends upon what is allowed under the written plan itself. Some plans only allow you to withdraw after retirement. Others allow withdrawals for "hardships," which may include medical expenses or other financial crisis. Still other withdrawals, such as withdrawals for higher education or a first home purchase, are never allowed under IRS rules from an employer-sponsored plan.

The 10 percent penalty and, for that matter, the underlying taxable income generated from a withdrawal, do not apply if the funds are properly rolled over within a 60-day period from an employer-sponsored plan to an IRA or from one qualified plan or IRA to another.

Hardship withdrawals. Individuals who take a hardship withdrawal from their defined contribution plan must also pay the 10 percent penalty tax. A hardship is defined as an immediate and heavy financial need. Certain expenses are deemed to meet this definition, but even so, the penalty still applies.

Proposals to suspend the 10 percent penalty

Several proposals have been advanced by policymakers to eliminate or suspend the 10 percent early withdrawal penalty in certain situations. The proposals would generally add a paragraph to Internal Revenue Code Sec. 72(t) to eliminate the penalty in specific circumstances. Proposals include eliminating or suspending the 10 percent early withdrawal penalty for:

• Public safety employees who retire before the age of 55;
• Workers who are unemployed;
• Individuals affected by natural disasters;
• Homeowners at risk of having their mortgage foreclosed;
• Individuals who receive a hardship distribution from a retirement plan; and
• Individuals who have qualified adoption expenses.

RMDs

Individuals with certain qualified retirement plans, as well as traditional IRAs and 403(b) plans, are required to withdraw a certain amount ( a "required minimum distribution" or RMD) from the account each year after reaching age 70 1/2 (Roth IRAs are not subject to the RMD rules). The annual RMD is based on the account balance as of December 31 of the prior year and the account holder's life expectancy. Generally, RMDs must begin no later than April 1 of the year after you reach age 70 1/2.

Proposals to suspend RMDs

RMDs were suspended for 2009 only. RMDs must be taken for 2010 and beyond, unless Congress acts to suspend the RMD rules again. However policymakers have put forth various proposals to eliminate or suspend altogether the RMD requirements. The proposals include:

• Suspending the RMD requirement through 2010;
• Suspending the RMD requirement through 2012;
• Eliminating the RMD requirement; or
• Postponing the required starting date, which would raise the age at which individuals must start taking their RMDs.

When contemplating whether to implement any of these proposals, Congress and Treasury officials must balance a number of considerations, including the immediate financial needs of individuals with the policies behind the penalty taxes; namely, providing funds for retirement and not allowing the money to be used for pre-retirement expenses.

Our office will keep you posted on any legislative proposals that may affect your retirement planning. We also can help you navigate the current rules that would apply should you need to make a withdrawal soon from your retirement savings.

As 2010 unfolds, small businesses are confronted with tax challenges and opportunities on many fronts. Lackluster consumer spending, combined with tight credit, has many small businesses in a holding pattern. Congress may respond with a new tax credit to encourage hiring. Small businesses are also faced with uncertainty over many temporary provisions in the federal Tax Code. Many of these incentives have expired. At the same time, small businesses are uncertain how health care reform, the fate of the federal estate tax and proposed retirement savings initiatives may impact them.

Hiring and retention tax credit

To encourage businesses to hire more workers, the Senate has passed a hiring and retention tax credit (Hiring Incentives to Restore Employment Act). The credit exempts employers from paying the 6.2 percent Social Security tax for qualified new hires up to the Social Security wage base of $106,800. The new hire must have been unemployed for at least 60 days and added to the employer's payroll before January 1, 2011. Employers would also be eligible for an additional $1,000 tax credit for each new hire that they keep on the payroll for at least 52 consecutive weeks.

The House has not scheduled a vote on the Senate's hiring and retention credit and it is unclear if it will. The House approved a jobs bill late last year (Jobs for Main Street Act, H.R. 2847), which does not include a hiring and retention credit.

Extenders

Businesses may be surprised that some of the tax breaks they took in 2009 are not available in 2010. That's because many of these popular business tax incentives are temporary and they expired at the end of 2009. They include the research tax credit, 15-year recovery periods for qualified leasehold improvement, restaurant, and retail improvement property, enhanced corporate contributions to qualified organizations, special incentives for producers of alternative energy, and others.

In December 2009, the House approved legislation extending these temporary business incentives through December 31, 2010 (Tax Extenders Act of 2009, H.R. 4213). The Senate, however, has yet to act on the House bill or vote on its own version of an extenders package. Traditionally, the extenders have been renewed but this year there is a chance that renewal may be later rather than sooner. High unemployment numbers have Congress focused on job creation. A growing number of lawmakers view many of the extenders as having little if any impact on immediate job creation in the private sector.

Expensing/bonus depreciation

Under a temporary provision expiring at the end of 2009, taxpayers could expense up to $250,000 in annual investment expenditures for qualified property. The maximum amount that could be expensed for property placed in service in 2009 was reduced by the amount that the qualified property exceeded $800,000. The Obama administration has proposed extending enhanced Code Sec. 179 expensing, with the $250,000/$800,000 threshold, through December 31, 2010. The Senate approved an extension in its jobs bill and the House approved an extension last year but the chambers have yet to approve the extension in a common bill that they can send to the White House for the president's signature.

Another expired pending incentive is bonus depreciation. Under a temporary provision, an additional first-year depreciation deduction equal to 50 percent of the adjusted basis of the property was provided for qualified property acquired and placed in service before January 1, 2010. The Obama administration has proposed extending bonus depreciation through December 31, 2010. The House approved an extension last year but the Senate has not. There is growing sentiment among some senators that the extension of bonus depreciation into 2010 would be an expensive "budget buster" not worth the price tag.

Health care reform

Health care reform, which dominated the news in recent months, has been on the back burner as lawmakers have switched their attention to jobs. However, health care reform remains a priority of the Obama administration. Some form of a reform package may be enacted in 2010 and it could impose new mandates on employers.

The House health care reform bill (Affordable Health Care for America Act, H.R. 3962) would require employers to satisfy certain minimum coverage requirements. Otherwise, the employer would be liable for an additional payroll tax. Small employers, generally businesses with annual payrolls below $500,000, would be exempt. The Senate health care reform bill (Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, H.R. 3590) does not require employers of any size to provide health insurance coverage.

Estate tax

Many small business owners are reviewing their estate plans after the federal estate tax expired January 1, 2010. Effective for decedents dying on and after January 1, 2010 and on or before December 31, 2010 the federal estate tax is replaced with a carryover basis regime. Generally, the income tax basis of property acquired from a decedent is carried over from the decedent. Executors may partially increase the basis of property by up to $1.3 million ($3 million in the case of property passing to a surviving spouse).

The House passed a bill late last year extending the 2009 estate tax into 2010 (Permanent Estate Tax Relief Bill of 2009, H.R. 4154). However, the Senate has not acted on the House bill. Democratic leaders have said the Senate will vote on an extension but have not laid out a timetable. If you have not reviewed your estate plans in light of the expiration of the federal estate tax, please contact our office.

Retirement plans

The Obama administration proposes requiring employers that do not currently offer a retirement plan to offer their employees automatic enrollment in an individual retirement account (IRA). Small businesses (generally employers with 10 or fewer employees) would be exempt from the proposed requirement. The administration's proposal would be effective for tax years beginning after January 1, 2011. Qualified employers would be eligible for a temporary tax credit of $25 for each employee up to a total credit of $250 per year for a maximum of two years.

At the same time, the administration proposes to enhance the existing tax incentive for small employers that establish a retirement plan. Under current law, employers with 100 or fewer employees that adopt a new qualified retirement plan are entitled to a temporary tax credit equal to 50 percent of their expenses to establish and administer the plan. The credit is limited to $500 per year for three years. The administration has asked Congress to double the tax credit to $1,000 per year for three years. The administration's proposal would be effective for tax years beginning after January 1, 2011.

Employment tax audits

In addition to trying to cope with the changing tax laws, small businesses should be aware that the IRS has identified their group as a target for vigorous tax audits. Recent surveys have confirmed for the IRS that the small business environment presents easy opportunities for some "bad apples" to cheat on their taxes. Armed with those statistics as justification, the IRS is now aggressively looking to small businesses to help close "the tax gap," the difference between what taxpayers owe and what is actually collected. One initial area of concern involves employment taxes.

The IRS recently launched a special study of employment tax compliance. The IRS will randomly audit 2,000 taxpayers, including small businesses, each year for the next three years. Employers selected for the study will receive notices from the IRS. According to the IRS, these examinations will be comprehensive, will look at all aspects of employment tax compliance, and will be used to form more effective criteria for auditing many more small businesses.

If you have any questions about the tax opportunities and challenges we have discussed, please contact our office.

As an individual or business, it is your responsibility to be aware of and to meet your tax filing/reporting deadlines. This calendar summarizes important tax reporting and filing data for individuals, businesses and other taxpayers for the month of February 2010.

February 3

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates January 27-29.

February 5

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates January 30-February 2.

February 10

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates February 3-5.

February 10

Employees who work for tips. Employees who received $20 or more in tips during January must report them to their employer using Form 4070.

February 12

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates February 6-9.

February 16

Monthly depositors. Monthly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payments in January.

February 18

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates February 10-12.

February 19

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates February 13-16.

February 24

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates February 17-19.

February 26

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates February 20-23.

People are buzzing about Roth Individual Retirement Accounts (IRAs). Unlike traditional IRAs, "qualified" distributions from a Roth IRA are tax-free, provided they are held for five years and are made after age 59 1/2, death or disability. You can establish a Roth IRA just as you would a traditional IRA. You can also convert assets in a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA.

Before 2010, only taxpayers with adjusted gross income of $100,000 or less were eligible to convert their traditional IRA (provided they were not married taxpayers filing separate returns). Beginning in 2010, anyone can convert a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA, regardless of income level or filing status.

Comment: While you can only contribute a maximum of $5,000 to a Roth IRA for 2010 (plus a $1,000 catch-up contribution if you are over age 50), you can convert an unlimited amount from a traditional IRA.

Conversion is treated as a taxable distribution of assets from the traditional IRA to the IRA holder, although it is not subject to the 10 percent tax on early distributions. While paying taxes on conversion is undesirable, the advantages of holding assets in a Roth IRA usually outweigh this disadvantage, especially if you will not be retiring soon. Furthermore, if you convert assets in 2010, you have the option of including them in income in 2011 and 2012 (50 percent each year) instead of 2010.

Comment: Generally, this income-splitting would be advantageous to any taxpayer who does not expect a sharp increase in income in 2011 or 2012. A wildcard factor is that the lower income tax rates that have been in effect since 2001 will expire after 2010 and could increase in 2011.

There are four ways to convert a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA:

• A rollover - you receive a distribution from a traditional IRA and roll it over to a Roth IRA within 60 days;
• Trustee-to-trustee transfer - you direct the trustee of the traditional IRA to transfer an amount to the trustee of a Roth IRA;
• Same-trustee transfer - the trustee of the traditional IRA transfers assets to a Roth IRA maintained by the same trustee; or
• Redesignation - you designate a traditional IRA as a Roth IRA, instead of opening a new Roth account.

Comment: The account holder does not have to convert all of the assets in the traditional IRA.

Another advantage of converting assets from a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA is that you can change your mind and put the assets back into the traditional IRA. This is known as a recharacterization. You have until the due date, with extensions, for the return filed for the year of conversion. Thus, if you convert assets in 2010, you have until mid-October in 2011 to undo the conversion.

This ability to recharacterize the conversion allows you to use hindsight to check whether your assets declined in value after the conversion. Since you are paying taxes on the amount converted, a decline in asset value means that you paid taxes on phantom income that no longer exists. However, if you convert assets into multiple Roth IRAs, you can choose to recharacterize the assets in a Roth IRA that decreased in value, while maintaining the conversion for a Roth IRA's assets that appreciated in value.

The use of a Roth IRA can be a savvy investment, but whether to convert assets is not an easy decision. If you would like to explore your options, please contact this office.

Yes, but only for a limited time. In late December 2009, Congress passed the 2010 Defense Appropriations Act (2010 Defense Act). The new law temporarily extends the eligibility period for COBRA premium assistance through February 28, 2010 and the duration of the subsidy for an additional six months (up to 15 months).

Reduced premiums

Individuals who are involuntarily separated from employment between September 1, 2008 and February 28, 2010 may be able to make reduced premium payments for COBRA continuation coverage. Instead of paying the full monthly premium, assistance eligible individuals pay 35 percent of the premium and their former employers pay the remaining 65 percent of the premium. The former employer is reimbursed by a payroll tax credit.

Extension

Originally, Congress set a December 31, 2009 deadline for eligibility for COBRA premium assistance. The 2010 Defense Act extended the deadline for eligibility to February 28, 2010. The 2010 Defense Act also extended the maximum period for receiving the subsidy an additional six months (from nine to 15 months).

In some cases, an individual may have exhausted his or her nine months of COBRA premium assistance before Congress approved the extension. The 2010 Defense Act provides an extended period for the retroactive payment of the individual's 35 percent payment. To continue coverage, the assistance eligible individual must pay the 35 percent of premium costs by February 17, 2010 or, if later, 30 days after notice of the extension is provided by their plan administrator.

In other cases, an individual may have exhausted his or her nine months of COBRA premium assistance and paid 100 percent of the COBRA premium for December. Individuals who paid the full COBRA premium in December are entitled to a refund under the 2010 Defense Act.

Automatic

Individuals who qualify for COBRA premium assistance are automatically eligible to pay reduced premiums for up to six more months for a total of 15 months. The individual must continue to be eligible for the subsidy. If he or she becomes eligible for other group health coverage (such as a spouse's plan) or Medicare the individual is no longer eligible for COBRA premium assistance.

Income limits

Higher-income individuals may qualify for COBRA premium assistance but find they have to repay it. If an individual's modified adjusted gross income for the tax year in which the premium assistance is received exceeds $145,000 (or $290,000 for married couples filing a joint return), the amount of the subsidy during the tax year must be repaid. For taxpayers with adjusted gross income between $125,000 and $145,000 (or $250,000 and $290,000 for married couples filing a joint return), the amount of the premium reduction that must be repaid is reduced proportionately.

Higher-income individuals may permanently waive the right to COBRA premium assistance. However, they may not later obtain the subsidy if their adjusted gross incomes end up below the limits. Our office can help you decide which option is best.

Possible extension

Many lawmakers in Congress support extending eligibility for COBRA premium assistance beyond February 28, 2010. In fact, the House of Representatives approved a bill in December extending eligibility through June 30, 2010. However, the Senate has yet to vote on the bill. Our office will keep you posted of developments.

January brought two surprises to Capitol Hill. Health care reform, which appeared to be on a fast track to enactment, was significantly slowed by the Democrats' loss of their filibuster-proof majority in the Senate. Congress also did not pass a retroactive extension of the federal estate tax for 2010, leaving intact, at least for the immediate future, a new carryover basis regime. The new make-up of the Senate is expected to shift Congress' focus to more job creation measures, possibly with some targeted business tax cuts.

Health care reform

On January 19, voters in Massachusetts elected a Republican to fill the Senate seat held by the late Democratic senator Ted Kennedy. The new composition of the Senate is 59 Democrats and 41 Republicans. The election deprived Democrats of their 60-vote filibuster proof majority in the Senate.

Democrats were counting on 100 percent party unity in the Senate to pass a final health care bill. Even if every Democrat votes in favor of health care reform, the bill will be vulnerable to a GOP filibuster. The election has forced Democrats to rewrite their playbook for health care and other pending legislation.

Democrats may try to persuade one Republican senator to vote in favor of health care reform but they are unlikely to win any GOP support. Equally unlikely is that the House will approve the Senate health care bill, thereby negating the need for another Senate vote. Many House Democrats believe the Senate bill falls short of comprehensive health care reform.

More likely, Democrats will attempt to move a smaller health care reform bill. It is unclear if a smaller bill will require individual and/or employer coverage and impose additional taxes for individuals/employers that fail to comply with the mandate. Democratic leaders have not given a timetable for moving a smaller bill.

Estate tax

As of January 1, 2010, the federal estate tax is abolished. In its place is a modified carryover basis regime. Under this rule, the income tax basis of property acquired from a decedent's estate holding significant appreciated property generally must be carried over from the decedent under this repeal. Executors may partially increase the basis of property by up to $1.3 million ($3 million in the case of property passing to a surviving spouse).

The House had approved a one-year extension of the federal estate tax in December but the Senate failed to vote on the bill before January 1, 2010. Many members of the Senate support a one-year extension but lawmakers are divided over whether to make the extension retroactive to January 1, 2010.

Jobs bill

The House approved a jobs bill in December but the bill has languished in the Senate. The continuing economic downturn and high unemployment has motivated many lawmakers to pass a more robust jobs bill. Support is strong in the Senate for extending some business tax incentives that expired at the end of 2009, such as bonus depreciation and enhanced small business expensing. The White House is also in favor of a new tax credit to reward employers that hire new workers. Details are sketchy but it could be modeled on the Work Opportunity Tax Credit.

Haiti relief

Shortly after the devastating earthquake in Haiti, Congress approved a special tax incentive to encourage Americans to help the island nation recover. Taxpayers can treat monetary contributions to Haiti earthquake relief made after January 11, 2010 and before March 1, 2010 as if they had been made on December 31, 2009. In other words, taxpayers can deduct these contributions on their 2009 returns. However, contributions cannot be deducted in both years.

Our office will keep you posted of developments in Congress. Please contact us if you have any questions about federal tax legislation.

The IRS opened the 2010 federal income tax filing season on January 15 when it announced it would start accepting electronically filed 2009 individual income tax returns. The IRS anticipates that more than 60 percent of individual taxpayers will file their 2009 returns electronically and it is preparing for a large number of individuals to file early. Triggering early filing is the expected interest in refunds because of the economic slowdown.

E-file

Electronic filing has exploded since the IRS first accepted e-filed returns. More than 95 million returns were filed electronically with the IRS in 2009 compared to just 4.2 million in 1990.

Paper returns take four to six weeks for the IRS to process before refunds are issued. According to the IRS, taxpayers who e-file their returns and use direct deposit should receive their refunds in as few as 10 days. However, more complex returns generally take longer for the IRS to process and issue a refund if one is due.

Some taxpayers may not be able to e-file their 2009 returns. The IRS cannot electronically process 2009 returns that include Form 5405, First-Time Homebuyer Credit and Repayment of the Credit. Taxpayers claiming the first-time homebuyer credit on a 2009 return must file a paper return. Taxpayers submitting Form 5405 must attach documentation substantiating their homebuyer credit. The IRS can only process these documents manually.

Refunds

Thanks to recent legislation, taxpayers have one more option to save their refunds. You can use all or part of your refund to purchase up to $5,000 in U.S. Series I Savings Bonds. The total amount of your purchase must be a multiple of $50. The bonds will be issued in the taxpayer's name or, if married filing jointly, the bonds will be issued in the names of both spouses. Bonds will be delivered to taxpayers by mail.

You may also be able to split your refunds among different accounts if you choose direct deposit. The IRS allows taxpayers to select up to three different accounts. This is a great option to deposit part of your refund into a retirement savings account.

Preparers

Your federal income tax return is one of the most important and sensitive documents you sign. Trust its preparation to a professional.

Our office adheres to a high professional standard and code of ethics. Unfortunately, not all preparers do and some taxpayers have been harmed by the actions of unscrupulous preparers. The consequences can be severe. Although the preparer signs the return, you are responsible for the accuracy of every item on your return.

Avoid preparers who claim they can obtain larger refunds than other preparers. If a preparer asks you to sign a blank return that should also raise a red flag.

The filing season can be stressful. It doesn't have to be. Our office is ready to help you. Please contact us today if you have any questions.

As an individual or business, it is your responsibility to be aware of and to meet your tax filing/reporting deadlines. This calendar summarizes important tax reporting and filing data for individuals, businesses and other taxpayers for the month of January 2010.

January 3

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates December 25-28.

January 5

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates December 29-January 31.

January 6

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll date January 1.

January 8

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates January 2-5.

January 11

Employees who work for tips. Employees who received $20 or more in tips during December must report them to their employer using Form 4070.

January 13

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates January 6-8.

January 15

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates January 9-12.

Monthly depositors. Monthly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payments in December.

January 21

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates January 13-15.

January 22

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates January 16-19.

January 27

Employers. Semi-weekly depositors must deposit employment taxes for payroll dates January 20-22.

January 29

Beginning in 2010, the income limitations that have prevented taxpayers with modified adjusted gross incomes of $100,000 or more and married taxpayers that filed their returns separately from converting a traditional individual retirement account (IRA) to a Roth IRA are eliminated entirely. As a bonus to kick off "unlimited Roth conversions," any income tax payments due on 2010 conversions may be deferred into 2011 and 2012. For higher-income individuals, 2010 presents a long-awaited and much anticipated opportunity to convert their savings into a Roth IRA providing tax-free distributions during their retirement years.

Eligibility for a Roth conversion in 2010 does not automatically make it a good decision for every taxpayer. Indeed, under the right circumstances, converting to a Roth IRA can provide potential significant tax and financial benefits. But every individual's needs and circumstances are unique, and a Roth IRA conversion must be assessed in light of your particular tax and financial situation. In addition, converting to a Roth IRA is not a "do-it-yourself" transaction, and you should consult with a tax professional about the benefits and drawbacks relating to your personal situation.

The new conversion opportunity does not apply to funds held in a 401(k). The conversion opportunity applies to traditional IRAs, in addition to SIMPLE IRAs and SEP plans.

Conversion methods

A conversion to a Roth IRA may generally be accomplished by one of three means:

-- Rollover. An IRA rollover involves making an eligible distribution from your traditional IRA that is rolled over into a Roth IRA within 60 days after the distribution. If the rollover does not occur within 60 days, it will be treated as an early withdrawal subject to a 10 percent early withdrawal tax as well as federal (and possible state) income taxation.

-- Trustee-to-trustee transfer. If your IRA trustee is the same trustee for your traditional IRA and Roth IRA, you may have that trustee make the account transfer on your behalf. Additionally, if the trustee is not the same, your traditional IRA trustee can also transfer the funds to your new, Roth IRA trustee on your behalf, even if they are not the same trustee for the accounts.

-- Account redesignation.

Regardless of type of means you use to convert to a Roth IRA, amounts converted from a non-Roth IRA to a Roth IRA are treated as distributed from the non-Roth IRA and rolled over to the Roth IRA. As mentioned above, a rollover must generally be effectuated within 60 days.

Income tax consequences

The government is encouraging Roth conversions not only to shore up retirement savings but also to gain short time revenues. It accomplishes the latter because a conversion from a traditional IRA is counted as a taxable distribution in which income taxes must be paid. Unlike such distributions outside of a Roth conversion, however, no early withdrawal penalty is imposed. Since you would be taxed on your traditional IRA distributions eventually anyway upon retirement, having the distribution taxed at the time of a Roth conversion can be viewed as an acceleration of that tax. In return, however, the funds that become part of your Roth account, including future earnings of them, become tax free forever into the future.

For conversions taking place in 2010, you have the option to elect to recognize the taxable income generated on the conversion amount ratably in adjusted gross income (AGI) in 2011 and 2012, instead of recognizing it all in 2010. This election does not spread the tax that would otherwise be paid in 2010 to 2011 and 2012; rather, it spreads the income realized in 2010, half into 2011 and half into 2012. That income, half in 2011 and half in 2012, is taxed at 2011 and 2012 rates, respectively, along with any other income normally realized for those years. It is important to "do the math" on this election before making any decision.

Conversion transaction

The institution or brokerage at which you maintain your traditional IRA will generally have a Roth Conversion Form, or similar document, that you must fill out to complete the transaction. The form may ask you for the name and account number of the IRA that you want to convert, whether you want to convert the entire amount of the traditional IRA, or only a part of the account, and the amount of the IRA you want to convert to the Roth IRA (or number of shares). Typically, the form will also inform your federal and state income tax withholding obligations regarding the transaction. You will have the opportunity to elect withholding, or elect not to have anything withheld from the funds in order to meet your anticipated income tax obligations from the transaction.

Note. Whether you pay the taxes on the transaction from the funds transferred to the Roth IRA itself, or with outside funds, is an important decision you make. In general, taxpayers are better off paying the tax, if they can, with funds outside the account. You should discuss the taxation aspect of the conversion with your tax advisor.

The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 allows employers to claim a credit against certain employment taxes for providing COBRA premium assistance to eligible individuals, including former employees who were involuntarily terminated from employment any time during the period beginning on September 1, 2008, and ending on December 31, 2009. The 2010 defense bill extends eligibility for COBRA premium assistance through February 28, 2010. The 2010 defense bill also extends the maximum duration of COBRA premium assistance to 15 months and provides an election to pay premiums retroactively and maintain COBRA coverage.

As an employer, you may recover the 65 percent of the subsidy provided to assistance-eligible individuals by taking the subsidy amount as a credit on your quarterly employment tax return, Form 941, Employer's Quarterly Federal Tax Return.

You may provide the subsidy and thereafter claim the credit on your employment tax return only after you have received the 35 percent premium payment from eligible former employees and other "assistance eligible individuals." The credit is treated as a deposit made on the first day of the return period (quarter or year).

Notice: The Jobs for Main Street Bill of 2010 (H.R. 2847), would extend COBRA premium assistance through June 30, 2010 and make other enhancements. The House approved the Jobs for Main Street Bill on December 17; the Senate is set to consider it when it returns in January.

Claiming the credit on Form 941

You must treat the 35 percent payment by eligible former employees as full payment, but you are entitled to a credit for the other 65 percent of the COBRA cost on your payroll tax return. The credit is taken on line 12a of Form 941, line 11a of Form 944, or line 13a of Form 943 once the 35 percent of the premium is paid by or on behalf of an assistance eligible individual. The credit is treated as a deposit made on the first day of the return period (quarter or year).

Note. In the case of a multiemployer plan, the credit is claimed by the plan, not the employer. In the case of an insured plan subject to state law continuation coverage requirements, the credit is claimed by the insurance company, not the employer.

An "assistance eligible individual" is a qualified beneficiary of an employer's group health plan who is eligible for COBRA continuation coverage during the period beginning September 1, 2008, and ending December 31, 2009, due to the involuntarily termination from employment of a covered employee during the period and elects continuation COBRA coverage. The assistance for the coverage can last up to nine months. Assistance eligible individuals can include former employees, their spouses, and dependents.

Supporting documentation

You must maintain supporting documentation for the credit claimed. This includes:

-- Documentation of receipt of the employee's 35 percent share of the premium, including dates and amounts;

-- In the case of insured plans, a copy of invoice or other supporting statement from the insurance carrier and proof of timely payment of the full premium to the insurance carrier; and

-- Declaration or attestation of the former employee's involuntary termination, including date of the involuntary termination for each covered employee whose involuntary termination is the basis for eligibility for the subsidy;

-- In the case of a self-insured plan, proof of the premium amount and proof of the coverage provided to the assistance eligible individuals. Attestation of involuntary termination;

-- Proof of each assistance eligible individual's eligibility for COBRA coverage and the election of COBRA; and

-- A record of the Social Security Numbers (SSNs) of all covered employees, the amount of the subsidy reimbursed with regard to each covered employee, and whether the subsidy was for one individual or two or more individuals.

For more information on claiming the credit, please contact our office.

Before 2010 begins in earnest, you may find it helpful to take one last look at important tax developments that occurred during 2009 to see what impact they may have on next year's tax strategies. To help, we have prepared a list of 2009 tax developments, selected from the perspective of their importance to you in 2010. Some of the developments on the list are ongoing, with endings yet to be written. With other developments, the law is firmly established, although application of some of them to New Year transactions may remain somewhat uncertain. In all cases, they are notable for their potential to play an important role in 2010 and beyond.

Offshore compliance

In 2010, the government will continue its follow-up work in pursuing disclosures made by UBS AG, as well as by individuals who, in 2009, disclosed names of advisors and other facilitators in record numbers. According to IRS Commissioner Doug Shulman, an "unprecedented" number of offshore account disclosures have been made. In addition, the IRS will make inroads in its multi-plank offshore tax reform plan, publishing (and enforcing) loophole-closing guidance such as recent temporary regulations that tightened restrictions on corporate inversion transactions.

Net operating losses

Net operating losses took center stage in 2009 as the economic downturn continued to generate NOLs that were useless to many businesses as immediate cash generators under the regular two year carryback provisions. The five-year 2008 NOL carryback for small businesses of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 and the modified five-year 2008 or 2009 NOL carryback option under the Worker, Homeownership, and Business Assistance Act of 2009 created much IRS guidance on elections and refund claims. Since the modified five-year election between 2008 and 2009 need not be made until the extended due dates for 2009 tax returns (although the business pressure to claim cash refunds immediately remains intense), NOLs - how to compute them, how to generate them and how to claim them --are guaranteed to continue to be a hot focal point in 2010, as will the intense business pressure to claim cash refunds on the election as soon as possible.

Tax gap

As part of its effort to close the "tax gap" - the difference between what taxpayers owe and what is collected - the IRS (with encouragement from Capitol Hill) set into motion in 2009 an array of programs and initiatives that will expand in 2010. In addition to the offshore compliance initiative, IRS efforts will include a new employment tax audit program, plans to more tightly regulate tax return preparers, development of rules for credit card reporting on merchants, and laying the groundwork for implementing basis reporting by stockbrokers, as well as continuing the use of penalty provisions to create a virtual second tier of tax liability for missteps in determining when a tax strategy "crosses the line."

Cancellation of indebtedness income

Although the recession has put a damper on acquiring real income, there continues to be no lack of cancellation of indebtedness (COD) income - nor issues over how exceptions to COD income should operate. Guidance regarding certain COD income continues to be a work in progress and the Treasury Department has promised rules on certain COD income in early 2010.

Homebuyer tax credit

The first-time homebuyer tax credit's latest iteration extends through April 30, 2010 (or closings before July 1 on contracts executed before May 1). The credit has certainly been one of the most publicized tax breaks in recent years. As a result, many homeowners and real estate agents have acted first and then called on their tax professional to "confirm and collect" on the credit. Nevertheless, after-the-fact strategies are available for both 2009 and 2010 purchases. This is especially true in connection with the long-time homebuyer portion of the credit under which income, residency, and the election to claim on the prior year's return offer some flexibility.

Change of accounting

In 2009, the IRS made significant revisions to its required procedures for taxpayers to obtain automatic IRS consent to a change in accounting method. A new revenue procedure added a number of methods for which taxpayers may obtain automatic consent and modified the rules that must be followed for obtaining automatic consent to an accounting method change. More companies are looking at accounting methods as part of their tax planning to enhance cash flow. Based on that evidence, filings of accounting method changes should continue into 2010 at a record pace.

AFRs and asset values at historical lows

These days, it is difficult to have a below-market loan on which interest must be imputed considering that the rate charged would need to be below the current applicable federal rate (AFR). Low asset valuation also creates a particularly advantageous environment in which to convert from a corporation to a partnership, with taxable gain fixed in many cases at its lowest point in years. In addition to these factors, add the deadline created by the probability of higher taxes starting in 2011. 2010 strategies to take advantage of low interest rates and low values cannot be overemphasized.

Legislation

The tax implications of health care reform, corporate tax reform, international tax reform, and a rise in the higher individual income tax rates (from the current 33 and 35 percent brackets to 36 and 39.6 percent, respectively, as well as higher capital gains rates) will all impact on long-term tax strategies undertaken in 2010 - so will those issues continuing to arise from the bumper crop of 2008 and 2009 tax legislation we have just gone through. Without any new case law, Treasury regulations or IRS initiatives in 2010 (of which there are sure to be plenty of surprises), tax legislation will keep individuals and businesses busy.

Although the Senate approved its massive health care reform bill, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, Congress begins 2010 with a mountain of unfinished tax legislation from 2009. The unfinished tax bills mean practitioners and taxpayers face uncertainty, at least for the immediate future, over important issues such as estate tax, the alternative minimum tax (AMT), health care reform, and more. Some of these bills are on the fast-track for approval in early 2010; others will wait for Congress to finish work on higher priority items.

Estate tax

Effective for decedents dying on or after January 1, 2010, the traditional federal estate tax with its stepped-up basis at death rules no longer apply. New carryover basis at death rules apply. In addition, the generation skipping transfer (GST) tax does not apply to generation skipping transfers made after December 31, 2009. The federal gift tax, however, does continue, albeit in modified form from 2009.

All of these changes were set in motion by the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 (EGTRRA), which abolished the federal estate tax for 2010 but only for 2010. At that time, supporters expected the temporary elimination of the federal estate tax to be made permanent before 2010. They lacked sufficient support in Congress to make that happen. During 2009, many lawmakers in Congress proposed an extension of the 2009 estate tax rules with a $3.5 million exclusion ($7 million for married couples) and a top tax rate of 45 percent. In fact, the House passed such a bill. The Senate, however, did not approve the House bill before the end of 2009. Consequently, the rules put in place in 2001 have come into effect in 2010.

What does this mean? The flux in the estate tax adds to uncertainty in estate planning. However, Congress is expected to remedy the situation shortly. Congress will enact retroactive legislation in January or early in 2010 to extend the 2009 estate tax regime with its $3.5 million exclusion and 45 percent top tax rate for 2010. Carryover basis at death is expected to be short-lived.

Please contact our office if you have any questions about your estate plan. Congress' inaction at the end of 2009 has caused confusion. We will review your plan and make sure you are well prepared for Congress' expected extension of the 2009 estate tax treatment.

AMT

Another area of uncertainty is the AMT. The AMT was designed to ensure that very wealthy individuals did not evade federal taxes. However, Congress did not index the AMT for inflation. Consequently, the AMT has encroached on more middle income taxpayers, especially two income couples in high tax states.

In recent years, Congress has passed an AMT "patch" to help middle income taxpayers avoid the AMT. The patch provides higher exemption amounts and other relief. Congress enacted a patch for 2009 but recessed for the December holidays before passing a patch for 2010. One stumbling block is the cost of a patch and disagreements in the House and Senate whether the cost should be offset by revenue raisers. We will keep you updated of developments.

Health care

House and Senate Democrats are drafting a final health care reform bill for passage by both chambers, possibly in January. In December, the House and Senate passed similar health care reform bills but with important differences in revenue raisers. The Senate passed, by a vote of 60-39, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act late on Christmas Eve. The chief revenue raiser in the House bill is a proposed surtax on higher income individuals (individuals with incomes over $200,000 and families with incomes over $250,000). The Senate rejected the House surtax and instead approved a new excise tax on high-dollar insurance plans. Other revenue raisers under negotiation include new limits on health flexible spending arrangements and health savings accounts, a new excise tax on indoor tanning, an additional Medicare tax for higher-income individuals, and more.

The final conference bill is expected to require employers to provide health insurance to their employees.  Employers that do not will be subject to an additional tax with an exception for small employers. The final bill could classify a small employer as one with 50 or fewer full time employees or use a lower threshold; for example, 25 full-time employees. The conference bill is also expected to provide tax credits to help small businesses purchase health insurance for their employees. Individuals without coverage generally would be liable for an additional tax unless covered by Medicare or other qualified coverage.

The conference bill will change the fundamental landscape of health care in the U.S. The tax-related provisions in themselves are monumental. To complicate matters, some provisions go into force immediately and some are delayed for up to three years. Please contact our office if you have any questions about this important legislation.

COBRA

COBRA continuation coverage provides eligible individuals the opportunity to continue their employer-provided health insurance coverage after a layoff or other qualified event. However, COBRA requires individuals to 100 percent self-pay their premiums. The cost makes COBRA out of reach for many individuals.

In the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, Congress created a temporary subsidy to help eligible individuals pay for COBRA coverage. Eligible individuals pay 35 percent of the premium cost and the former employer pays 65 percent, which it recovers through a payroll tax credit. Under the 2009 Recovery Act, eligibility for COBRA premium assistance expired after December 31, 2009.

Congress provided a temporary extension in the Fiscal Year (FY) 2010 Defense Appropriations Bill. This bill extends eligibility for COBRA premium assistance through February 28, 2010.

COBRA premium assistance is limited to eligible individuals (and certain beneficiaries) who are involuntarily terminated from employment. Generally, this means a lay-off or furlough but other separations from employment may also qualify. If you have experienced a separation from employment, please contact our office. You may qualify for COBRA premium assistance.

Jobs bill

Just before recessing for the December holidays, the House approved the Jobs for Main Street Act. The House jobs bill would extend eligibility for COBRA premium assistance through June 30, 2010. The House bill would also extend unemployment benefits and make the child tax credit available to more taxpayers.

The Senate did not take up the House jobs bill in December. Democrats in the Senate are drafting their own jobs bill, the details of which are expected to be revealed early this year. The Senate bill may include some tax incentives for businesses, such as an extension of bonus depreciation and enhanced Code Sec. 179 expensing. These incentives expired after December 31, 2009.

More bills

On January 1, 2010, the state and local sales tax deduction, the higher education tuition deduction and many other tax deductions and credits expired. These popular incentives are temporary and are known as extenders because Congress usually extends that every year. The House voted to extend these provisions through 2010 but the Senate recessed in December without taking up the House bill. The extenders bill could be put on the back burner until spring.

Congress is also debating whether to impose tougher rules on the reporting of foreign bank accounts owned by U.S. taxpayers. In December, the House passed a bill that would impose new penalties on taxpayers that fail to disclose certain foreign accounts on their tax returns. The House bill would also encourage foreign banks to enter into agreements with the IRS to voluntarily disclose the existence of certain accounts. The Senate did not vote on the House bill before its December recess. The provisions are popular in the Senate, which in the past has promised to crack down on so-called tax havens and Americans who hide money and assets offshore.

Planning

Employees can elect to make voluntary contributions from their salary to certain retirement plans. The type of plan may depend on your employer. Many employers maintain cash or deferred arrangements -- 401(k) plans -- as part of their defined contribution retirement plan. State and local governments can maintain "457" eligible deferred compensation plans. Nonprofit organizations can provide a 403(b) tax-sheltered annuity. And, of course, taxpayers can contribute to an individual retirement account (IRA).

These plans all maintain separate accounts for their participants. All of these plans are subject to annual limits on voluntary employee contributions, which apply per participant, not per plan. The normal limit for both 2009 and 2010 is $16,500 or the employee's compensation, if less. Employer limits may reduce the $16,500 amount.

Contributions to a 401(k), 403(b) or 457 plans must be made by the end of the calendar year to apply against that year's limit. Generally, employees can change the amount or rate of salary reduction contributions by making an election at any time during the year.

Catch-up contributions

For most plans, the limit increases in the year that the employee will turn 50. The increased limit applies even if the employee terminates employment or dies before actually turning 50. The increased limits are known as "catch-up" contributions. Catch-up contributions are additional elective deferrals made by eligible participants above the normal applicable limit. However, a catch-up contribution does not mean that the employee can take an unused limit from an earlier year and catch-up; the catch-up contribution is based on the higher limits allowed to older individuals.

A plan does not have to allow catch-up contributions. There are statutory limits on catch-up contributions, adjusted for inflation each year. For 401(k), 403(b), and 457 plans, the maximum catch-up contribution for both 2009 and 2010 is $5,500. The employer cannot reduce the catch-up limit. Adding the catch-up limit produces a potential overall limit of $22,000 on voluntary contributions by a 50-year old employee. Excess contributions have to be included in income (if not withdrawn in time), plus they are subject to a 10 percent penalty.

IRAs

For an IRA, there is a separate regular limit of $5,000 for 2009, up to the amount of the individual's compensation, and a separate catch-up limit of $1,000 for an individual who turns 50 by the end of the year. An IRA contribution can be made by the due date of the year's tax return in the following year (not including extensions). So the deadline is April 15 of the following year. There also are penalties for an excess contribution to an IRA.

The new "new homebuyer" tax credit

The homebuyer tax credit would have expired on November 30, 2009 had Congress not extended the credit. The new credit is extended to homes purchased before (1) May 1, 2010, or (2) July 1, 2010 if the taxpayer enters into a written binding contract before May 1, 2010 to close on the home before July 1, 2010. The credit amount remains at a maximum of $8,000, or 10 percent of the home's purchase price (whichever is less). However, the new law places a cap on the home's purchase price, which cannot exceed $800,000 in order to claim the credit. In addition, a modified credit is available for "repeat" homebuyers, discussed below.

Comment. The "first-time homebuyer credit" is somewhat of a misnomer. Under the original - and now extended - credit, you did not (and still do not) technically have to be purchasing your very first home to qualify for and take the credit. A first-time homebuyer for purposes of the $8,000 credit is a taxpayer who an individual (and spouse, if married) who had no present ownership interest in a principal residence during the three-year period ending on the date the home is purchased. This means that you could have previously owned a home as long as you have not had any ownership interest in a personal residence for at least the three years prior to purchasing the home for which you are claiming the credit.

Congress raises income limits

The homebuyer tax credit is also now available to a greater segment of the home-buying population. The new law has increased the income limits that phase out the credit, allowing higher income individuals and families to qualify.Phase-out of the credit begins under the new law at $125,000 modified adjusted gross income (AGI) for single taxpayers (up from $75,000) and at $225,000 for married taxpayers filing joint returns (up from $150,000). The phaseout range itself is $20,000, thereby reducing the credit to zero for individual taxpayers with modified AGI of more than $145,000 ($245,000 for married joint filers). The credit is reduced proportionately for taxpayers with modified AGIs between these amounts.

"Long-time" homeowners qualify for reduced $6,500 credit

A reduced homebuyer tax credit may be claimed by existing homeowners who have owned and lived in their home for a long period of time. The reduced tax credit, of up to $6,500, may benefit long-time homeowners who are ready to move up or simply move on from their current home. The tax credit is equal to 10 percent of the home's purchase price up to a maximum of $6,500. Purchases of homes priced above $800,000 are not eligible for the tax credit.

To qualify for the reduced $6,500 credit, you must be a "long-time resident" as defined by the law. For purposes of the credit, a "long-time resident" is defined as a person who has owned and resided in the same home for at least five consecutive years of the eight years prior to the purchase of the new residence. Importantly, for married taxpayers, the law tests the homeownership history of both the spouses.

If you are an existing, repeat homebuyer who qualifies for the reduced credit, you do not have to purchase a home that is more expensive than your previous home to qualify for the tax credit. There is no requirement that the new principal residence be a "move up" property; it can be less expense than your former home. However it must be your new "principal residence" in order to claim the credit. Moreover, a repeat homebuyer does not need to sell or otherwise dispose of his or her current residence to qualify for the $6,500, either, as long as your new home becomes your principal residence.

Example. Bob and Edith are married and are both eligible to claim the reduced $6,500 credit for existing "long-time residents." Their modified AGI is $240,000, which results in being $15,000 over the beginning of the phaseout for married taxpayers filing jointly. They will be able to claim a partial reduced homebuyer credit in the amount of $1,650 (15,000/$20,000 = 0.75; 1.0-0.75 = 0.25. $6,500 x 0.25 = $1,625).

While the homebuyer credit can be very valuable, it is also very complex. In addition to the provisions we have described, there are special rules for repayment, new documentation requirements, a purchase price cap, and more. Please contact our office for more details about the first-time homebuyer credit.

The Worker, Homeownership, and Business Assistance Act of 2009 (2009 Worker Act), enacted November 6, 2009, gives all businesses (or their owners in the case of pass-through entities) an opportunity to obtain a quick refund from the IRS using net operating losses (NOL). A company has an NOL when its business deductions for the year exceed its business income. Normally, a business can only carry back an NOL two years. But the new law allows any business to elect to carry back its NOLs from 2008 or 2009 for up to five years, regardless of form (corporation, individual, estate or trust) and size. (Partnership and S corporation NOLs flow through to partners and shareholders and can't be carried over by the entity.)

You don't have to make the election until the due date (including extensions) for filing your last 2009 return.For a calendar year taxpayer, this means the election does not have to be made until September 15, 2010 (for a corporation) or until October 15, 2010 (for an individual).

In electing the extended carryback provision, you must determine:

• Whether (if applicable) to revoke a previous election to waive the two-year carryback period, so that you can use the extended carryback;
• Whether to apply the extended carryback to 2008 NOLs or 2009 NOLs, because you can only elect the extended carryback for one year;
• Whether to carry back the NOL for three, four or five years;
• When to apply for the refund; and
• The IRS procedures for making the election.

You need to "crunch the numbers" and then take appropriate action.

Do the math for 2008

The 2008 calendar year is over. Calendar-year taxpayers have filed their returns. You know whether you have an NOL for 2008.Now it's time to dig out your old returns and your calculator. You can carry back the 2008 NOL up to five years, as far back as 2003.This is only useful if you had taxable income in 2003, 2004, or 2005 that the NOL can offset. How much can you get back from the IRS?

If you need the refund immediately, go ahead and claim it based on your 2008 NOLs.But if you can afford it, wait until you have your 2009 results, and then choose which year to carry back.

If you are a small business (average gross receipts of $15 million or less for three years), an earlier law allowed you to elect an extended carryback for 2008 NOLs. The election deadline for calendar year taxpayers -- the due date for the 2008 return -- has passed. But there's no harm. Unlike larger businesses, who must choose between 2008 and 2009, the new law gives you another extended carryback election for 2009 NOLs.

2009 NOLs - some planning still available

If 2009 is not yet over, you can do some tax planning to increase your 2009 business losses and NOL. This includes conventional techniques for accelerating deductions, recognizing losses, deferring income and avoiding gains. Claim bonus depreciation, for example. Or perhaps you can write off a worthless stock loss or a worthless debt.

A more sophisticated technique to increase losses is to change your accounting methods.Changing depreciation methods or valuation of inventory, for example, is a change of accounting method.If you need the IRS's consent, you still have until the end of 2009 to request the change.If IRS consent is automatic, you have until the filing date of your 2009 return to make the change, the same as the deadline for electing the extended carryback.

Properly elect the carryback and claim a refund

Ordinarily, taxpayers can claim a "quick" refund by filing Form 1045 (individuals) or Form 1139 (corporations).If you file the appropriate form within 12 months after the end of the tax year, the IRS will do a quick review and generally pay your refund within 45 days.If you need more time to file for a refund, you can file an amended return (Form 1040-X for an individual; Form 1120-X for a corporation).

Making an election to use the extended carryback is a separate matter from filing your claim for refund. You need to follow the IRS's instructions for making the election. You have ample time to make the election (for a calendar year taxpayer, the deadline is late 2010), so you want to follow the proper procedures. Otherwise, your election may be rejected or your refund claim may be delayed.

The IRS has now issued procedures for making the election. The election can be made on the return filed for the year of the NOL (e.g. Form 1040 or Form 1120), on an amended return for that year, or on a claim for a tentative refund (Form 1045 or Form 1139). You must attach a statement indicating that the taxpayer is electing the extended carryback and is not a TARP (Troubled Asset Relief Program) recipient. The statement must specify the length of the carryback period you are electing (three, four, or five years).

If the taxpayer previously claimed a two-year carryback or elected to waive the carryback period, the statement must indicate that the election amends a previous carryback claim or that the taxpayer is revoking the waiver.

If you would like to discuss these matters, please contact our office. We can help you consider your options.

2009 is quickly coming to a close but there is still time to possibly maximize your federal tax savings for the year. Many year-end tax planning techniques can help you save money. Because of the recession, some of the year-end strategies take on added urgency for individuals affected by a job loss or a reduction in income.

Bunching itemized deductions.If quitting smoking is one of your New Year's resolutions, you might want to stop in December and possibly deduct the cost of participating in a smoking cessation program. Many medical expenses are deductible. However, medical expenses may only be deducted if they exceed 7.5 percent of your adjusted gross income. Our office can review your 2009 medical expenses and if you are close to the threshold for 2009, you may want to accelerate some elective medical expenses into 2009 to jump over the 7.5 percent floor.

Other expenses may only be deducted if they exceed two percent of your adjusted gross income and you itemize your deductions. These are known as miscellaneous itemized deductions and may also be bunched. They include certain unreimbursed employee expenses, tax preparation fees, certain job search expenses, and more.

Individuals who lost a job in 2009 and whose incomes have fallen need to carefully time their deductions. In some cases, it may be more valuable to defer bunching itemized deductions into 2010 rather than accelerating them into 2009. Our office can help you time your deductions for the maximum benefit.

Above-the-line deductions. Above-the-line deductions help minimize your tax bill because they reduce your adjusted gross income. Generally, above-the-line deductions are only available to taxpayers who itemize their deductions.There are also important income limitations.

One of the most valuable deductions for many individuals is the deduction for state and local real property taxes. You may be able to pre-pay state and local taxes for 2010 before the end of 2009 and take a deduction for 2009. Additionally, for 2009, individuals who do not itemize their deductions get a partial state and local property tax deduction. A non-itemizer single individual can deduct up to $500 in state and local property taxes paid in 2009. Married couples filing joint returns who do not itemize their deductions can deduct up to $1,000.

Another valuable deduction will expire at the end of 2009: the deduction for state and local sales tax when you purchase a new vehicle. The special deduction is available whether you take the standard deduction or itemize deductions on your return. Taxpayers who do not itemize will add this additional amount to the standard deduction on their 2009 return. At year-end, new car and truck prices are generally high across the county, especially after dealers emptied their inventories under the cash-for-clunkers program. If you qualify, the state and local sales tax deduction could help bring down the cost of a new vehicle. Generally, the new vehicle must be valued at $49,500 or less. There are important income limitations so contact our office before you make your purchase.

Charitable contributions. Year-end charitable giving generally has always been a smart way to reduce current year taxes but tough substantiation requirements cannot be overlooked. Traditionally, charitable contributions (and other itemized deductions) phased out for higher-income individuals. However, that limitation is reduced by two-thirds for 2009 and does not apply at all in 2010, which makes charitable contributions more valuable not only to charities but also donors. Depending on your income, you may want to delay a charitable deduction into 2010 to take full advantage of the phase out of the limitation.

Retirement savings. The economic slowdown has caused many individuals to tap their retirement savings to help pay for everyday expenses. To discourage the use of pension funds and IRAs for purposes other than normal retirement, the Tax Code imposes an additional 10 percent tax on certain early distributions of these funds. Early distributions from a qualified retirement plan are also subject to federal income tax. However, if you are over age 59 ½ and your taxable income has fallen because of a job loss, the income tax you pay on the distribution could be offset by other deductions.

Distributions that you roll over to another qualified retirement plan or IRA are not subject to the 10 percent additional tax. Generally, you must complete the rollover by the 60th day following the day on which you receive the distribution.

Please contact our office if you have taken an early distribution from a qualified retirement plan or IRA. Besides the 60-day rollover window, there are special rules for military reservists, disaster victims and others.

FSAs. The current generous rules for using funds in a health flexible spending arrangement (FSA) may soon be a thing of the past. Congress is considering, as part of health care reform, placing tougher rules on health FSAs. For example, you could only use health FSA dollars for prescription medications with some exceptions and your maximum annual contribution to a health FSA would be limited to $2,500. These changes could be enacted before year-end but would not affect your FSA spending for 2009.

Depending on the terms of your health FSA, you may have to use your remaining health FSA dollars on or before December 31, 2009. This is known as the "use it or lose it" rule. Some plans allow for an extended period into 2010; for example, until March 15, 2010. If you have unused health FSA dollars, you should consider accelerating qualified purchases before year-end.

Congress. Finally, there is the added uncertainty of what Congress will do about many popular but soon-to-expire tax breaks. In addition to the ones we have mentioned, other incentives that will expire at year-end include the state and local sales tax deduction, the teachers' classroom expense deduction, the higher education tuition deduction, tax-free distributions from IRAs for charitable purposes for individuals age 70 ½ and older, and national disaster relief. Many of these incentives are expected to be renewed for 2010 before year-end or in early 2010 with Congress making them retroactive to January 1, 2010. Our office will keep you posted of developments.

If you own a home, the interest you pay on your home mortgage may be one of your most valuable tax breaks available each year. The home mortgage interest deduction is a particularly important tax break in the early years of a home loan, when most of a homeowner's payments each month go toward interest. In addition to home mortgage interest, two other valuable home-related deductions include the "points" (also known as loan origination fees or loan charges) associated with the loan as well as your property taxes.

To claim all of these deductions, however, you must itemize. In 2009, you might consider pre-paying a portion of your mortgage interest due in 2010, as well as possibly your real estate taxes, subject to certain limits. Prepaying your mortgage interest and real property taxes can be an effective year-end tax strategy, boosting the value of these tax deductions for 2009.

Mortgage interest and points

You may deduct "qualified residence interest" that you incur on up to $1 million that you borrowed to buy, build, or "substantially improve" your principal and/or a second residence, as long as the debt is secured by the home. You can also deduct interest paid on up to $100,000 of home equity debt incurred for any purpose. Moreover, you can generally deduct late fees and prepayment penalties incurred in connection with your mortgage debt.

Points. Points (also referred to as loan origination fees, loan discounts, discount points, or maximum loan charges) may also be deductible as interest. Points generally represent the cost of borrowing money (and can also include certain charges paid by the seller to a lender for the buyer's mortgage). Points must generally be amortized over the life of the mortgage. However, you may deduct points in full in the year they are paid if:

-- The loan is used to purchase or improve your principal residence;

-- The loan is secured by the residence;

-- The points did not exceed the points usually charged in the area where the loan was made; and

-- The points were computed as a percent of the amount of the loan.

Mortgage interest deduction

Generally, home mortgage interest is claimed as an itemized deduction on your Form 1040, Schedule A (Itemized Deductions). You cannot deduct your mortgage interest if you use Form 1040A or Form 1040EZ, however. If you paid $600 or more of mortgage interest (including certain points and mortgage insurance premiums) during the year on any one mortgage, you will typically receive a Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, or similar statement from your mortgage holder. This is the statement used for reporting mortgage interest received. Your mortgage lender is required to provide you, as well as the IRS, with a copy of the Form 1098 reporting the mortgage interest you paid during the year. You should typically receive the Form 1098 for mortgage interest you paid in 2009 by January 31, 2010.

Pre-paying your January 2010 mortgage interest in 2009

Mortgage interest that you owe for January 2010 is deductible in 2009 if paid in December (by December 31). Typically, home mortgage interest is paid in the month following its accrual. For instance, a January mortgage payment generally pays December's interest. As such, if you pay your January 2010 mortgage interest payment by December 31, 2009, you can deduct your December interest in 2009 rather then in 2010.

Prepaying interest will not reduce the principal on your loan. Paying down the principal may be a better strategy than using the funds to prepay interest. You should also consider paying down debt for which the interest is not deductible (for example, credit card debt). Additionally, you'll need to consider your other itemized deductions for 2009. Our office can help you explore the pros and cons of all these strategies.

To ensure that your prepaid January 2010 mortgage interest payment is reflected on your 2009 Form 1098, you will want to make the mortgage interest payment by mid-December 2009. If you make your mortgage interest payment after your lender's 1098 is calculated, and sent to the IRS, you will have to compute the additional interest yourself and add it to the amount reported on your 1098. As a practical matter, too, some mortgage lenders have a policy, or even a clause in the mortgage note, not to accept any advance payment as a pre-payment. They will often balk at issuing a Form 1098 that states otherwise. Simply picking up the phone and confirming your bank's policy before you move ahead with this strategy is often any easy solution to any uncertainty down the road.

Pre-paying property taxes

You may also want to consider prepaying property taxes. You may be able to prepay your 2010 property taxes by December 31, 2009 if property tax prepayment is allowed by your local tax assessor. You should contact your local property tax collector's office to determine if prepayment is allowed. If your property taxes are collected in escrow by your mortgage lender, remember also that any prepayment of taxes to your lender is not considered a property tax payment for IRS purposes until the lender remits the payment to the property taxing authorities.

In order to effectively plan your investment transactions, you have to understand how, under federal tax law, you need to net or "offset" capital gains and losses that you experience. Netting your capital gains and losses can help achieve lucrative tax savings benefits and should be part of your year end tax strategy if you sell capital assets that result in gains and losses in 2009.

Historic lows

The current, historically low capital gains tax rates for 2009 and 2010 are only temporary. The current maximum rate of 15 percent is scheduled to sunset after 2010, as will the zero percent rate for individuals in the 10 and 15 percent income tax brackets. For 2011 and thereafter, the maximum long-term capital gains rate of 15 percent reverts to 20 percent, and for taxpayers in the 10 and 15 percent tax brackets, the capital gains rate increases to 10 percent, unless Congress takes action to extend the lower rates.

The Obama administration has signaled support for maintaining the lower capital gains rates for all but higher-income taxpayers. The Obama administration has proposed to increase the tax rate to 20 percent for single individuals with incomes above $200,000. The tax rate would also increase to 20 percent for married couples filing jointly whose incomes exceed $250,000. The higher rates would apply to tax years beginning after December 31, 2010.

Caution. Although qualified dividends are also taxed at the long-term capital gain rate (a maximum 15 percent), you cannot treat them as long-term capital gains for purposes of netting capital gains and losses. They are taxed independently of that process.

Important holding periods

Capital gains are taxed at different rates depending on how long you have held the asset. Capital gains and losses are classified as long-term (you've held the property for more than 12 months) or short-term (you've held the property for 12 months or less), also depending on how long you hold the property before you sell it. Net capital gain is the amount by which your net long-term capital gain is more than your net short-term capital loss.

Note. Capital gains and losses are reported on Schedule D, Capital Gains and Losses, and then transferred to line 13 of Form 1040.

Netting

Under the basic netting procedure, your total short-term capital gains and losses, and your total long-term capital gains and losses must be figured separately.

Note. Netting applies to all capital assets. There is no separate netting of stocks with stocks, for example. However, many individuals find that stocks are the only capital assets they have sold each year on a regular basis.

Your short-term capital losses (including short-term loss carryovers from a prior year) are applied first against your short-term capital gains (which would be taxed at ordinary income tax rates), if any.

If you have a net short-term loss at this point, it would then be applied against your net long-term gain. If you have a net short-term gain after netting against long-term losses, then your short-term gain is taxed at ordinary income tax rate. The netting process lets you offset your net long-term capital loss against any net short-term capital gain.

You can deduct from your ordinary income a net capital loss of up to $3,000. You can carry forward any unused net capital loss for an unlimited number of years until it is used up. Unlike a corporation, however, you generally cannot carry a capital loss back to an earlier year (although there are some specific exceptions).

Net short term capital gain (from assets held for 12 months or less) is taxed at the same rates as your ordinary income. Both long-term and short-term capital losses can always be used to offset capital gains, as well as up to $3,000 of ordinary income. However, an individual can only use $3,000 ($1,500 for married individuals filing separately) of net capital losses left after reducing capital gains by capital losses to off set ordinary income in any one year.

Moreover, if your net capital losses exceed the $3,000 deduction limit, you can deduct $3,000 of your losses against ordinary income and carry over the excess loss to the following year. The excess losses that are carried over can then be netted against capital gains in that year with any excess again deductible against ordinary income up to $3,000.

The $3,000 amount has not changed for many years. It is one of the few provisions in the Tax Code that is not indexed for inflation. Bills to increase the allowable amount have been introduced in Congress but so far none has come close to passage.

Example

In 2008, Mary had $30,000 of ordinary income, a net short-term capital loss of $2,000, and a net long-term capital loss of $3,000. Mary's total capital loss deduction is $5,000. She can use $3,000 of her net losses to offset her ordinary income in 2008, and then carry over the remaining $2,000 of net capital losses to be used in 2009.

As the economic downturn took a toll on businesses, small and large, Congress reacted with legislation aimed at stimulating business investment. The Economic Stimulus Act of 2008, Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, and American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 all provide tax incentives for businesses, including additional 50 percent bonus depreciation, higher limits for first-year expensing, and shorter recovery periods for asset depreciation.

With many of these tax provisions set to expire at the end of 2009, business taxpayers with the cash and the credit score considering purchases of business equipment may want to maximize their potential tax savings before the end of the year. Taking advantage of these tax benefits can reduce current taxable income and increase cash flow.

Bonus depreciation

Bonus depreciation and Code Sec. 179 expensing are the primary business incentives set to expire at the end of 2009. Congress extended 50 percent additional first-year bonus depreciation through December 31, 2009 in the 2009 Recovery Act. You deduct 50 percent of the property's cost basis in the first year, before reducing the basis for normal depreciation computed over the property's recovery period (formerly called its useful life), including the first year. However, you can irrevocably "elect out" of bonus depreciation.

Bonus depreciation is available for property with a depreciation (recovery) period of 20 years or less, water utility property, off-the-shelf computer software, and qualified leasehold property (farming equipment also qualifies for bonus deprecation, as well as first-year expensing). The property must be new, and therefore begin with the taxpayer. It must be purchased and "placed in service" before December 31, 2009.

Vehicle depreciation

Through 2009, Congress raised the limits on depreciation of "luxury" automobiles for 2009. The first-year depreciation limit, which is ordinarily $3,060 for vehicles purchased in 2009, has been raised to $11,060 (an $8,000 increase) through the end of the year for property that would otherwise qualify for bonus depreciation. The both limits are higher for vans and trucks. To qualify, the vehicle must be used more than 50 percent for business. For the additional $8,000 deduction, the vehicle must be new. Used vehicles first used in a taxpayer's business still qualify for a deduction, but only up to the $3,060 limit.

First-year expensing

In lieu of bonus depreciation, you can elect to write off part, or all, of the cost of one or more assets, up to the limit on "Code Section 179 expensing." The limit is $250,000 through 2009. Unlike bonus depreciation, first-year expensing applies to tax years beginning in 2009. Therefore, a fiscal-year taxpayer is not faced with a December 31, 2009 deadline for acquiring property and placing it into service. Additionally, expensing can be claimed on used as well as new property, unlike bonus depreciation.

Note. If you expense property that is also eligible for bonus depreciation, you should deduct the expensed amount from the property's basis before claiming deprecation. First-year expensing is limited to your taxable income for the year, and cannot be used to generate or increase a net operating loss for the current year. Thus, if you are operating at a loss you should not claim expensing.

The amount that you can expense must be reduced dollar-for-dollar by the amount of the Code Section 179 property placed in service during the year exceeds a specified threshold. The threshold for 2009 is $800,000. The benefit does not fully phase out until investment reaches $1.05 million.

Shortened recovery period

Congress reduced the recovery period from 39 years to 15 years for leasehold improvements, restaurant property and retail improvement property placed in service by December 31, 2009. Leasehold improvements also qualify for bonus depreciation as well.

Investing in assets for your business is not just about taxes. You need to consider whether buying business assets makes financial sense this year. However, if you are contemplating investing in your business this year, act before the end of 2009 to take advantage of these incentives.

As 2009 comes to a close, it's a good time to review your year-end tax planning strategies. Many traditional strategies are still effective for this year but you need to keep in mind the impact of pending federal legislation. Congress is debating health care reform, a possible second stimulus bill, extending many temporary tax breaks, and more.

Health care reform

Lawmakers are searching for ways to fund health care reform. The House Ways and Means Committee proposed a surtax on higher-income taxpayers. The Senate Finance Committee would impose a tax on high-dollar health insurance plans. Both proposals are controversial and it is unclear at this time if either or none will be part of a final bill. We'll keep you posted on developments.

More definite are new restrictions on health flexible spending arrangements (FSAs) and health savings accounts (HSAs). Lawmakers are expected to cap annual maximum contributions to health FSAs at $2,500 (there is no limit under current law, although an employer is free to impose a limit). Moreover, you would no longer be able to purchase over-the-counter medications with health FSA dollars; only medicines with prescriptions would qualify. Congress may also double the additional tax for HSA withdrawals before age 65 that are not used for qualified medical expenses. If you have a health FSA or HSA, please contact our office and we can discuss ways to maximize its benefit.

Second stimulus

Congress is expected to approve an extension of federal unemployment benefits before year-end and may also extend the $2,400 exclusion of those benefits from tax. That's good news for individuals without employment. The bill would have even broader impact if lawmakers use it as a vehicle for a "second stimulus."

One of the most likely incentives to be attached to an unemployment benefits bill is the first-time homebuyer credit, which expires after November 30, 2009. For many individuals, the window of opportunity for taking advantage of the credit has already passed because you must close on a new home before December 1, 2009 to qualify for the credit rather than just sign of contract of sale before that date.

Several bills are pending in Congress to extend the first-time homebuyer credit. One proposal would extend the credit through December 1, 2010 and raise it to $15,000 (the current cap is $8,000). Another bill would eliminate the rules that generally limit the credit to lower and moderate-income individuals. If you are considering a home purchase, please contact our office and we can discuss this valuable credit in more detail.

Other provisions that could be attached to an unemployment benefits bill include extending COBRA premium assistance, the American Opportunity Tax Credit for college tuition, and the state and local sales tax deduction for motor vehicle purchases. Congress is also considering a new tax credit to reward employers that create jobs. Several ideas have been floated. One proposal would provide a $3,000 tax credit for each qualified new job created in 2010. Even though there is support for extending these provisions, Congress will want to keep the cost of any bill as low as possible.

Extenders

Taxpayers are often surprised to learn that many popular tax breaks, such as the state and local sales tax deduction, are only temporary. Congress made them temporary so they would not permanently add to the federal budget deficit. Because they are so popular, however, Congress usually has extended them in the past. Some of the incentives, like the research tax credit, have been extended so many times that some taxpayers incorrectly believe they are permanent.

For year-end tax planning purposes, it's important to remember when these tax breaks will expire. Many of them are scheduled to sunset after December 31, 2009, unless Congress extends them.

Here are some of the tax breaks for individuals that are scheduled to expire after December 31, 2009:

• Temporary tax relief to victims of all federally-declared disasters;
• State and local sales tax deduction;
• Teachers' classroom expense deduction;
• Higher education tuition deduction;
• Non-itemizers state and local real property tax deduction; and
• Tax-free distributions from IRAs for charitable contributions.

Some of the incentives for businesses that are scheduled to expire after December 31, 2009 include:

• Code Sec. 179 small business expensing;
• Bonus depreciation;
• Expanded net operating loss carrybacks for small businesses;
• Enhanced recovery periods for qualified leasehold improvements and restaurant property;
• 15-year recovery period for qualified retail improvement property;
• Brownfields remediation expensing;
• Subpart F active financing and look-through exceptions;
• Deduction for corporate donations of computer equipment for educational purposes; and
• Special expensing rules for film and production costs;

Because these incentives are popular, there's a high likelihood that Congress will extend many, if not all, of them. Congress could extend these provisions before year-end or wait until next year and make them retroactive to January 1, 2010. Our office will alert you of developments.

During economic downturns, many people often look for ways to supplement their regular employment compensation. Or, you may be engaging in an activity - such as gambling or selling items on an online auction - that is actually earning you income: taxable income. Many individuals may not understand the tax consequences of, and reporting requirements for, earning these types of miscellaneous income. This article discusses how you report certain types of miscellaneous income.

Reporting your miscellaneous taxable income

For most people, gambling winnings and hobby income are uncommon types of taxable income. Gambling winnings and hobby income, as well as prizes and awards, represent "miscellaneous income" and are reported on Line 21 of your Form 1040 as "other income."

Hobby income

Hobbies are generally considered under the tax law as activities that are not pursued "for profit." However, the tax law provides that if your hobby shows a profit in at least three of the last five tax years, including the current year, you are assumed to be trying to make money. However, you can rebut the assumption -- that you are not out to run a profitable business even if you regularly have losses -- with evidence to the contrary. Just because you love what you are doing in a sideline business does not mean it's a hobby for tax law purposes. In fact, one secret to business success is often enjoying your work. Profits you receive from an activity that is a hobby and not a for-profit business are reported as "other income" on Line 21 of your Form 1040.

Hobby losses and expenses

You cannot deduct your hobby expenses in excess of income you derived from the hobby, and you can only deduct qualifying expenses if you itemize your deductions. Expenses that you incurred in generating hobby income are generally deductible as miscellaneous itemized deductions, subject to the two-percent floor, on Schedule A. If you incurred losses in connection with your hobby activities, you may generally be able to deduct these "hobby losses" but only to the extent of income produced by the activity.

However, some expenses that are deductible whether or not they are incurred in connection with a hobby (such as taxes, interest and casualty losses) are deductible even if they exceed hobby income. These expenses, however, will reduce the amount of your hobby income against which your hobby expenses can be offset. Your hobby expenses then offset the reduced income in the following order:

1. Operating expenses, generally;

2. Depreciation and other basis adjustment items.

As mentioned above, your itemized deduction for hobby expenses is subject to the two-percent floor on miscellaneous itemized deductions.

Gambling winnings

Gambling winnings, whether legal or illegal, are included in your gross income. If you have winnings from a lottery, raffle, or other types of gambling activities, you must report the full amount of your winnings on Line 21 of your Form 1040 as "other income." The taxable gains are the amount by which your winnings exceed the amount you wagered. If any taxes were withheld from your winnings, you should receive a Form W-2G showing the total paid to you in Box 1, and the amount of income taxes withheld in Box 2. You need to include the amount in Box 2 in the amount of taxes paid on Line 59 of your 1040.

Gambling losses

You can deduct your gambling losses as an itemized deduction for the year on Schedule A (Form 1040), line 28. However, you cannot deduct gambling losses that exceed your winnings. Thus, you can deduct losses from gambling up to the amount of your gambling winnings. You cannot reduce your gambling winnings by your gambling losses and report the difference. You must report the full amount of your winnings as income and claim your losses (up to the amount of winnings) as an itemized deduction. Therefore, your records should show your winnings separately from your losses.

You can reduce your gambling winnings by your wagering losses regardless of whether the underlying transactions are legal or illegal. Moreover, gambling losses may be offset against all gains arising out of wagering transactions, and not merely against gambling winnings. However, gambling losses can only be used to offset gambling gains during the same year.

Moreover, you cannot use your gambling losses to reduce taxable income from non-gambling sources, and they cannot be used as a carryover or carryback to reduce gambling income from other years. For example, the value of complimentary goods you might receive from a casino as an inducement to gamble are gains from which gambling losses can be deducted.

Casinos, lotteries and other payers of gambling winnings of $600 or more ($1,200 for bingo or slot machines and $1,500 for keno) report the winnings on Form W-2G, Certain Gambling Winnings.

If you have any questions about tax and reporting requirements in connection with hobby activities and other sources of income, please call our office.

The end of the 2009 year will also spell the end of many tax breaks for both individuals and businesses. Some of these tax breaks are "temporary" credits and deductions that Congress typically extends for another year or two at the last moment. Other sunsetting provisions are relatively new, with no previous track record on their being extended. In either case, however, the unfamiliar economic climate in which our nation finds itself makes predicting whether Congress will find the funding necessary to extend any particular tax break this time around, beyond 2009, a matter of guesswork. The following is a list of important tax breaks expiring at the end of 2009.

A word to the wise: if you can take advantage of any tax break on this list before 2009 closes, do so. At this point, you cannot -and should not-- count on having any of them available in 2010.

Homebuyer tax credit. The first-time homebuyer tax credit expires sooner rather than later in 2009. That is, the credit expires November 30 - the credit provision requires that the residence be "purchased" by November 30, with "purchase" defined as taking place when title passes and the full purchase price is paid (that is, at the "closing") and not earlier when the contract of sale is executed and a down payment is escrowed. The credit is equal to 10 percent of the purchase price of a principal residence, up to $8,000. It applies to homes purchased after December 31, 2008, and before December 1, 2009.

Itemized state and local sales tax deduction. The ability to deduct state and local sales taxes in lieu of state and local income taxes is available until December 31, 2009, when the itemized state and local sales tax deduction expires.

Higher education tuition deduction. The higher education tuition deduction, permitting taxpayers to take an above-the-line deduction for qualified tuition and related expenses, will expire this year. The maximum deductible amount is $4,000 for taxpayers with adjusted gross income not exceeding $65,000 ($130,000 for joint filers). Taxpayers whose income exceeds that limit but does not exceed $80,000 ($160,000 for joint filers) may deduct up to $2,000 in qualified expenses.

Additional standard deduction for real property taxes. If you claim the standard deduction and also have real estate taxes, you can take an increased deduction ($500 for individuals and $1,000 for married couples filing jointly) for your real estate taxes. This tax break is scheduled to expire at the end of 2009.

Teachers' classroom expense deduction. The $250 above-the-line deduction for qualified classroom expenses will expire at the end of 2009. The deduction benefits teachers and other educators, from teachers' aides to school principals, who used their own out-of-pocket money to purchase qualified classroom supplies, such as notebooks, scissors, paper, pens, markers and books. As an above-the-line deduction, the $250 tax break is available to non-itemizers as well.

Bonus depreciation. For businesses, bonus depreciation and enhanced "section 179 expensing," both designed to - temporarily - encourage business to make capital investments, are set to expire at the end of 2009. Bonus depreciation can be claimed for both regular tax and alternative minimum tax (AMT) liability unless the taxpayer makes an election out.

Enhanced Code Sec. 179 expensing. Enhanced "section 179 expensing," is set to expire at the end of 2009 in addition to bonus depreciation, as mentioned above. Qualified taxpayers may deduct up to $250,000 of the cost of machinery, equipment, vehicles, furniture, and other qualifying property placed in service during 2009. The $250,000 amount is reduced if the cost of all Code Sec. 179 property placed in service by the taxpayer during the tax year exceeds $800,000.

Research and development credit. The research and development, or R&D credit, is set to expire at the end of 2009. The credit is available for businesses that increase their research expenses. The credit is 14 percent of qualified research expenses that exceed 50 percent of the average qualified research expenses for the three preceding tax years.

COBRA subsidy. The COBRA premium assistance provided as part of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (2009 Recovery Act) will not benefit individual involuntarily terminated from employment after December 31, 2009. The COBRA subsidy is only available to individuals involuntarily terminated from work between September 1, 2008 and December 31, 2009 The COBRA subsidy under the 2009 Recovery Act provides for individuals to pay only 35 percent of their COBRA premiums with employers paying the remaining 65 percent, for nine months.

Unemployment compensation. Although unemployment compensation is typically taxable income, the 2009 tax year provides a respite from taxability for up to $2,400 of unemployment income. However, the exclusion from taxable income for unemployment compensation is only available for 2009, and will expire at the end of the year unless Congress acts to extend this benefit.

Motor vehicle sales tax deduction. The deduction for sales tax paid on the purchase a new motor vehicle is available for vehicles purchased between February 17, 2009 and December 31, 2009. Taxpayers can deduct state and local sales and use taxes paid on the first $49,500 of the purchase price of the vehicle. The deduction can be taken whether or not the taxpayer itemizes deductions. However, if you deduct state and local general sales taxes as an itemized deduction, you cannot "double dip" and take the deduction for new car sales taxes.

AMT exemption amounts. For 2009, the AMT exemption amounts increased to $46,700 for individuals and $70,950 for married taxpayers filing jointly. However, these exemption amounts will decrease in 2010 to $33,750 for single taxpayers and $45,000 married taxpayers filing jointly.

Health care reform continues to dominate Congress' fall agenda but lawmakers also have many other tax bills to address before the end of the year. On the table are bills to extend some popular but temporary tax breaks, estate tax reform and more. It is an ambitious agenda that has some lawmakers predicting that they will be working right up to the end of the year.

Health care reform

Health care reform is predicted to cost in the neighborhood of $1 trillion and lawmakers are looking for ways to pay for it. Some revenue will come from cost savings to Medicare and other federal government programs. Other revenues will be generated by new taxes.

The House Ways and Means Committee approved a gradual surtax on higher-income individuals. The Senate Finance Committee rejected that idea and instead is expected to impose a tax on high-cost health insurance plans. Many lawmakers in the House and Senate also support new limits on health flexible spending arrangements (FSAs) and health savings accounts (HSAs).

One proposal has broad support in both the House and the Senate: mandatory individual health insurance coverage. Individuals who are not covered by employer-provided insurance would be responsible for obtaining coverage on their own. The House is likely to create a public option, similar to Medicare. There is less support for a public option in the Senate. Uninsured individuals would be liable for an additional tax. However, lower income individuals and senior citizens would be exempt.

Health care reform will likely impose new requirements on employers. The House Ways and Means bill includes a new eight percent tax on employers that do not provide health insurance coverage to their employees.  Employer-provided insurance would also have to meet certain minimum requirements. To help small employers, the House Ways and Means bill would allow them to claim new tax credits.

At this time, it is almost impossible to predict what a final health care reform bill will look like or when a bill will pass Congress. House leaders are working on drafting a bill to present to the full House, possibly for a vote in early November. The pace is slower in the Senate. The Senate Finance Committee is expected to continue writing its health care reform bill into October. The full Senate may not vote on a health care reform bill until November or December. If you have any questions about the tax proposals in health care reform, please contact our office.

Estate tax

Effective January 1, 2010, the current federal estate tax is eliminated as the law is now written. Congress actually passed this law in 2001 but delayed abolishing the estate tax until 2010 because of budget calculations. However, this treatment only applies to 2010. After 2010, the estate tax returns and at higher rates than in 2009.

The Obama administration has proposed extending the 2009 estate tax into 2010. This proposal would give Congress more time to make a permanent change. It would also give taxpayers some certainty in their estate planning. Many small business owners would like Congress to abolish the estate tax but this is very unlikely. Taxpayers should anticipate Congress retaining the estate tax; probably at rates similar to those effective for 2009.

Extenders

Every autumn, taxpayers and practitioners question if Congress will extend many popular but temporary tax incentives. Traditionally, Congress has extended them. In fact, they have been extended so many times that many taxpayers think they are permanent. They are not.

Some tax breaks scheduled to expire after 2009 are:

• Higher education tuition deduction;
• State and local sales tax deduction;
• Charitable contributions of IRA proceeds;
• Teachers' classroom expense deduction; and the
• Research tax credit.

Congress could extend these provisions in December or wait until next year and make them retroactive to January 1, 2010. Our office will keep you posted on developments.

Business taxes

The Obama administration has proposed a package of international tax reforms. The proposals, among other things, would reform the business entity classification rules, defer some foreign-source deductions, and limit income shifting through intangible property transfers.  Neither the House nor the Senate has taken up the proposals and it is unclear if they will before year-end.

Also uncertain is a cut in the U.S. corporate tax rate. The U.S. corporate tax rate is the second highest in the industrial world. President Obama has indicated he would support a reduction in the corporate tax rate in exchange for closing unspecified tax loopholes.

Retirement savings

The White House and many members of Congress back new measures to enroll more workers in retirement plans. Several pending bills would require employers to offer retirement plans or enroll their employees in IRAs. Many lawmakers also support automatic enrollment in retirement plans. Employees would automatically be enrolled in a 401(k) or similar plan unless they opt out. These and other retirement-related bills have been referred to various House and Senate committees. They could come up for a vote before 2010.

More proposals

Also on Congress' fall agenda are:

• Cap and trade legislation
• Fiscal Year 2010 IRS budget
• Energy tax incentives
• Education tax breaks
• Alternative minimum tax relief
• Tax simplification proposals
• Closing the tax gap
• Expanded information reporting

Please contact our office if you have any questions about pending legislation.

As the end of 2009 approaches, it is a good time to start year-end tax planning. Between now and December 31, 2009, there is time to put in place some tax saving strategies. Many of these strategies are familiar ones; others are tailored to these challenging economic times.

Individuals

One of the tried and tested year-end planning methods is income and expense shifting. Basically, you aim to smooth out taxable income between 2009 and 2010 by accelerating and postponing transactions that either produce income or yield deductible expenses. This technique works best if you can reasonably forecast your income and expense situation in the first few months of 2010.

One complicating factor this year is the recession. For many individuals, the end of 2009 is very different from the beginning of the year. Salaried workers and their spouses may have experienced a lay-off, furlough or reduction in hours at work. Self-employed individuals may be struggling with cash-flow problems. Many retired individuals are also having a hard time coping during the recession. Investment income is down and some retirees have re-entered the job market.

Fortunately, there are some provisions in the Tax Code that can help. For example, job hunting expenses may be deductible. The first $2,400 in unemployment benefits is tax-free. If you relocate to take a new job, moving expenses may also be deductible.

Besides employment, other life events have tax consequences. Marriage, divorce and children all impact your federal tax status. Some of the most overlooked tax incentives are targeted to children. If you paid someone to care for a child, spouse, or dependent, you may be able to reduce your tax by claiming the child and dependent care credit on your federal income tax return. This credit is separate from the child tax credit, which is $1,000 per qualifying child for 2009. There is also an adoption tax credit.  Many parents are using Coverdell Education Savings Accounts to put aside funds for a child's schooling. Although the contributions are not tax-free, the distributions, if used for qualified education expenses, are tax-free. There is also an expanded education tax credit, the American Opportunity Tax Credit, which can help with college tuition costs.

For 2009, state and local sales taxes are also deductible (in lieu of state and local income taxes). This benefit may be especially valuable if you are planning a big-ticket purchase in the near future. Another popular tax incentive will expire before the end of 2009: the first-time homebuyer credit is set to expire after November 30, 2009. Several bills have been introduced in Congress to extend the credit another year. Our office will keep you posted on developments.

Wage-earners and pension recipients also need to plan for the Making Work Pay Credit. This payroll credit was enacted in early 2009. Employers and some pension plans are withholding less federal income tax. The impact of the Making Work Pay Credit varies significantly, depending on a taxpayer's earned income, filing status and number of withholding allowances. The credit phases out for a single taxpayer who has modified adjusted gross income (AGI) between $75,000 and $95,000, and for married couples filing jointly whose modified AGI is between $150,000 and $190,000. Individuals with more than one job and married couples with two incomes may be surprised when they file their taxes in 2010 to discover that they are receiving a smaller refund or owe money.  If you have not yet adjusted your withholding for 2009, now is the time to act.

IRA conversions

A lot of folks are talking about IRA conversions. Starting in 2010, anyone can convert a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA regardless of their income and other current restrictions. You can choose to recognize income from the conversion in 2010 or average it out over 2011 and 2012. President Obama has proposed raising the top two individual marginal income tax rates after 2010. If you are considering an IRA conversion, you may want to do it next year and recognize the income in 2010. However, be cautious. The new IRA conversion rules are generous but not for everyone. Our office can help evaluate if an IRA conversion fits your savings strategy.

Small businesses

Small business expensing under Code Sec. 179 is at an all-time high this year ($250,000). The threshold for reducing the deduction is $800,000. The higher amounts are set to expire after 2009. Businesses that have been contemplating a purchase need to act soon if they want to take advantage of the more generous Code Sec. 179 expensing amount. The expensing amount will fall to $134,000 in 2010 unless Congress extends it.

Another business tax break - bonus depreciation - will also expire at the end of 2009. Fifty percent bonus depreciation is taken on top of the regular depreciation for the year the property is placed in service. Keep in mind that a larger current depreciation deduction results in smaller future deductions.

Many small business owners operate their businesses as sole proprietorships or partnerships. The expected increase in the top two marginal income tax rates after 2010 will also affect them. It is not too early to start planning for those anticipated rate hikes.

Small businesses should have a year-end retirement plan check-up. The Obama administration and the IRS recently announced some measures to encourage small businesses to offer a retirement plan or expand an existing plan. Our office can help you choose a retirement plan that is right for your small business.

Special considerations this year

Because of the recession, many individuals cannot meet their tax debts. The IRS is aware of how families are struggling and has promised to help. You may qualify for an installment agreement, which allows you to pay your taxes over time. The IRS might also accept an offer-in-compromise. Some individuals are uncomfortable by how the recession has impacted them. Don't be. If you have unresolved debts with the IRS, let our office know now. We can work with the IRS on your behalf.

The same is true for small business owners. Frankly, the IRS is less sympathetic to business owners that fall behind in their tax obligations, especially payroll taxes, than with individuals. It may be tempting to skip a payroll tax deposit. This is a dangerous tactic and will result in severe penalties. Again, our office can help you work with the IRS.

The saver's credit is a retirement savings tax credit that can save eligible individuals up to $1,000 in taxes just for contributing up to $2,000 to their retirement account. The saver's credit is an additional tax benefit on top of any other benefits available for your retirement contribution. It is a nonrefundable personal credit. Therefore, like other nonrefundable credits, it can be claimed against your combined regular tax liability and alternative minimum tax (AMT) liability.

Who qualifies for the saver's credit

To qualify for the credit, you must be 18 years old (as of the close of the tax year of the contribution), not a full-time student, and not claimed as a dependent on another's return. The calculation of the credit amount depends on a percentage of your adjusted gross income (AGI).

The credit can be claimed for contributions or deferrals made to a number of retirement plans, including: traditional and Roth IRAs (other then rollover contributions), voluntary "after-tax" employee contributions to Section 403(b) annuities and qualified retirement plans, qualified cash or deferred arrangements, including elective contributions made to 401(k) plans, tax sheltered annuities, SIMPLE plans, simplified employee pensions (SEPs), and eligible deferred compensation plans of governmental employers.

Determining your credit amount

IRS Form 8880, Credit for Qualified Retirement Savings Contributions, is used to calculate the amount of the saver's credit, which is then reported on Line 51 of Form 1040. The credit is determined as a percentage of your "qualifying contribution." A taxpayer's qualifying contribution is limited to $2,000 per year. The percent varies depending on your adjusted gross income (AGI).

For 2009, the credit is 50 percent of the maximum $2,000 ceiling for married couples filing jointly with a combined AGI of $33,000 or less. For example, if each spouse makes the maximum $2,000 contribution for the credit, for a total of $4,000, they can claim a total saver's credit of $2,000 ($4,000 x 50 percent) on their joint return). If AGI for 2009 is above $33,000 but not over $36,000, the credit is 20 percent of qualifying contributions ($800 in the above example: $4,000 x 20 percent). If AGI for 2009 is above $36,000 but not over $55,500, the credit is 10 percent of qualifying contributions.

For single taxpayers, if AGI for 2009 is $16,500 or less, the percentage is 50 percent. If AGI for 2009 is above $16,500 but not over $18,000, the credit is 20 percent of qualifying contributions. If AGI for 2009 is above $18,000 but not over $27,750, the credit is 10 percent of qualifying contributions. For 2009, the credit is phased out when AGI exceeds $55,000 for joint return filers, $41,625 for heads of households, and $27,750 for single and married filing separately.

Contribution reductions

The amount of contributions to be taken into account in determining the credit, however, must be reduced by any distributions from such qualified retirement plans over a "test period." The test period includes the current tax year, two preceding tax years, and the following tax year up to the due date of the return including extensions. A qualifying contribution is also reduced by nontaxable distributions received from Roth IRAs during the testing period (unless you roll them over). The contribution reduction rule even applies to "special" distributions, such as those taken to pay first-time homebuyer expenses or higher education costs.

Exceptions apply for certain distributions, such as trustee-to-trustee transfers or rollover distributions to other qualified retirement accounts (for example, a rollover from a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA).

Example. Jenny contributes $2,500 to her 401(k) during Year 4, but took a $1,000 taxable IRA withdrawal during Year 2. Her qualifying contribution for purposes of computing her saver's credit for Year 4 is $1,500 ($2,500-$1,000).

The saver's credit is available in addition to other benefits you receive contributing to a retirement plan. For example, if you make a $1,000 deductible contribution to a traditional IRA, you may also qualify to take the saver's credit for that contribution. In fact, since your deduction for the IRA contribution reduces AGI, you may even qualify for a higher credit percentage.

Many back-to-school college students and their families are facing the toughest time in years, in meeting the costs of higher education due to the recent economic downturn. In an attempt to face this challenge, Congress recently passed some tax relief for college students and families that, together with scholarships, loans and work-study grants, can provide invaluable lifelines this year. The tax relief is twofold: the new American Opportunity Tax Credit and more liberal withdrawal rules for Section 529 plans to cover technology needs. Both tax provisions are temporary - for 2009 and 2010 only - but likely will be extended in some form if the need continues.

American Opportunity Tax Credit

For 2009 and 2010, Congress has enhanced the Hope Scholarship Credit and has renamed it the American Opportunity Tax Credit. The 2009 Recovery Act makes the credit available to more families than the Hope Credit. Not only can the American Opportunity Tax Credit be used for the first two years of post-secondary education, but it is available for the third and fourth years of college as well. Further, the credit can be taken for more expenses, such as text books and course materials. And, although the credit phases out as adjusted gross income rises, the income phase out range has been increased. Additionally, 40 percent of the credit is refundable.

ABCs of the AOTC: The American Opportunity Tax Credit (AOTC) is available for 2009 and 2010 up to a maximum of $2,500 per eligible student per year (100 percent of the first $2,000 eligible expenses plus 25 percent of the next $2,000 eligible expenses). The credit phases-out at higher income levels, making the credit available to more families as well. For single taxpayers, the phase out range is increased to $80,000 - $90,000 AGI, and for married joint filers the credit phases out when AGI falls between $160,000 - $180,000.

You cannot claim the above-the-line higher education expense deduction (of up to $4,000) in the same year that you claim the AOTC or Lifetime Learning Credit; you must choose among these tax benefits. If you have a choice between the AOTC and the Lifetime Learning Credit, or the higher education expense deduction, you may find that the AOTC garners you more tax savings. Although the credit will usually result in more tax savings, you should calculate the effect of the AOTC, Lifetime Learning Credit and higher education expense deduction on the tax return to see which achieves the greatest tax savings. Remember, also, in "doing the math" that the tax benefits are based on calendar tax years and not school academic years.

Technology expenses and Section 529 Plans

New for 2009 (and 2010) parents and students can take tax-free withdrawals from their prepaid tuition plans ("529 plans") to buy computers and computer-related equipment for college. The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (2009 Recovery Act) added computers, computer equipment, technology, internet access and "related services" to the list of qualified higher education expenses that can be paid for with tax-free 529 withdrawals. However, as with the AOTC, this expansion is temporary and applies only for 2009 and 2010 ... unless Congress extends this new tax break.

Section 529 plan coverage. Qualified tuition programs, more commonly referred to as 529 plans, allow you to either prepay or contribute to an account set up for paying a student's qualified education expenses at eligible educational institutions. When withdrawals are taken to pay for qualifying education expenses they are tax-free. Qualifying expenses include tuition, fees, books, supplies and equipment required for enrollment or attendance of the student at an eligible educational institution (and expenses related to special needs services for special needs students). They also include expenses for room and board as long as the student is enrolled in a degree or certificate program at least part time. Now, thanks to the 2009 Recovery Act, they also include expenses for computers and computer-related equipment and services.

The types of computer and related technology and equipment that can be purchased with tax-fee withdrawals are fairly expansive. Expenses include those made to buy: computers, computer software, peripheral equipment, fiber optic cables related to computer use, as well as internet access and related services. The computer and/or computer-related must be used by the student or family members during enrollment in college (or other post-secondary institution).

Exceptions. Tax-free withdrawals can not be taken for computer software designed for games, sports or hobbies, unless the software is "predominantly educational in nature."

Additionally, while the tax law allows you to combine the tax benefits of a 529 plan with one of the education credits or deductions, you cannot "double dip." That is, the expenses you use to compute the AOTC (or Lifetime Learning Credit) cannot also be included as a qualified higher education expense for purposes of determining your tax exclusion for 529 plan withdrawals.

Remember also that states have their own rules regarding education benefits, such as 529 plans and withdrawals. These must be considered as part of your education tax savings strategy.

A consequence of the economic downturn for many investors has been significant losses on their investments in retirement accounts, including traditional and Roth individual retirement accounts (IRAs). This article discusses when and how taxpayers can deduct losses suffered in Roth IRAs and traditional IRAs ...and when no deduction will be allowed.

Traditional IRAs

Losses on investments held in a traditional IRA, funded only by contributions that you deducted when you made them, are never deductible. Even when you cash out the IRA after retirement, losses cannot be deducted. The theory behind this rule is that you already received a tax benefit in your deduction for making contributions and any loss lowers the amount of taxable income you must realize when you make retirement withdrawals. The technical explanation is that you are presumed to have a zero basis in your account.

On the other hand, if you make nondeductible traditional IRA contributions, and liquidate all of the investments in your traditional IRA, a loss can be recognized if the amounts distributed are less than the remaining unrecovered basis in the traditional IRA. You claim a loss in a traditional IRA on Schedule A, Form 1040, as a miscellaneous itemized deduction subject to the two percent AGI floor.

Example. During 2008, you made $2,000 in nondeductible contributions to a traditional IRA. Your basis in the IRA at the end of 2008 is $2,000. During 2008, the IRA earned $400 in dividend income and you withdrew $600 from the account. As a result, at the end of 2008 the value of your IRA was $1,800 ($2,000 contributed plus $400 dividends minus $600 withdrawal). You compute and report the taxable portion of your $600 withdrawal and your remaining basis on Form 8606, Nondeductible IRA.

In 2009, the year you retired, your IRA lost $500 in value. At the end of 2009, your IRA balance was $1,300 ($1,800 balance at the end of 2008 minus the $500 loss). Your remaining basis at that time in your IRA is $1,500 ($2,000 nondeductible contributions minus the $500 basis in the prior withdrawal). You withdraw the $1,300 balance remaining in the IRA. You can claim a loss of $200 (your $1,500 basis minus the $1,300 withdrawn) on Form 1040, Schedule A. The allowable loss is further subject to the two percent adjusted gross income (AGI) floor on miscellaneous itemized deductions.

If you made significant nondeductible contributions to an IRA over the last few years, and may be considering withdrawing the entire balance in all of your traditional IRAs before the end of the year in order to recognize a loss, keep in mind doing so will mean losing the opportunity to defer gain if the value of your investments in the accounts increases. Those withdrawn amounts cannot be recontributed at a later date.

Roth IRA losses

When you experience losses on Roth IRA investments, you can only recognize the loss for income tax purposes, if and when all the amounts in the Roth IRA accounts have been distributed and the total distributions are less than your basis (e.g. regular and conversion contributions).

To report a loss in a Roth IRA, all the investments held in your Roth IRA (but not traditional IRAs) must be liquidated. Moreover, the loss is an ordinary loss for income tax purposes, not a capital loss, and can only be claimed as a miscellaneous itemized deduction subject to the two percent of AGI floor that applies to miscellaneous itemized deductions on Form 1040, Schedule A.

Since all Roth IRAs must be completely liquidated to generate a loss deduction, it generally provides only a small comfort to investments gone sour. Closing all your Roth IRAs generally forgoes future appreciation on that amount.

Tax deadlines have long broken out of the mold of being exclusively set at April 15 for individuals and March 15 for businesses, generally with no important dates falling in between. From September through November of this year, recent tax legislation and IRS programs have created a handful of important new deadlines that may be easy to miss without a list. Some old dates, too, have a few new wrinkles.

Here is a checklist of upcoming deadlines, designed to alert you to opportunities or that are time sensitive. Please call our office immediately if you identify any deadline that may apply to your situation. We can help you avoid missing out on tax incentives or being subject to penalties if forms are not filed on time.

September 15/ October 15: NOL carryback deadline

The 2009 Recovery Act allows eligible small businesses (with average gross receipts of $15 million or less over three years) to elect a longer carryback period -- up to five years -- for 2008 losses. A small business that wants to take advantage of the three, four or five-year carryback period for 2008 losses must file an election with the IRS to use the longer period. Taxpayers can make the election on an original return (Forms 1040, 1041, 1065, and 1120) or an amended return (Forms 1040X, 1045, 1120X, or 1139).

Calendar year businesses. The filing deadline is September 15, 2009 for a corporation on the calendar year. The deadline is October 15, 2009 for an individual on the calendar year. The October 15 deadline includes a sole proprietor that qualifies as an eligible small business, an individual partner in a partnership that qualifies as an eligible small business and a shareholder in an S corporation that qualifies as an eligible small business.

Fiscal year businesses. A corporation on a fiscal year that ends March 31, 2009 must make the carryback election by December 15, 2009. An individual on a fiscal year ending March 31, 2009 could make the election by January 15, 2010.

September 15: Individual estimated tax payments due

Individuals who are required to make quarterly estimated tax payments must make payments on September 15. Failure to pay estimated tax in a timely manner may result in the IRS's assessment of penalties.

Thanks to another temporary relief provision in the 2009 Recovery Act, estimated tax payments of "qualified individuals" for tax years beginning in 2009 may be based on 90 percent of the individual's prior year's tax liability (rather than the usual 100 percent amount). An individual is a qualified individual if the adjusted gross income shown on the individual's return for the preceding tax year is less than $500,000 and more than 50 percent of the gross income shown on the return for the preceding tax year is from a business which employed fewer than 500 employees on average during the calendar year that ends with or within the preceding tax year of the individual.

September 23: FBAR reporting deadline

Taxpayers maintaining any type of financial account in a foreign country are required to report this information to the U.S. government. Taxpayers must used Form TD F 90-22.1, Report of Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts (known as the "FBAR"), if the aggregate value of these accounts exceeds $10,000 at any time during the calendar year. While the deadline each year is usually June 30 of the following year, most taxpayers this year have been given an extension to complete and file the FBAR until September 23, 2009 (some with only "signature authority" have longer). Also under an IRS offshore compliance initiative, US taxpayers who disclose their secret bank accounts by September 23, 2009, will be given special consideration for leniency from criminal prosecution.

October 15: Due date for individual tax returns filed under an extension

Individuals have until October 15 to file their individual federal income tax return for 2008, Form 1040, if they are filing on an extension. Not only will missing this deadline mean incurring a failure to file penalty and interest, but certain valuable tax elections can be made only on a timely filed return.

October 15: Deadline for undoing Roth conversion

If you converted from a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA in 2008, but for one reason or another want to undo the conversion, you have until October 15, 2009 to do that as well. Especially if the value of your investments in your IRA has dropped significantly since you converted from a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA, you may want to reconvert and then convert again at the lower value. This can save you from paying income tax on the amount by which your converted account has decreased.

Moreover, if you made a contribution to a traditional IRA or Roth IRA in 2008, but since determined that you should have contributed the money to the other type of account, you still can. If you act before October 15, 2009 you can recharacterize your IRA contribution.

Undoing your Roth IRA conversion, or a contribution to either account, must be made before October 15, 2009, and only if you have filed your 2008 return by April 15, 2009 (or, if you obtained a filing extension, by that extension due date). If you already filed your 2008 return, you will need to file an amended return for 2008.

November 26, 2009: Cancellation of indebtedness income deferral election

The 2009 Recovery Act gives businesses an election to defer cancellation of indebtedness income (COI) from the "reacquisition" or repurchase of debt in 2009 or 2010. The income is deferred until 2014 and only then must be reported ratably over five years, through 2018. An election will be treated by the IRS as effective if the taxpayer files an election with the taxpayer's federal income tax return filed on or before September 16, 2009. However, an election that does not comply with section 4 of Rev. Proc. 2009-37 (involving election procedures) will not be effective unless the taxpayer on or before November 16, 2009, files an amended return for the taxable year of the election.

A taxpayer who filed an election by the original September 16, 2009 deadline can modify the election (for instance, to change the amount deferred) by filing an amended return by November 16, 2009 with a revised election.  

November 30, 2009: First-time homebuyer tax credit

If you use your home computer for business purposes, knowing that you can deduct some or all of its costs can help ease the pain of the large initial and ongoing cash outlay. In today's economic climate, many individuals may be working more from home than commuting to the office. The deduction rules related to home computer costs can be complicated; some of the complexities are derived from situations in which the computer is used partly for personal use and partly for work purposes.

A tax deduction for all or part of the expense of a computer can still help lower the bottom-line price tag of a computer purchase. But despite both the widespread use of computers and the temptation to somehow "write them off" on a tax return, the business use of your home computer will need to fall within these standard rules if you want to take any related deductions.

Business reason

To claim a deduction for your home computer (and any peripheral equipment), you will need to prove that the expense occurred in connection with an active business - just as you would for any other business expense. An active business for purposes of a business expense related to a home computer will usually arise from one of two types of business activities: as a self-employed sole proprietor of an independently-run profit-making business; or as an employee doing work from home. Deductions from both types of activities are handled differently on an individual's income tax return and there are separate conditions that must be met for either scenario.

Employees. A miscellaneous itemized deduction on Schedule A is allowed for computer costs that are directly related to the "job" of being an employee. In order to claim a deduction for computer-related expenses as an employee, you must show a legitimate reason related to your employment for regularly using a computer at home. That is, you will need to demonstrate that the computer is used for the convenience of your employer and using the computer at home is a condition of your employment.

The availability of a computer in the office, the ability for you to keep your job without the home computer, the lack of telecommuting policy at work, or the lack of proof that your computer is used regularly for office work will make it more difficult to convince the IRS that a legitimate business reason exists for the deduction.

Note to employees. Computer-related business expenses taken as a miscellaneous itemized deduction are deductible only to the extent that your total miscellaneous itemized deductions exceed 2 percent of your adjusted gross income. For many taxpayers, a good strategy is to "bunch" purchases of computer equipment all in one year so that more of the cost will rise above the 2 percent floor.

Self-employed individuals. Self-employed persons generally have a less difficult time depreciating or expensing the cost of computers used exclusively in their businesses. In order for you as a self-employed person to deduct computer-related costs on Schedule C - whether for a home-based computer or one in a separate business location - it is required that your expenses relate to a profit-motivated business versus a "hobby". In the eyes of the IRS, a business will be deemed a hobby if there is no profit motive and the "business" is half-heartedly pursued simply to write off items or achieve some other personal purpose. If your Schedule C business shows a net loss year after year, you may be considerably more likely to have the IRS audit your return to inspect whether your purported business is actually legitimate under the tax law.

However, if you are self-employed and you also use the computer for personal purposes, be sure to use the computer more than 50 percent of the time for business purposes to gain the maximum deduction and to avoid recapture of prior computer-related deductions you have taken.

Other IRS considerations

Aside from applying the general rules discussed above for a for-profit business and miscellaneous itemized deductions to determine if you are able to deduct business-related computer costs, the IRS is likely to dust off other standard tax principles in evaluating whether your computer expense write off is acceptable:

• Depreciation. Business items that have a useful life beyond the current tax year generally must be written off, or depreciated, over its useful life. As technological equipment, computer equipment is assumed to have a 5-year life. Accelerated depreciation of those 5 years is allowed for all but "listed property" (see below). An exception to the mandatory 5-year write off involves items that qualify for "Section 179" expensing (see below). Keep in mind that only the cost associated with the business-use portion of your computer can be expensed.

• Section 179 deduction. Section 179 expensing allows you to deduct each year up to $250,000 in 2009 of the cost of otherwise depreciable business equipment, including computers. As with depreciation, keep in mind that only the cost associated with the business-use portion of your computer can be expensed.

"Listed property" exception. A computer used in the home is generally considered to be "listed property," which may limit the deductibility of associated costs and increase substantiation burdens on the taxpayer (unless the computer is used exclusively in your trade or business). A computer that is considered listed property may be depreciated only if you can prove that the computer is used for the convenience of your employer and is required as a condition of employment. This requires you to demonstrate that you cannot perform your job without the use of the computer.

The "listed property" exception will deny Section 179 expensing if a home computer is used only 50 percent or less for business purposes. If so, you must depreciate the computer evenly over 5 years. For example, if the business-use portion of a $10,000 computer is 80 percent, then $8,000 of its cost qualifies for direct expensing. If 45 percent is used for business, no part of the cost may be immediately expensed.

• Recordkeeping. Since most home computers are "listed property," listed property substantiation rules apply. These rules require you to keep a contemporaneous log every time you use your computer to prove the percentage of your business use.

• Internet connectivity. If you use a modem to connect your computer to the Internet, keep in mind that the first phone line to a home office is not deductible, even on a pro-rated basis. A second line, however, may be written off as a business expense. If you connect via DSL or incur other Internet-only access service costs, be aware that the IRS has not taken a position here but some experts predict that the IRS eventually may consider the potential for personal Internet use to compromise such a deduction.

• Computer software. Computer software generally may be amortized using the straight-line method over a 36-month period if the costs are separately stated from the hardware.

• Computer repairs. Repairs that don't upgrade the useful life of the machine may be deducted immediately. However, making significant system enhancements, such as adding additional memory, would generally need to be added to basis and capitalized.

Recently, Congress created the "cash for clunkers" program, a temporary federal government program that can help taxpayers save $3,500 or $4,500 off the price of a new car or truck. Under the Consumer Assistance to Recycle and Save Act of 2009 (appropriately, the CARS Act), the "cash-for-clunkers" program enables individuals who trade in an old "gas guzzler" to qualify for a voucher toward the purchase of a new fuel-efficient vehicle. Importantly, the value of the voucher is not treated as income to you!

You can purchase or lease a new vehicle and be eligible for a voucher (the minimum lease for a vehicle is five years). However, used vehicles are not eligible for the voucher. Both domestic and foreign-made vehicles qualify if they meet the CARS Act standards.

The cash for clunkers program is temporary. The program was scheduled to expire after November 1, 2009 or when $1 billion, which Congress appropriated for the program, was depleted. Consumer demand was so great that the funds were nearly exhausted by the end of July. On July 31, the House allocated another $2 billion to the program due to its popularity. The Senate is expected to also approve additional funding.

Under the CARS Act, motor vehicles are divided into four groups: Passenger automobiles and three categories of trucks. Category 1 trucks are non-passenger automobiles and include SUVs and small/medium pickup trucks and small/medium vans. A category 2 truck is, in most cases, a large pickup truck or van based on the length of the wheelbase (more than 115 inches for pickup trucks and more than 124 inches for vans). A category 3 truck is a work truck and is rated between 8,500 and 10,000 pounds gross vehicle weight. This category includes very large pickup trucks (cargo beds 72 inches or more in length) and very large cargo vans.

Trade-in vehicles

Your trade-in vehicle must satisfy certain basic criteria. For passenger cars, the vehicle must:

• Have been manufactured less than 25 years before the trade-in date;
• Have a combined city/highway fuel economy of 18 miles per gallon or less;
• Be in drivable condition; and
• Be continuously insured and registered to the same owner for the full year preceding the trade-in.

Additionally, the new vehicle must have a manufacturer's suggested retail price of not more than $45,000. The criteria for trucks, including SUVS, are similar with differences for fuel economy. The rules for work trucks are different, and discussed below.

Fuel efficiency standards

The new vehicle must also meet certain fuel-efficiency standards. The combined fuel efficiency standards are:

Passenger automobiles. For passenger automobiles, the new vehicle must have a combined fuel economy value of at least 22 mpg.

Category 1 trucks. The combined fuel economy value for a new category 1 truck is 18 mpg or more.

Category 2 trucks. For category 2 trucks, the new vehicle must have a combined fuel economy of at least 15 mpg.

Category 3 (work) trucks. Category 3 (work) trucks have no minimum fuel economy requirements.

Voucher amounts

The amount of the voucher (which ranges from $3,500 to $4,500) depends on the difference between the fuel economy of the trade-in vehicle and the fuel economy of the new vehicle. If the new passenger vehicle has a combined fuel economy that is at least 4 mpg but less than 10 mpg higher than the trade-in vehicle, the credit is $3,500. If the new passenger car has a combined fuel economy value that is at least 10 mpg higher than the trade-in vehicle, the credit is $4,500.

The value of the voucher for the purchase or lease of a category 1 or 2 truck generally depends on the difference between the combined fuel economy of the vehicle that is traded in and that of the new vehicle that is purchased or leased. If the new vehicle is a category 1 truck that has a combined fuel economy value that is at least 2 mpg but less than 5 mpg higher than the traded-in vehicle, the credit is $3,500. If the new category 1 truck has a combined fuel economy value that is at least 5 mpg higher than the traded-in vehicle, the credit is $4,500.

If both the new vehicle and the traded-in vehicle are category 2 trucks and the combined fuel economy value of the new vehicle is at least 1 mpg but less than 2 mpg higher than the combined fuel economy value of the traded in vehicle, the credit is $3,500. If both the new vehicle and the traded-in vehicle are category 2 trucks and the combined fuel economy of the new vehicle is at least 2 mpg higher than that of the traded-in vehicle, the credit is $4,500.

Work trucks. Special rules apply for work trucks. A $3,500 credit applies to the purchase or lease of a category 2 truck if the trade-in vehicle is a category 3 (work) truck that was manufactured not later than model year 2001, but not earlier than 25 years before the date of the trade in

You will not directly receive a paper voucher. Instead, dealers will apply the amount of the voucher to the purchase/lease price of the new vehicle. Dealers will later be reimbursed by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA). Reimbursements will occur roughly 10 days after the sale or lease of the new vehicle, the NHTSA explained.

The vouchers are not treated as income to consumers but are income to auto/truck dealers, according to the NHTSA. The NHTSA often refers to the vouchers as "credits," which may cause some confusion leading consumers to equate them with tax credits. The vouchers are not tax credits. The benefit is a reduction in purchase price.

If you have any questions regarding the "cash for clunkers" program, please call our office.

The second quarter of 2009 saw significant federal tax developments from the White House, Congress and the IRS. Many of the developments relate to temporary tax breaks in the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (2009 Recovery Act), which Congress passed in February to help stimulate the U.S. economy. Additionally, important guidance for individuals, businesses and pension plans also came from the IRS. This article describes some of federal tax developments that occurred during the second quarter of 2009.

Making Work Pay credit

Many wage earners are seeing an increase in their tax-home pay because of the Making Work Pay credit. Employers started using new withholding tables reflecting the credit in April. However, individuals with multiple jobs and some pension recipients may discover they had too little tax withheld when they file their 2009 returns in 2010. In May, the IRS issued a withholding option for pension plans to offset the Making Work Pay credit. The IRS also reminded individuals with more than one job to adjust their withholding.

Cash for clunkers

You may have been hearing about the new federal program to encourage people to trade-in old "clunkers" for new fuel efficient vehicles. Under the "cash for clunkers" program, consumers are eligible for tax-free vouchers of either $3,500 or $4,500 toward the purchase or lease of a new, more fuel-efficient vehicle. The consumer will not recognize taxable income as the result of the voucher. The amount of the voucher generally depends on the type of vehicle purchased and the difference in fuel economy between the purchased vehicle and the trade-in vehicle. You will not receive a paper or electronic voucher. Rather, vouchers are applied to the purchase price of the vehicle by participating dealers. The cash for clunkers program began on July 1, 2009 and will end on November 1, 2009, or when the $1 billion allotted for the program is depleted.

First-time homebuyer credit

In April, the IRS reminded taxpayers that they cannot claim the first-time homebuyer tax credit in anticipation of a future purchase. Taxpayers qualify for the credit when they finalize the purchase of their home, which for most purchasers occurs at the time of the closing, the IRS explained. The first-time homebuyer credit reaches $8,000 for purchases between January 1, 2009 and November 30, 2009. Taxpayers must be qualified buyers and satisfy income requirements.

In good news for home buyers, the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) will allow taxpayers to monetize the first-time homebuyer credit. Taxpayers financing through a state housing agency and other HUD-approved tax credit advance programs can monetize 100 percent of the down payment. Taxpayers using Federal Housing Administration (FHA) lenders can apply the credit to closing costs or make a larger down payment above the FHA-required 3.5 percent minimum.

Motor vehicle sales tax deduction

Taxpayers in states without a sales tax can deduct other fees to take advantage of the temporary motor vehicle sales tax deduction. The motor vehicle sales tax deduction is a temporary incentive created by the 2009 Recovery Act. The amount of the deduction is limited to the portion of the state sales or excise tax imposed on the first $49,500 of the purchase price of the vehicle, and is subject to adjusted gross income (AGI) phaseouts. According to the IRS, Congress intended for all taxpayers and not just taxpayers in states with a sales tax to benefit from the incentive.

Cell phones

An employee may exclude from gross income the business use of an employer-provided cell phone as a working condition fringe benefit. Twenty years ago, the government imposed tough documentation requirements for employer-provided cell phones. At that time, cell phones were new and very expensive, and the IRS was concerned about abuses. Today, cell phones are everywhere and both the price of phones and calling costs have fallen dramatically.

The IRS announced that it will revisit the documentation rules. In contrast to some reports, IRS Commissioner Douglas Shulman said that the agency is not "cracking down" on employer-provided cell phones, but is trying to make the rules less burdensome on employers and employees. Shulman said that the Treasury and the agency support the removal of cell phones from the category of so-called listed property under Code Sec. 280F, a designation that subjects business cell phones to strict substantiation requirements before their use by employees can be excluded from income. The IRS is considering three alternative methods to simplify the substantiation requirements: a minimal personal use method, a safe harbor substantiation method, and a statistical sampling method, or a combination of the aforementioned methods.

Vehicle depreciation dollar limits

The IRS issued the depreciation limits for business automobiles, trucks and vans first placed in service in 2009 as well as the annual income inclusion amounts for vehicles first leased in 2009. The 2009 depreciation limits for passenger automobiles are the same as the 2008 limits while the depreciation limits for trucks and vans are lower than the 2008 limits. The IRS also described the additional first year depreciation deduction provided by 2009 Recovery Act.

Tax evasion

The IRS is undertaking a major initiative to encourage taxpayers to disclose unreported foreign bank accounts and assets. In exchange for full disclosure, the IRS will not criminally prosecute tax evaders. These taxpayers must pay all back taxes plus interest and penalties, although the IRS will waive the 75 percent fraud penalty. The settlement offer is temporary and is only available through mid-September 2009.

Our office will keep you updated on all these, and other, tax developments. If you have any questions about these or any federal tax developments please contact our office.

Health care reform continues to elude Congress as lawmakers struggle to find ways to pay for its estimated $1 trillion cost. The House is poised to pass a massive health reform bill, America's Affordable Health Choices Act (H.R. 3200), which includes a surcharge on higher income individuals. The Senate, however, is unlikely to pass its version of health care reform before Congress' August recess.  A final bill is not expected to pass Congress until the fall or maybe later.

Individual coverage

One of the most far-reaching changes would be the mandate that all individuals obtain health care coverage. Individuals would be insured whether through their employer or by participating in a new national exchange (also referred to as a "gateway"). In the exchange, individuals would shop among private insurers and a possible public health insurance plan. Congress is expected to impose a tax on individuals who do not obtain insurance. Lower-income individuals, however, would receive a credit or voucher to help pay for the cost of coverage.

Employers

Employers would be required to offer health care coverage or pay for coverage. Employers that opt out of providing coverage would pay an additional tax. Employer-provided coverage would also have to meet certain minimum standards. Small employers would be eligible for tax credits to help offset the cost of coverage.

Surtax

President Obama has promised that health care reform will not add to the federal deficit. Very few revenue raisers would generate the amount of money needed to fund health care reform. The House version of health care reform includes a surcharge on higher income individuals. The surcharge is estimated to raise more than $500 billion over 10 years.

For married couples filing jointly, a surtax of one percent would apply to the couple's modified AGI that exceeds $350,000 but does not exceed $500,000; a 1.5 percent rate would apply to the couple's modified AGI that exceeds $500,000 but does not exceed $1 million; and a 5.4 percent rate would apply to the couple's modified AGI that exceeds $1 million.

For single individuals and heads of household, the dollar amounts would be 80 percent of the above-mentioned amounts. For married couples filing separately, the dollar amounts would be 50 percent of the above amounts. Moreover, the one and 1.5 percent rates would be increased to two and three percent if certain health care cost savings are not achieved by 2013.

Possible revenue raisers

The $1 trillion price tag of health care reform has lawmakers looking at every option to generate revenue. Some of the proposals being debated are:

• Delaying the effective date of worldwide allocation of interest rules;
• Codifying the economic substance doctrine;
• Limiting treaty benefits involving foreign multinational corporations;
• Modifying or repealing the itemized deduction for medical expenses;
• Limiting the student FICA exception;
• Extending Medicare payroll tax to all states and local government employees;
• Modifying or repealing the exclusion for employer-provided reimbursement of expenses under FSAs and similar arrangements;
• Imposing an excise tax on sugar-sweetened beverages;
• Heightening requirements for a hospital to keep its tax-exempt status; and
• Reducing the special deduction for non-profit "Blues."

You may have done some spring cleaning and found that you have a lot of clothes that you no longer wear or want, and would like to donate to charity. Used clothing that you want to donate to charity and take a charitable deduction for, however, is subject to a few rules and requirements.

Under IRS guidelines, clothing, furniture, and other household items must be in good used condition or better, to be deductible. Shirts with stains or pants with frayed hems just won't cut it. Furthermore, if the item(s) of used clothing are not in good used condition or better, and you wish to deduct more than $500 for a single piece of clothing, the IRS requires a professional appraisal.

For donations of less than $250, you must obtain a receipt from the charity, reflecting the donor's name, date and location of the contribution, and a reasonably detailed description of the donation. It is your responsibility to obtain this written acknowledgement of your donation.

Used clothing contributions worth more than $500

If you are deducting more than $500 with respect to one piece of used clothing you donate, you must file Form 8283, Noncash Charitable Contributions, with the IRS. For donated items of used clothing worth more than $500 each, you must attach a qualified appraisal report is to your tax return. The Form 8283 asks you to include information such as the date you acquired the item(s) and how you acquired the item(s) (for example, were the clothes a holiday gift or did you buy the items at the store).

Determining the fair market value of used clothing

You may also need to include the method you used to determine the value of the used clothing. According to the IRS, the valuation of used clothing does not necessarily lend itself to the use of fixed formulas or methods. Typically, the value of used clothing that you donate, is going to be much less than you when first paid for the item. A rule of thumb, is that for items such as used clothing, fair market value is generally the price at which buyers of used items pay for used clothing in consignment or thrift stores, such as the Salvation Army.

To substantiate your deduction, ask for a receipt from the donor that attests to the fact that the clothing you donated with in good, used condition, or better. Moreover, you may want to take pictures of the clothing.

If you need have questions about valuing and substantiating your charitable donations, please contact our office.

Employers commonly use per-diem allowance arrangements to reimburse employees for business expenses incurred while traveling away from home on business. Each year, the IRS publishes per-diem rates for travel within the continental U.S. The per-diem rates for meals, lodging and incidental expenses can be used instead of using your actual expenses. There are two approved methods for substantiating your per-diem expenses, including the "high-low" method (found in IRS Publication 1542). This article is intended to help you calculate your per-diem travel expenses under the "high-low" method.

What is required under a per-diem plan?

Per diems require only that your employee substantiate the time, place, and business purpose of these expenses. When you use the "high-low" method for calculating the per-diem rate allowance, your expenses under this method will be deemed substantiated as long as it does not exceed IRS-established federal per diem rates for two categories:

1. Lodging; and

2. Meals.

The federal per-diem rates for these two categories are listed in IRS Publication 1542.

The high-low method

As mentioned, one of the two approved methods for using the per-diem rates is the "high-low" method. The high-low method is a simplified method for figuring your lodging, meals and incidental expenses. This method requires employers to use only two per-diem rates to reimburse employee travel expenses--one for high-cost locations and one for low-cost locations. For 2009, the per-diem rate for travel to a "high-cost" locality is $296 ($198 for lodging and $58 for meals and incidental expenses). The 2009 per-diem rate for travel to "low-cost" areas is $158 ($113 for lodging and $45 for meals and incidental expenses).

Under the high-low method, there are a significant number of localities (published n Publication 1542) that qualify for a "high" 2009 per diem rate of $296. Any locality not listed as "high" is automatically considered "low cost" and qualifies for a per diem rate of $158. The federal per-diem rates are deemed substantiated as long as they do not exceed the high or low cost set by the IRS for the area.

There are a number of advantages for starting a Roth IRA account, the most important being that all the investment earnings grow tax-free, and qualified distributions are tax-free. Additionally, you can continue to make contributions to your Roth after you turn 70 ½ and are not subject to the required minimum distribution rules. Currently, only individuals who have a modified adjusted gross income (AGI) of less than $100,000 and/or who do not file their return as "married filing separately" can convert their traditional IRA to a Roth.

However, beginning in 2010, everyone, no matter what their income level or filing status, will be able to have a Roth IRA. The question that remains to determine is when you should convert, if at all.

Spreading out your tax liability

A conversion is treated as a taxable distribution, but is not subject to the 10 percent early withdrawal penalty. However, taxpayers who convert to a Roth IRA in 2010 (and 2010, only) have the ability to pay taxes on the converted amount ratably over two years, in 2011 and 2012. Therefore, if you convert to a Roth in 2009, you must recognize the entire converted amount in income on your 2009 tax return.

Changes for 2010

In 2010, the $100,000 modified AGI cap that has prevented many individuals from converting from their traditional IRA to a Roth, is completely eliminated. Moreover, the filing status limitation will also be done away with, meaning that married couples filing separately will be able to convert to a Roth IRA as well. However, all other rules continue to apply, and any amount you convert to a Roth IRA will still be taxed as ordinary income at your marginal tax rate. The exception for 2010, of course is that you will have the choice of recognizing the conversion income in 2010 or averaging it over 2011 and 2012.

Example 1. You have $28,000 in a traditional IRA, which consists of deductible contributions and earnings. In 2010, you convert the entire amount to a Roth IRA. You do not take any distributions in 2010. As a result of the conversion, you have $28,000 in gross income. Unless you elect otherwise, $14,000 of the income is included in income in 2011 and $14,000 is included in income in 2012.

Example 2. On the other hand, if you currently meet the AGI and filing status requirements to convert to a Roth IRA (that is, your AGI for 2009 will be less than $100,000 and your filing status is not "married filing separately" you can also convert this year. But, you will recognize all the conversion income in 2009 instead of having it spread over two years. Therefore, if in the example above you convert the entire $28,000 to a Roth IRA in 2009, you will pay tax on the entire $28,000 conversion amount in 2009.

Taking advantage of lower tax rates

Currently, the income tax rates are at a historic low. But these rates are scheduled to revert to previously higher levels (and rise further for some taxpayers) after 2010. The Obama administration has proposed extending the lower individual marginal income tax rates but raising the two highest income tax brackets to 36- and 39.6-percent after 2010. This should be considered in your decision of when (and if) to convert to a Roth in 2010, or now in order to take advantage of the lower income tax rates, especially if you expect to be in one of the two highest income tax brackets after 2010.

Conversions in years after 2010 will be included in your income during the tax year in which you completed the conversion to a Roth IRA. While deferring tax is a traditional and beneficial part of tax planning, if you convert in 2010 the tax will be spread out ratably in 2011 and 2012, and therefore taxed at the rates in effect for 2011 and 2012 (which as mentioned could be higher for some taxpayers). Thus, if income tax rates go up, which they are anticipated to do, you may end up paying much more tax. Therefore, if you do not want to take this chance that your income rate will be higher in 2011 and 2012, you may want to elect to pay the full tax on the Roth conversion in your 2010 income tax return, at 2010 income tax rates.

So why would you accelerate a conversion? If you believe your IRA assets are currently valued on the low side, you might opt for a conversion if you are below the $100,000 AGI level for 2009. This reduces your tax liability on the conversion. Similarly, if you converted within the past year and the value of the assets has declined since then, you can elect to "undo" the conversion. Otherwise, you will have paid tax on the conversion when the assets were at a higher value.

Undoing the conversion later

If you convert to a Roth IRA, but later change your mind, you have until Oct. 15 of the year after the year of conversion to undue the transaction and go back to your traditional IRA. For example, if you convert in 2009, you will generally have until October 15, 2010 to recharacterize the transaction. However, to do this you must have filed your individual tax return by the normal filing deadline (April 15, generally) or if you obtained an extension, the extension due date.

For example, if the value of your Roth drastically declines after the conversion, and leaves you essentially with a Roth IRA value that is even less than the tax you paid to convert, this would be a good reason to undo the transaction. Recharacterizing the conversion would undo the tax consequences and therefore you'd get back the tax you paid on the larger amount that was converted to the Roth IRA.

Can you afford the conversion tax?

You will have to pay a conversion tax on the transaction, which can be a significant sum. In spite of all the advantages of a Roth IRA, a conversion is generally advisable if you can readily pay the tax generated in the year of the conversion. If the tax is paid out of a distribution from the converted IRA, that amount is also taxed; and if the distribution counts as an early withdrawal, it is also subject to an additional 10 percent penalty. For those planning to convert who may not already have the funds available, saving now in a regular bank or brokerage account to cover the amount of the tax in 2010 can return an unusually high yield if it enables a Roth IRA conversion in 2010 that might not otherwise take place.

A new administration brings a flurry of activity to Washington, D.C., and the Obama administration is no exception. Almost immediately after taking office, President Barack Obama and Congress passed a massive stimulus bill, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (2009 Recovery Act). Since passage of the 2009 Recovery Act, Congress has been busy debating a host of other tax bills, such as health care reform, an overhaul of the individual income tax rates, the future of the federal estate tax, business tax reform, and more. Lawmakers have reached mid-year 2009 with a full plate of tax bills to enact.

2009 Recovery Act

You're probably familiar with many of the tax breaks in the 2009 Recovery Act. Among the highlights are:

• New Making Work Pay credit;
• Extended and expanded first-time homebuyer credit;
• New deduction for state and local sales taxes for purchases of motor vehicles;
• Enhanced child tax credit;
• COBRA premium assistance;
• Enhanced transportation fringe benefits;
• Increased energy tax breaks; and
• Extended net operating loss carryback for small businesses.

As is always the case after Congress passes new tax laws, the IRS must interpret them. Many of the IRS's interpretations of the new incentives are very taxpayer-friendly. For example, the IRS recently determined that taxpayers in states without a sales tax can take advantage of the deduction for motor vehicle purchases.

Many members of Congress would like to extend or make some of the tax incentives permanent. One probable candidate for extension is the first-time homebuyer credit. Under current law, the credit will expire after 2009. There is even talk of raising the credit from $8,000 to $15,000. There is also support in Congress to make permanent the enhanced child tax credit. The White House would like to make permanent the Making Work Pay credit but many members of Congress balk at its $500 billion price tag.

Health care reform

How to pay for health care reform is the billion-dollar question on Capitol Hill. Under current law, employer-provided health insurance is not counted as income for tax purposes and the amount of health care benefits that are counted as tax-free is unlimited.

Several lawmakers have floated the idea of eliminating or reducing the exclusion. One proposal would cap the exclusion based on the value of the health insurance policy or income level of the employee eligible for the exclusion. Another proposal would be to convert the exclusion to a tax credit or deduction. Coupled with a possible exclusion would be expanded tax breaks for small businesses.

The Obama administration has proposed other ways to raise the money needed for health care reform. The president would overhaul the international tax rules to generate more revenue. Revenue from proposed climate change legislation would also help to pay for health care reform under the administration's plans.

The White House is urging Congress to pass health care reform this year. Several House committees have already unveiled blueprints of health care reform. Our office will keep you posted of developments.

Tax rates

After 2010, tax rates for all individuals are scheduled to increase. The Obama administration has asked Congress to make permanent all of the current lower rates except for the top two rates. They would rise to 36 and 39.6 percent.

Congress is expected to go along with the president's proposals to raise the tax rates for higher-income individuals. The White House defines higher-income individuals as single taxpayers with incomes over $200,000 and married couples with incomes over $250,000. It is unclear if Congress will pass legislation this year or wait until 2010.

Business taxes

The news for businesses is mixed. Congress is expected to approve some enhancement of the current extended net operating loss (NOL) carryback. Lawmakers could make more businesses eligible for the special treatment but they are unlikely to extend the relief to all businesses, regardless of size. Under current law, this tax break is limited to small businesses.

Large businesses, especially multi-nationals, will likely pay higher taxes. The White House has proposed overhauling the international tax rules, with special emphasis on the rules that allow certain corporations to defer paying U.S. taxes on foreign-source income. The president unveiled these proposals in May and the response on Capitol Hill was lukewarm. But the government's need for revenue could convince some lawmakers to embrace them.

Estate tax

After 2009, the federal estate tax is abolished. However, it reappears in 2011. To complicate matters even more, the 2011 estate tax will mirror the 2001 estate tax. The lower rates and higher exclusions available between 2001 and 2009 will disappear after 2011.

Several bills have been introduced in Congress to extend or make permanent the estate tax as it applies this year. Lawmakers could vote this fall.

More legislation

Along with health care, individual, business, and estate tax reform, lawmakers are considering hundreds of other tax-related bills. Among them are:

• A temporary alternative minimum tax (AMT) patch for 2009;
• Help for cash-strapped pension plans;
• Higher capital gains and dividends taxes for wealthy individuals;
• Automatic enrollment in IRAs;
• Enhanced Earned Income Tax Credit;
• Repeal/reduction of the Code Sec. 199 domestic production tax credit;
• Limiting itemized deductions for higher-income individuals;
• Imposition of more information reporting to close the "tax gap;" and
• Repeal of the last-in, first-out (LIFO) accounting method.

The second half of 2009 is certain to be busy in Congress. If you have any questions about these or any other tax bills in Congress, please contact our office.

For 2009, higher-income individuals whose adjusted gross income (AGI) exceeds a threshold level must reduce the amount of their otherwise allowable itemized deductions. This limitation is often referred to as the "Pease limitation." The Pease limitation applies only to individuals; it does not apply to estates or trusts. The phase-out for itemized deductions for higher income individuals is scheduled to disappear completely after 2009. It has been gradually phasing out since 2006 in anticipation of total elimination in 2010, unless Congress acts to reinstate it. This article will help you determine how much you must reduce your itemized deductions if your adjusted gross income is high enough to subject you to the Pease limit.

Adjusted gross income limits

For tax years beginning in 2009, the phase-out for itemized deductions begins when AGI exceeds $166,800 for married taxpayers filing jointly, single taxpayers, and heads of household, and $83,400 for married taxpayers filing separately. Thus, for 2009, higher-income individuals whose AGI exceeds these threshold levels must reduce the amount of otherwise allowable itemized deductions.

Percentage reduction

Under the Pease limitation, itemized deductions that would otherwise be allowable are reduced for 2009 by the lesser of:

• 3 percent of the amount by which your AGI exceeds $166,800 (or $83,400 if married filing separately); or
• 80 percent of the itemized deductions otherwise allowable for the tax year.

Itemized deductions

For 2009, itemized deductions that are not included for purposes of the phase-out include deductions for:

• Medical expenses;
• Investment interest expenses;
• Casualty or theft losses;
• Allowable wagering losses; and
• Qualified charitable donations.

However, the common itemized deductions for state and local sales tax, income tax, and real property tax, home mortgage interest, and job expenses are included.

Computing your reduction in itemized deductions

When computing the amount of the reduction of total itemized deductions, all other limits applicable to those deductions, such as the 2 percent floor for miscellaneous itemized deductions, are applied first. Then, the otherwise allowable total amount of deductions is reduced under the Pease limit provision.

Higher-income individuals should do two sets of computations to arrive at the reduction of the itemized deductions under the Pease limit. First, compute the regular limit on your itemized deductions. Next, compute the part of the limit that will apply for the 2009 tax year in particular (since the repeal of the limit is phased-in).

As such, after your regular limit is determined, you must take the added step and multiply the limit by one-third (for 2009). This resulting fractional amount of the limit is the amount by which your otherwise allowable itemized deductions must be reduced.

Example

Mike and Jane are married taxpayers who file a joint return. In 2009, they have adjusted gross income of $254,050. Their itemized deductions total $20,000, and are attributable to state and local property taxes, state and local income taxes, tax return preparation fees, and unreimbursed employee business expenses. Because of the phase-out, they must reduce their itemized deduction. They start by comparing two amounts:

1. Their AGI minus the 2009 threshold amount, with the result multiplied by 3 percent ($254,050 - $166,800 = $87,250; $87,250 x .03 = $2,617.50); and
2. 80 percent of their otherwise allowable deduction (.80 x $20,000 = $16,000).

Since $2,617.50 is less than $16,000, the initial amount of the reduction is $2,617.50.

The second big step is for Mike and Jane to reduce the amount of their reduction ($2,617.50) by two-thirds ($1,745), which equals $872.50. Thus, $19,127.50 ($20,000 - $872.50) is the amount they get to actually deduct.

Caution. Although the Pease limitation is set to be completely repealed after 2009, the Obama administration has signaled its support for reinstating the itemized deduction limit for individuals making over $200,000 and families with incomes above $250,000. However, many lawmakers are very weary about imposing limits on the ability of higher income individuals to take certain deductions, such as charitable contribution deductions. With the fate of the Pease limit still up in the air, keep your pencils sharpened and ready for anything come 2010.

During the presidential campaign, then candidate Barack Obama promised to close international tax loopholes and crack down on offshore tax evasion. In May, President Obama unveiled sweeping measures to reform the nation's international tax rules. The president also proposed to overhaul the rules for holding funds in offshore accounts, repeal the last-in, first-out (LIFO) accounting rules, tax carried interest as ordinary income, and provide limited business tax relief. Details of the president's proposals were released by the Treasury Department in the "Green Book" (named for the color of its cover).

International taxation

A U.S. based company is generally allowed to defer U.S. taxation on its foreign source income until the earnings are repatriated. President Obama has proposed various measures to limit the ability of U.S. companies to take deductions for offshore expenses against U.S. income. According to the president, some companies abuse the deferral rules and his proposals will close loopholes.  Opponents counter that the deferral rules are necessary to ensure American competitiveness in the global economy.

The president also proposed t

• Require corporation status under check-the-box election for certain overseas "disregarded entities" established by U.S. businesses;
• Curb income shifting through intangible property transfers;
• Curb earnings-stripping by expatriated entities through interest deductions;
• Repeal the 80/20 company rules that shelter dividends as foreign-source income;
• Prevent withholding avoidance by foreign portfolio investors through equity swaps; and
• Modify the foreign tax credit rules for dual capacity taxpayers.

Many of the details of these international proposals, especially about how to calculate the amount of deferred deductions to match foreign expenses with deferred income, need to be fleshed out. The president's proposals serve as a blueprint for Congress to use when drafting legislation. Congress may approve all or some of the proposals or make significant changes to them.

Offshore accounts

The IRS is aware that some Americans fail to report all or part of their assets in foreign bank accounts. Estimates of unreported income reach as high as $100 billion. President Obama would strengthen the rules for reporting by Americans and disclosure by foreign banks. Individuals and banks that fail to follow the heightened rules would be subject to enhanced sanctions.

LIFO

Many businesses use LIFO to account for inventory. The last units of inventory purchased are generally treated as the first units sold. The president has proposed to repeal LIFO, which would raise more than $65 billion in revenue.

Carried interest

Under current law, carried interest (partnership profits interests allocable to the performance of services) is taxed as capital gains. President Obama is asking Congress to tax carried interest as ordinary income subject to self-employment tax. Similar measures have failed in Congress before but the need to raise revenue may convince lawmakers to change the tax treatment of carried interest this time.

Business incentives

President Obama has proposed about $70 billion in tax cuts for businesses. One of the most significant incentives would be a permanent research tax credit. A temporary tax break for qualified small business stock would also be extended and expanded.

The president also called on Congress to extend the carryback period for net operating losses (NOLs). Current law allows an extended period for NOLs but is limited to small businesses. President Obama did not specify to what extent he would extend the NOL carryback but is recommending that Congress set aside significant budget resources of over $60 billion between 2009 and 2010 to carry this off.

Additionally, the president has proposed extending a number of temporary business tax incentives. These include tax breaks for restaurants, incentives to produce biodiesel and renewable diesel fuels, and tax credits for investing in economically-challenged neighborhoods. Congress could tack-on more temporary incentives.

All of the president's proposals will be debated at length in Congress over the next several months. The White House is asking Congress to move quickly on international reform and other measures to boost federal revenues. Our office will keep you posted of developments. Please contact us if you have any questions.

Just over 100 days into his administration, President Barack Obama is releasing more details about his tax policies. The Treasury Department's recently published "Green Book" (which is called green for the color of its cover) describes the president's tax proposals. As expected, many of the proposals build on the president's campaign promises to cut taxes for middle-income individuals. Congress has already begun drafting legislation and debating the president's proposals, which could be enacted into law later this year.

Making Work Pay credit

The centerpiece of President Obama's individual tax incentives is the Making Work Pay credit. Many individuals are already receiving the benefit of this credit in their paychecks. The credit reaches $400 for single taxpayers and $800 for married couples filing joint returns if they fall below certain income limits. The credit, however, is temporary and will expire after 2010. President Obama is asking Congress to make the credit permanent but many in Congress worry that a permanent credit would be too expensive.

More middle-income Incentives

Several other incentives are also targeted to middle-income taxpayers. These include marriage penalty relief, a permanent American opportunity education tax credit and permanent extension of lower individual marginal income tax rates (except for the 36 and 39.6 percent rates).  The president has also proposed extending the state and local sales tax deduction, the higher education tuition deduction, the teacher's classroom expense deduction, the saver's credit, and the deduction for charitable contributions of IRA funds. These proposals enjoy significant support in Congress and are expected to pass.

President Obama did not propose extending several new tax breaks. These include the first-time homebuyer credit, which sunsets after December 1, 2009, and the deduction for state and local taxes paid on motor vehicles, which expires after December 31, 2009. The first-time homebuyer is popular in Congress and lawmakers may extend it one or two more years, especially if home sales remain slow.

Higher-income taxpayers

More controversial are the president's proposals for higher income individuals. As mentioned, the top two individual marginal income tax rates would revert to 36 and 39.6 percent after 2010. President Obama has also proposed reinstating and expanding limitations on itemized deductions for higher-income individuals along with reinstating the personal exemption phaseout for higher-income individuals.

The White House generally defines higher-income taxpayers as individuals with incomes above $200,000 and families with incomes above $250,000. It is unclear if these amounts refer to taxable income or adjusted gross income. More details are expected to be released when legislation is introduced in Congress.

Children

One of the most popular federal tax incentives is the child tax credit. The 2009 Recovery Act expanded the credit. President Obama has proposed making the enhanced child tax credit permanent.

The president has also recommended a permanent enhanced earned income tax credit (EITC). Under current law, more families are eligible for the EITC.  However, the president has proposed eliminating the advanced EITC, which provides the credit in advance through payroll.

Capital gains

Under current law, the maximum tax rate on qualified capital gains and dividends is 15 percent. Some taxpayers may be eligible for a zero percent rate. These rates are temporary and will expire after 2010. President Obama has asked Congress to extend the lower rates for middle-income taxpayers. However, higher income individuals would be taxed at 20 percent on qualified dividends and capital gains under the president's plan.

Health care

Congress has just started debating comprehensive health care reform. Lawmakers are looking for ways to fund health care reform. Under current law, the amount that an employer contributes to an employee's health coverage is generally excluded from the employee's taxable income. One idea being floated in Congress is to cap the tax exclusion for employment-based health care coverage.  Administration officials have generally indicated their support for continuing the exclusion.

Retirement savings

During the campaign, then-candidate Obama often spoke about strengthening retirement savings, especially 401(k)s and similar defined contribution arrangements. The president has made one official proposal: mandatory automatic enrollment in IRAs. Generally, employers without a retirement plan would be required to offer automatic enrollment in an IRA to all employees on a payroll-deduction basis. White House officials have also discussed some "unofficial" proposals, such as the partial annuitization of 401(k)s, to strengthen retirement savings.

Estate tax

Eight years ago, Congress voted to repeal the federal estate tax for 2010. At that time, many observers predicted that repeal would be permanent. The recession has brought about different thinking. Instead of repealing the estate tax, the president has proposed extending the current rate of estate tax and exemption amount into 2010.

Congress has a lot of tax legislation on its agenda and is expected to enact much of it into law in late summer or early fall, maybe sooner. Our office will keep you posted of developments and please contact us if you have any questions.

No. Many individuals may be considering buying a new home in 2009 as home prices continue to drop in many areas across the country. They may also be wondering if they can claim the $8,000 first-time homebuyer tax credit before actually purchasing the home. Although this might generate a refund you could use as a down payment, the IRS will not allow you to claim the credit in advance of a purchase.

Homebuyer credit

The first-time homebuyer credit is a temporary tax incentive. As its name implies, it is targeted to first-time homebuyers.

Congress created the first-time homebuyer credit in 2008. At that time, the maximum credit was $7,500 and it had to be repaid. The credit was more like a loan than a true credit even though repayment was interest-free. In the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, Congress increased the maximum credit to $8,000. Congress also removed the repayment requirement for homes purchased between January 1, 2009 and December 1, 2009. With repayment no longer required, more taxpayers are expected to take advantage of the credit.

No advance claims

You cannot claim the first-time homebuyer credit in anticipation of a home purchase that has yet to happen. Taxpayers qualify for the credit when they finalize the purchase of their home, which for most purchasers occurs at the time of closing, the IRS explained.

Individuals constructing a new home may be eligible for the first-time homebuyer credit. Like purchasers of existing homes, they cannot claim the credit in advance. For new construction, the IRS explained that the purchase date is the first date that the taxpayer occupies the home.

Taxpayers claim the credit on Form 5405, First-Time Homebuyer Credit, which clearly asks for "date acquired" (past tense). A similar credit, the District of Columbia homebuyer credit, requires an actual purchase. Effectively, such language and the IRS's decision to prohibit the credit to be used in anticipation of a purchase, precludes taxpayers from using a refund from the credit as a down payment.

Amended returns

Individuals may claim the $8,000 credit for 2009 purchases on their 2008 or 2009 returns. If you filed your 2008 return without claiming the credit, you may want to consider filing an amended return. Alternatively, you can wait and claim the credit on your 2009 return, which you will file in 2010.

Other criteria

Not everyone can claim the first-time homebuyer credit. There are income limitations. Additionally, a taxpayer cannot have owned and used a home as his or her principal residence in the past three years. However, there are some exceptions. The credit also may be allocated among unmarried taxpayers. Domestic partners and family members who purchase a home together may generally allocate the credit using any reasonable method.

If you are purchasing a home in 2009, please contact our office. You may be eligible for this valuable tax break.

Individuals who have been "involuntarily terminated" from employment may be eligible for a temporary subsidy to help pay for COBRA continuation coverage. The temporary assistance is part of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (2009 Recovery Act), and is aimed at helping individuals who have lost their jobs in our troubled economy. However, not every individual who has lost his or her job qualifies for the COBRA subsidy. This article discusses what qualifies as "involuntary termination" for purposes of the temporary COBRA subsidy.

Background

The 2009 Recovery Act temporarily allows individuals involuntarily terminated from their employment between September 1, 2008 and December 31, 2009 to elect to pay 35 percent of their COBRA coverage and be treated as having paid the full amount. In most cases, the former employer pays the remaining 65 percent of the premium and is reimbursed by claiming a payroll tax credit.

Some individuals who are "qualified beneficiaries" may also be eligible for the COBRA subsidy. They include spouses and dependent children. However, domestic partners generally do not qualify for the COBRA subsidy.

Income limits

The COBRA subsidy is excludable from gross income. However, individuals with modified adjusted gross incomes (MAGI) between $125,000 and $145,000 ($250,000 and $290,000 for married couples filing jointly) must repay part of the subsidy. For individuals with MAGI exceeding $145,000 and married couples with MAGI exceeding $290,000, the full amount of the subsidy must be repaid as additional tax.

Coverage period

The COBRA subsidy applies as of the first period of coverage starting on or after February 17, 2009 (the effective date of the 2009 Recovery Act). For most plans this was March 1, 2009. The subsidy is available for nine months. However, the nine-month subsidy period may end earlier if the individual becomes eligible for Medicare or another group health plan (such as one sponsored by a new employer).

Involuntary termination

One of the most important questions for purposes of the COBRA subsidy is what is involuntary termination? The IRS has explained that involuntary termination is severance from employment due to an employer's unilateral authority to terminate the employment. However, the IRS stresses that whether an involuntary termination has occurred depends on all the facts and circumstances.

Involuntary termination can also occur when an employer:

• Declines to renew an employee's contract;
• Furloughs an employee;
• Reduces an employee's time to zero hours;
• Tells an employee to "resign or be fired;"
• Relocates its office or plant and an employee declines to relocate; or
• Locks out its employees.

Extended election

Moreover, individuals involuntarily terminated between September 1, 2008 and February 18, 2009, but who declined COBRA coverage, have a second chance under the 2009 Recovery Act. They may be eligible to re-elect COBRA coverage and receive the subsidy.

Small businesses

COBRA continuation coverage and the subsidy are generally unavailable to employees of small businesses (businesses with 20 or fewer employees). However, some states have mini-COBRA laws that extend COBRA continuation coverage and the subsidy to workers at small businesses. COBRA continuation coverage and the subsidy are also unavailable if the employer terminates its health plan.

If you would like to know more about the COBRA premium subsidy, please contact out offices. We can help determine your eligibility for this assistance.

Many businesses are foregoing salary increases this year because of the economic downturn. How does a business find and retain employees, as well as keep up morale, in the face of this reality? The combined use of fringe benefits and the tax law can help. Some attractive fringe benefits may be provided tax-free to employees and at little cost to employers.

De minimis fringe benefits

A de minimis fringe benefit is any property or service whose value is so small or minimal that accounting for it would be administratively impracticable. Such benefits are excluded from an employee's gross income. Examples of de minimis fringe benefits include:

Occasional overtime meals and meal money. To qualify as a tax-free de minimis fringe benefit, the meal or meal money must be provided to your employees so that they can extend their normal workday, thereby enabling them to work overtime. Such meals and meal money can only be provided occasionally. This means that they generally cannot be provided routinely, when overtime work is a common occurrence or are contractually mandated for overtime work. Occasional snacks may also qualify as a de minimis fringe benefit but if the snacks are provided daily, they would not qualify.

Occasional transportation. Transportation costs can also qualify as de minimis fringe benefits. Taxi-fare for an employee to return home after working late, for example, may be a de minimis fringe benefit. The transportation must be occasional.

Holiday gifts. Traditional holiday gifts, such as a Thanksgiving turkey, with a low fair market value can generally qualify as a de minimis fringe benefit. However, cash or a cash equivalent such as a gift certificate in lieu of the property, do not qualify. In fact, cash and cash equivalent fringe benefits, no matter how little, are never excludable as a de minimis fringe benefit, except for occasional meal money or transportation fare.

E-filing. Electronically filing an employee's tax return, but not paying for someone to prepare the return, may qualify as a de minimus fringe benefit.

Telephone calls. An employer may treat the cost of local telephone calls made by employees as a de minimis fringe benefit.

Working condition fringe benefits

A working condition fringe benefit is any type of property or service provided to your employees to the extent that the cost of such property or services would have been deductible by the employee as a trade or business expense, depreciation expenses, or as if the employee paid for the property/services himself or herself. Working condition fringe benefits have special tax rules for employers and employees.

Vehicles. If an employer-provided vehicle is used 100 percent for business and the use is substantiated, use of the vehicle is considered a working condition fringe benefit. The value of use of the vehicle is not included in the employee's wages. However, when an employer-provided vehicle is used by the employee for both personal and business purposes, an allocation between the two types must be made. The portion allocable to the employee's personal use is generally taxable to the employee as a fringe benefit. The portion allocable to business use is generally considered a working condition fringe benefit and is excludable from the employee's income. 

No additional cost services

If an employer-provided service does not cause the employer to incur any substantial additional costs, it may qualify as a "no additional cost service" and be excludible from the employee's income. The service must be offered to customers in the employer's ordinary course of business. Some of the most common examples are airline, rail and bus tickets and hotel and motel rooms provided at a reduced rate or at no cost to employees. This benefit can be offered to retired employees as well as active employees. There are special rules for highly-compensated employees.

If you are considering alternatives to salary compensation, and would like to know what your options are, please contact our office. We can discuss the tax benefits and drawbacks of providing your employees with various types of fringe benefits.

You've just filed your 2008 tax return and the last thing you likely want to think about is the next filing season. However, it never hurts to have a leg up, and with the end of filing season and the 2009 tax year well underway, now is a great time to take a look back and learn some lessons from this filing season that can undoubtedly help you next year. The following is a list of top lessons individuals can learn from this year's filing season in anticipation of filing their 2009 returns for next year.

Sell losing stocks

If the stock market continues to batter your portfolio, consider selling off your losing stock if you did not do so in 2008. You can use up to $3,000 in net capital losses to offset your ordinary income. And if your net capital losses for the 2009 tax year exceed $3,000, you can carry the excess forward. These carried-over losses can be used to reduce any future capital gains, and can be carried-forward until they are all used.

Legislation has been introduced in Congress to increase the $3,000 limit. One bill would double the limit to $6,000; another would raise it to $10,000. However, with Congress looking to reduce the huge federal budget deficit, it's unlikely that these proposals will be enacted soon so it's best to plan for the immediate future using the $3,000 limit. Our office will keep you posted of developments.

Fine-tune withholding

If you paid too much in withholding, or not enough, you should adjust your withholding. If you received a large tax refund, you probably had too much withheld from your paycheck. Don't use your money to make Uncle Sam an interest-free loan, especially when your money could be put to better use during these economic times.

This year taxpayers have an additional reason to review their withholding. The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 created the Making Work Pay credit. This refundable tax credit is being delivered to many workers through reduced withholding in their paychecks. You do not have to submit a revised Form W-4 to receive the credit. However, you may want to submit a revised Form W-4 if you have more than one job. Married couples with two incomes should also review their withholding as should pension recipients. Our office can help you determine if you should adjust your withholding to offset the Making Work Pay credit.

Adjust estimated tax payments

If you didn't pay enough through estimated tax (or withholding) for 2008, carefully do the math this year to ensure you do not face significant penalties and interest. Not paying enough in estimated tax can hurt financially, since penalties and interest for failing to make estimated tax payments can be high. The penalty for underpayment of estimated tax is calculated by multiplying the current interest rate for underpayments by the amount of any underpayment for the period of the underpayment.

Retirement savings and required minimum distributions

Although it may be difficult in light of the current state of the economy, contribute to your retirement plan, or consider starting one if you have not already. The contribution limit to an Individual Retirement Account (traditional or Roth), is $5,000 for 2009. Individuals aged 50 and above can make "catch-up" contributions for 2009 up to $6,000.

The Worker, Retiree, and Employer Recovery Act of 2008 suspended required minimum distributions (RMDs) from qualified retirement accounts for 2009 only. For qualified participants, this may required careful financial and tax planning.

Coping with unemployment

The loss of a job creates new tax issues. Unemployment compensation is taxable income although there is a temporary exclusion for the first $2,400 of unemployment compensation received in 2009. Severance pay and payments for accumulated vacation or sick time are also taxable.

Many individuals are tempted to tap retirement savings while unemployed. If you withdraw funds from an IRA before age 59 1/2, you may have to pay a penalty and include the amount in your income. There are some exceptions to the penalty, such as using IRA finds to pay for medical insurance premiums while unemployed. You may also qualify for a temporary subsidy for COBRA continuation coverage. Higher-income individuals may have to repay the subsidy so it's important to weigh the costs and benefits of the subsidy before taking it.

If you are looking for work in 2009, make sure you carefully track your job search costs. Various expenses you incur to look for work are deductible. It is not necessary for the job search to be successful for the expenses to be deductible.

Depreciation and expensing

Bonus depreciation and small business expensing under Code Sec. 179, both extended through 2009, require careful planning. However, not every business needs to use these incentives. Businesses have through 2009 to take advantage of enhanced and extended first-year 50 percent bonus deprecation and small business expensing under Code Sec. 179.

Credits and deductions

Do your homework carefully. If your income drops in 2009 you may be eligible for existing and modified deductions and credits that you may not have been entitled to in 2008, or may have been reduced because of your higher income. Consider tax credits and deductions that will expire at the end of 2009, such as the first-time homebuyer credit and the new car sales and use tax deduction.

While the past year has not been stellar for most investors, the tax law in many instances can step in to help salvage some of your losses by offsetting both present and future taxable gains and other income. Knowing how net capital gains and losses are computed, and how carryover capital losses may be used to maximum tax advantage, should form an important part of an investor's portfolio management program during these challenging times.

Net capital losses

Capital assets yield short-term gains or losses if the holding period is one year or less, and long-term gains or losses if the holding period exceeds one year. The excess of net long-term gains over net short-term losses is net capital gain.

Short-term capital losses, including short-term capital loss carryovers, are applied first against short-term capital gains. If the losses exceed the gains the net short-term capital loss is applied first against any net long-term capital gain from the 28-percent group (collectibles), then against the 25-percent group (recapture property), and last against the 15- (or zero) percent group. Long-term capital losses are similarly netted and then applied against the most highly taxed net gains that a taxpayer has.

If an investor's capital losses exceed capital gains for the year, he or she may offset losses against ordinary income to the extent of the lesser of: the excess capital loss; or $3,000 ($1,500 for married persons filing separate returns). Although several bills have been introduced to raise these dollar levels, which have not been adjusted for inflation for decades, none has yet to see the light of day.

Carryovers

Individuals may carry net capital losses to future tax years but not back to prior years. There is no limit on the number of years to which net capital losses may be carried over as there is with corporate taxpayers. Short-term and long-term capital losses are carried forward and retain their character. Capital loss carryovers that originate in several years are applied in the order in which incurred.

Dividend offsets. While qualified dividends are taxed at the net capital gains rate, they do not take part in the general computation of net capital gains and, therefore, are not reduced by capital losses, either in the same year or in carried forward years. Although your overall portfolio may have experienced a loss for the year, you must still pay tax on your dividend income.

If you need any advice on how to structure your portfolio over the next year to take advantage of current losses while protecting future gains from as much income tax as possible, please do not hesitate to call this office.

Non-itemizers and itemizers alike who purchase a new vehicle in 2009 may be eligible for a new (but temporary) above-the-line deduction for the state and local sales taxes or excise taxes paid on the purchase. This temporary tax break is part of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Tax Act of 2009 (2009 Recovery Act).

General rules

The motor vehicle sales tax deduction is treated as an increase in the standard deduction (or as a "bonus" standard deduction for those taking itemized deductions). The deduction for state sales and excise taxes paid on a new motor vehicle is allowed for purchases made between February 17, 2009 and before January 1, 2010. The amount of the deduction allowable cannot exceed the part of the state sales or excise tax imposed on the first $49,500 of the vehicle's purchase price. Eligible taxpayers may claim the deduction in determining their regular income tax and alternative minimum tax (AMT) liability.

Traditionally, one reason to sell your trade-in vehicle to the dealer from whom you are purchasing your new one is that state sales tax laws generally allow sales tax to be paid only on the net purchase price (that is, less the trade-in). While it remains more advantageous to avoid sales tax rather than take a deduction for it, this difference may be one more reason to donate your trade-in to charity. We can crunch the numbers to help you make a final decision.

However, the deduction begins to phase out for individuals with adjusted gross income (AGI) exceeding $125,000 ($250,000 for joint filers) and is completely phased out when an individual's AGI exceeds $135,000 ($260,000 for joint filers). Additionally, the deduction can not be claimed for sales taxes paid on leased vehicles.

Vehicle limits

The deduction is only allowed for "qualified motor vehicles." For purposes of the deduction, a "qualified motor vehicle" is any newly purchased vehicle, including cars, SUVs, light trucks, or motorcycles that are first used by the taxpayer. Used cars are not eligible for the deduction. But, both domestic and foreign-made vehicles qualify. Generally, the qualifying vehicles cannot weigh more than 8,500 gross pounds.

Example. You have purchased a new car that qualifies for the vehicle sales tax deduction. Your AGI is less than $125,000, so you qualify for the full amount of the deduction. The car cost $40,000 and the sales tax paid was 4 percent. Your above-the-line deduction would be $1,600, which if you are in the 25 percent income tax bracket is $400 more in your pocket because of your vehicle purchase.

The IRS has released the numbers behind its activities from October 1, 2007 through September 30, 2008 in a publication called the 2008 IRS Data Book. This annually released information provides statistics on returns filed, taxes collected, and the IRS's enforcement efforts.

Examinations Data

For example, the IRS reported that its examinations totaled over 1.54 million during FY 2008, or 0.8 percent of the total returns filed during the previous calendar year. This amount was a 0.65-percent drop from returns examined during FY 2007. Of all the returns examined, a little over one-percent were individual income tax returns, a 0.507-percent increase from FY 2007.  

Within the category of individual income tax returns, the IRS examined 0.93-percent less taxpayers with under $200,000 of total positive income than the previous year; i.e. a total of all sources of income, excluding losses. This figure increased by 33.23-percent for taxpayers with total positive income between $200,000 and $1 million, but decreased by 30.3-percent for individuals with total positive income over $1 million from the previous year. Also, for the first time, the IRS delineated examination percentages during FY 2008 for individual income tax returns according to adjusted gross income as follows:

Decreased Tax Collection

The IRS also reported that, while it received over $2.7 trillion in gross collections during the Fiscal Year (FY) 2008, its net tax collections (after refunds) actually decreased by 3.34-percent from FY 2007. The IRS distributed more than 237 million total refunds in FY 2008 with over 118 million going to individual tax payers. Total FY 2008 tax refunds rose to over $425 billion, while over $270 billion (63.52-percent) alone went to individual filers. The IRS also reported that $95.7 billion in economic stimulus payments were made during the year, as mandated by the Economic Stimulus Act of 2008.

One major reason for these large refunds was the large increase in individual income tax returns filed during FY 2008 as a result of the one-time economic stimulus payments under the Economic Stimulus Act of 2008. While the number of individual income tax returns received by the IRS only increased by 3.7-percent for FY 2007, it increased 11.1-percent for FY 2008. The increase was even greater for Forms 1040NR, 1040NR-EZ, 1040PR, 1040-SS, and 1040CC; which increased by 36-percent for FY 2008 (as compared to 2.3-percent for FY 2007).

The IRS also reported that the economic stimulus payments generated an increase in electronically filed income tax returns as well. During FY 2008, taxpayers electronically filed over 101.5 million returns, 89.5 million of which were individual income tax returns. Of all individual income tax returns filed, 58-percent were filed electronically during the year.

The IRS is moving quickly to issue guidance on the many tax incentives for individuals and businesses in the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (2009 Recovery Act). Since Congress passed the multi-billion dollar stimulus package in February, the IRS has released guidance on the extended net operating loss (NOL) carryback for small businesses, the new Making Work Pay credit, the enhanced first-time homebuyer tax credit, the new COBRA subsidy, and the new sales tax deduction for motor vehicles.

Net operating losses

One of the most valuable tax breaks in the 2009 Recovery Act is the extended NOL carryback. Small businesses with an NOL in 2008 can offset this loss against income earned in up to five prior years. This special treatment will accelerate refunds and generate an immediate infusion of cash into a struggling business. The IRS expects record numbers of small businesses to be eligible for the carryback and has promised to expedite refunds.

To qualify for the new five-year carryback provision, a small business must have no greater than an average of $15 million in gross receipts over a three-year period ending with the tax year of the NOL. Businesses with more than $15 million in gross receipts can carry back their 2008 NOL for two years.

Generally small businesses that are not corporations (including sole proprietorships filing schedule C with their Form 1040) may accelerate a refund by using Form 1045, Application for Tentative Refund. Corporations with NOLs may accelerate a refund by using Form 1139, Corporation Application for Tentative Refund.

If your small business is in a loss position this year, the extended NOL carryback should not be overlooked. The requirements for the extended carryback are complex. Our office can help you elect this special treatment and maximize your refund.

Making Work Pay credit

Many employers have already implemented the new Making Work Pay credit. The credit reaches $400 for single individuals and $800 for married couples filing jointly. Like other incentives, the Making Work Pay credit phases out for higher income taxpayers (single individuals with modified AGI above $75,000 and married couples filing jointly with modified AGI above $150,000).

Taxpayers do not have to submit a new Form W-4 to their employers; the credit is automatic. However, an employee with multiple jobs or married couples whose combined incomes place them in a higher tax bracket may want to submit a revised W-4 to ensure sufficient withholding. Our office can determine if you need to adjust your withholding.

First-time homebuyer credit

The 2009 Recovery Act raised the maximum first-time homebuyer credit from $7,500 to $8,000 ($4,000 for married couples filing separately) for qualified homes purchased before December 1, 2009. Congress also removed the repayment requirement for homes purchased in 2009. Like other tax incentives, the first-time homebuyer credit has income restrictions. The credit begins to phase out for single individuals with modified AGI above $75,000 ($150,000 for married couples filing jointly).

The IRS recently announced that taxpayers can claim the $8,000 credit on their 2008 tax returns due April 15, 2009 or on their 2009 tax returns next year. Consequently, taxpayers have several filing options.

Taxpayers purchasing a home in the near future and who have already filed their 2008 returns may want to file an amended return. This will allow them to claim the credit almost immediately. However, some individuals may want to wait and take the credit in 2009.

Taxpayers purchasing a home who have not yet filed their 2008 returns may want to request a six-month extension (until October 15, 2009). Alternatively, they can file as planned and then file an amended return to take the credit.

If you are a first-time homebuyer in 2009, don't miss out on this valuable credit. Our office can recommend the best time to take the credit.

Economic recovery payment

Social Security recipients, disabled veterans and retired government employees may be eligible for one-time economic recovery payments of $250. These payments are in lieu of the Making Work Pay credit. However, the economic recovery payment will be a reduction to any Making Work Pay credit for which the recipient qualifies.

The IRS will not be distributing the economic recovery payments. Individuals will receive them from the Social Security Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs, or other agency. The SSA expects to start making the payments in May.

COBRA subsidy

Individuals who are involuntarily terminated from employment between September 1, 2008 and December 31, 2009 may qualify for a 65 percent COBRA premium subsidy for up to nine months. Family members may also be eligible for the subsidy. Eligible individuals will pay 35 percent of the COBRA premium and employers will pay the remaining 65 percent. The COBRA subsidy, however, phases out for individuals whose modified AGI exceeds $125,000 ($250,000 for married couples filing jointly). Individuals with modified AGI exceeding $145,000 ($290,000 for married couples filing jointly) do not qualify for the subsidy.

Employers will recover their share through a payroll tax credit. The IRS has instructed employers to use Form 941, Employer's Quarterly Federal Tax Return, to report their COBRA premium assistance payments. In some cases, such as multi-employer plans, the plan provides the subsidy and will be reimbursed by taking a credit on Form 941.

Sales tax deduction for vehicle purchases

Congress created a temporary deduction in the 2009 Recovery Act for state and local sales and excise taxes paid on the purchase of new motor vehicles. Cars, light trucks, motor homes, and motorcycles are eligible for the deduction. The deduction is limited to the tax on up to $49,500 of the purchase price of an eligible motor vehicle. Because this is an above-the-line deduction, taxpayers who do not itemize their deductions can also take advantage of it.

Similar to other incentives, there are income limitations. The deduction phase out for single individuals with modified AGI between $125,000 and $135,000 and married couples with modified AGI between $250,000 and $260,000.

We've covered a lot of material in a short time. As always, please contact our office if you have any questions about these valuable tax incentives.

If you have completed your tax return and you owe more money than you can afford to pay in full, do not worry, you have many options. While it is in your best interest to pay off as much of your tax liability as you can, there are many payment options you can utilize to help pay off your outstanding debt to Uncle Sam. This article discusses a few of your payment options.

Pay Uncle Sam as much as you can

First and foremost, if you cannot pay the full amount of taxes due, you should nevertheless file your return by the April 15 deadline. Moreover, you should send in as much money as you can with your return. The IRS assesses failure-to-file penalties so you should file your return despite being unable to pay the full amount with the return. As such, it's to your benefit to file your return by its due date and pay off any outstanding balance as soon as you can in order to minimize interest and penalties.

Payment options

If you are not able to pay the full amount of tax you owe, you have options. While you can obtain an automatic six-month extension of time to file, the IRS will still assess interest on the outstanding unpaid tax liability. To do so, you must file Form 4868, Application for Automatic Extension of Time To File U.S. Income Tax Return, by the due date for filing your calendar year return (typically April 15) or fiscal year return. However, an extension of time to file is not an extension of the time to pay your taxes. Penalties and interest continue to accrue during the extension.

Second, consider paying some or all of your tax liability by credit card or obtaining a cash advance on your credit card. The interest rate your credit card or bank charges (plus applicable fees) may be lower than the total amount of interest and penalties imposed by the IRS under the Tax Code.

You may also be eligible to take advantage of the IRS's monthly installment agreement option. This option allows eligible taxpayers to pay off their tax bill over a period of time - in monthly installments - to the IRS. However, if you have entered into an installment agreement during the preceding 5 years you cannot use this option. Additionally, even while you are making payments through an installment agreement, penalties and interest continue on the unpaid portion of that debt. To request an installment plan, you can use Form 9465, Request For Installment Agreement. Or, you can use the Online Payment Agreement (OPA) application.

There are many options for paying off your tax debt. Our office can discuss the payment options that will work best in your specific circumstances. Please don't hesitate to call our office with questions.

If you did not receive a full economic stimulus check in 2008 or your circumstances changed in such a way that you now qualify for the full payment, you may be entitled to receive a Recovery Rebate Credit (RRC). The RRC is a one-time tax credit allowed to be taken by qualifying individuals who received only a partial stimulus payment last year or no payment at all. The RRC is calculated in the same way as the 2008 economic stimulus payment except that your 2008 income tax information (as opposed to your 2007 tax information) is used to determine the amount of the RRC.

Who can claim the RRC?

You may be able to claim the RRC if:

• You did not receive an economic stimulus payment at all in 2008;
• Your financial situation has significantly changed since last year (for example, you lost your job, started a new job that pays less, or had children);
• You received less than the maximum payment in 2008 ($600 for individuals and $1,200 for joint filers) because your 2007 gross income was either too high or too low;
• You had an additional qualifying child in 2008;
• You could be claimed as a dependent on someone else's tax return in 2007, but you cannot be claimed as a dependent on someone else's return in 2008; or
• You did not have a valid Social Security number (SSN) in 2007 but you received one in 2008.

Amount

The RRC is worth up to $600 for individuals with an adjusted gross income (AGI) of up to $75,000 and $1,200 for couples filing joint returns with an AGI of up to $150,000. An additional credit is available of up to $300 per qualifying child. For taxpayers without children, the maximum payment is fully phased out at $87,000 (and at $174,000 for joint filers). Individuals with an AGI of more than $87,000 and joint filers with an AGI of more $174,000 are not eligible for the tax rebate.

Figuring the credit

The RRC is calculated in the same way as last year's economic stimulus payment, except that you will use your 2008 tax information to determine the credit amount. Any payment amount that you are now eligible for will not be issued as a separate payment, but will be included in any refund you receivefor the 2008 tax year. Your recovery rebate credit is reduced by any economic stimulus payment that you received in 2008. The RRC is claimed on Form 1040, 1040A, or 1040EZ. The RRC is refundable, which means that even those individuals who have income low enough that they are not required to file a 2008 return should file one to get the credit payment.

We can help determine if you qualify for the recovery rebate credit and if so, how much your credit will be. Please contact our office if you would like more information about the recovery rebate credit.

The American Recovery and Reinvestment Tax Act of 2009 (ARRTA) provides more than $75 billion worth of tax benefits for business for 2009 and 2010, in addition to numerous individual tax breaks. This article highlights some of the valuable tax breaks for businesses in the new law.

Bonus Depreciation. The ARRTA extends bonus depreciation under the 2008 Economic Stimulus Act, allowing businesses to immediately write-off an additional 50-percent of the cost of qualifying depreciable property placed in service before 2010. The additional 50-percent first-year bonus depreciation applies retroactively to capital expenses incurred on or after January 1, 2009. Qualified property includes most types of new property, including equipment, computers, tractors, wind turbines and solar panels.

The ARRTA also extends through 2010 additional first-year bonus depreciation for property with a recovery period of 10 years or longer, for transportation property (for example, tangible personal property used to transport people or property, and for certain aircraft).

Note. Effective January 1, 2009, the ARRTA law also increases the regular dollar caps for new passenger vehicles placed in service after 2008 and before 2010 by $8,000 when bonus depreciation is claimed.

Code Sec. 179 Expensing. For 2009, the ARRTA extends the Code Sec. 179 expensing amounts, which had been increased by the 2008 Economic Stimulus Act. For 2009, the Code Sec. 179 expensing amount is $250,000 and the investment ceiling is $800,000.

Five-Year NOL Carryback. The ARRTA allows certain small businesses to elect a five-year carryback of net operating losses (NOLs) arising in 2008. Only qualified small businesses with average gross receipts of $15 million or less qualify for the longer carryback. Eligible businesses can elect to carryback 2008 NOLs three, four or five years. The new carryback treatment applies only to NOLs arising in tax years beginning or ending in 2008. Quick refunds apply if your business qualifies.

AMT/R&D Credits Election. Through 2009, the ARRTA temporarily extends the ability of businesses to accelerate the recognition of a portion of their accumulated AMT and research and development (R&D) credits instead of taking bonus depreciation. In effect, this allows an immediate cash refund for these credits.

Work Opportunity Tax Credit. Businesses can claim a Work Opportunity Tax Credit (WOTC) generally equal to 40 percent of the first $6,000 of wages paid to employees who are in one of nine targeted groups. The ARRTA adds (1) unemployed veterans and (2) disconnected youth to the list of targeted groups. The new categories apply to individuals who are hired and begin work in 2009 or 2010.

Cancellation of Debt Income. Under the ARRTA, eligible businesses can make an (irrevocable) election to recognize certain cancellation of debt income (CODI) ratably over a five-year period, beginning in 2014. The election applies to certain types of business debt repurchased by the business during 2009 and 2010.

S Corp Built-In Gain Period. Current law provides that if a C corporation converts to an S corporation the conversion is not a taxable event. However, the S corporation usually must hold its assets for 10 years after the conversion in order to avoid being taxed on any built-in gains that existed at the time of the conversion. For S corp sales of their C corp assets  in 2009 and 2010, however, the ARRTA temporarily shortens the holding period, from 10 to seven years, for sales of assets subject to the built-in gains tax imposed after such a conversion.

Qualified Small Business Stock. Pre-ARRTA law allowed noncorporate investors to exclude 50 percent of the gain from the sale of certain qualified small business stock (QSBS) held for more than five years. The ARRTA increases the exclusion to 75 percent for QSBS acquired after February 17, 2009 and before 2011. A "qualified small business" is one that does not have more than $50 million in assets and conducts an active trade or business.

Estimated Tax Payments. For individual taxpayers with income from small businesses, the ARRTA temporarily reduces 2009 required estimated tax payments for certain small businesses. Under the new law, 2009 quarterly estimated tax payments may now be based on 90 percent - instead of 100 percent - of the taxpayer's 2008 returns. For purposes of the new provision, a "small business" is one that does not employ more than an average of 500 people, and the individual's adjusted gross income is less than $500,000. The individual also must certify that at least 50 percent of the gross income shown on his or her return for the preceding tax year was income from a "small trade or business."

Energy Incentives. A number of the energy tax incentives in the ARRTA are targeted to businesses. The ARRTA:

• Extends and modifies the Code Sec. 45 renewable production tax credit.
• Expands the Code Sec. 48 energy investment credit to include qualified small wind energy property.
• Allows the Code Sec. 48 investment tax credit to be claimed in lieu of the Code Sec. 45 production tax credit.
• Removes the individual dollar limits on certain energy tax credits for qualified small wind energy property, qualified solar water heating property, and qualified geothermal heat pumps.

If you have any questions about the business incentives in the ARRTA, please contact our office.

The American Recovery and Reinvestment Tax Act of 2009 (ARRTA) is loaded with various tax incentives for individuals for 2009 and 2010. Among the individual tax breaks in the new law are incentives for homeownership, help for the unemployed and employed, as well as education assistance and tax breaks for taxpayers with children. This article provides an overview of the major individual tax incentives provided by the ARRTA.

Making Work Pay Credit. The Making Work Pay credit is a new but temporary refundable credit. Qualified taxpayers will either take the credit through a reduction in the amount of income tax withheld from their paycheck by allowing a credit against income tax in an amount equal to the lesser of 6.2 percent of the individual's earned income or $400 ($800 for married couples filing jointly), or in a lump sum when filing their income tax return for the tax year.

Note. Individuals who are self-employed may qualify for the credit as well, to the extent earnings from self-employment are taken into account in computing taxable income.

The credit applies retroactively to the start of 2009 and extends through 2010. Up to the maximum $400/$800 credit amount is allowed for each year.  The credit begins to phase out for individuals with modified adjusted gross income (MAGI) exceeding $75,000 ($150,000 in the case of married couples filing jointly). The credit will be phased out at a rate of 2 percent above the MAGI limits.

$250 Economic Recovery Payment. The ARRTA also provides a one-time payment of $250 to individuals on a fixed income, including railroad retirement beneficiaries, Social Security recipients, disabled veterans, as well as retired government workers who are not eligible for Social Security benefits. The $250 payment will reduce the individual's otherwise allowable Making Work Pay credit to which they may be entitled. This payment will only be made in 2009, likely around mid-year.

New Car Deduction. Both itemizers and non-itemizers can take advantage of a new but temporary above-the-line deduction for state and local sales taxes or excise taxes paid on the purchase of a new (qualifying) motor vehicle. Both domestic and foreign vehicles qualify as well as motor homes, SUVs, light trucks and motorcycles weighing no more than 8,500 gross pounds.

The deduction is allowed in computing AMT, but is not available to taxpayers who elect to deduct state and local sales and use taxes in lieu of income taxes as an itemized deduction. The deduction begins to phase-out for taxpayers with adjusted gross income (AGI) exceeding $125,000 ($250,000 for joint filers). Additionally, deductible sales/excise taxes cannot exceed the portion of tax attributable to the first $49,500 of the purchase price.

Enhanced First-Time Homebuyer Tax Credit. The ARRTA raises the maximum amount of the first-time homebuyer tax credit to $8,000 (up from $7,500) and extends the credit through December 1, 2009. The ARRTA also completely eliminates any repayment requirement for purchases made after January 1, 2009 if the taxpayer does not sell or otherwise dispose of the property within 36 months from the date of purchase. However, if the taxpayer does dispose of the residence within this time, pre-ARRTA rules for recapture apply, requiring the homebuyer to repay any credit amount received to the government over 15 years in equal installments. Purchases on or after April 9, 2008 and before January 1, 2009 are still governed by the original first-time homebuyer tax credit rules enacted last year in the Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008.

Education Credit. The ARRTA temporarily enhances and expands the Hope education tax credit (renaming it the American Opportunity education tax credit) for 2009 and 2010. The credit is increased in amount, to a maximum of $2,500 per year and extended to all four years of college education. Additionally, the credit is subject to more generous phase-out levels of $80,000 of AGI for individuals and $160,000 for joint filers. For 2009 and 2010, up to 40 percent of the American Opportunity credit is refundable.

Qualified Tuition Programs ("529 plans"). Distributions from qualified tuition programs (also known as "529 plans") used to pay a beneficiary's qualified higher education expenses are tax-free. For 2009 and 2010, ARRTA allows beneficiaries to use distributions from QTPs to pay for computers, laptops and computer technology, including internet access.

Child Tax Credit. The ARRTA increases the refundable portion of the child tax credit for both 2009 and 2010. For 2009 and 2010, the child tax credit is refundable to the extent of 15 percent of the taxpayer's earned income in excess of $3,000.

Enhanced Earned Income Tax Credit. For 2009 and 2010, the ARRTA temporarily increases the Earned Income Tax Credit (EITC) for working families with three or more children. The new law (1) increases the credit to 45 percent of a family's first $12,570 of earned income for families with three or more children and (2) adjusts the start of the EITC phase-out range upwards by $1,880 for joint filers, regardless of the number of children.

AMT Patch. The ARRTA boosts alternative minimum tax (AMT) exemption amounts for 2009. The new amounts are slightly higher than last year's exemptions but much higher than the amounts they had been set to revert to had this remedial provision not been passed.

The 2009 exemption amounts are:

• $46,700 for individuals and heads of household; and
• $70,950 for joint filers and surviving spouses.

The new law also provides that for 2009 nonrefundable personal credits may offset both regular tax and the AMT.

Partial Exclusion of Unemployment Benefits. The ARRTA temporarily excludes up to $2,400 of unemployment compensation from a recipient's gross income for 2009. Unemployment benefits are otherwise includible in a recipient's gross income for tax purposes. As such, any unemployment benefits over $2,400 in 2009 will be subject to federal income tax.

Increased Transit Benefits For Workers. Beginning in March 2009, and effective for 2009 and 2010, the ARRTA increases the income exclusion for transit passes and van pooling to $230 per month.

Energy Incentives. Code Sec. 25C provides a tax credit for energy efficient improvements made to a taxpayer's home. The ARRTA increases the Code Sec. 25C residential energy property credit to 30 percent (up from 10 percent), raises the maximum cap to a $1,500 aggregate amount for 2009 and 2010 installations, eliminates the pre-2008 $500 lifetime cap, and makes other modifications to the credit. Taxpayers can use the credit for insulation materials, exterior windows and doors, skylights, central air conditioning, and hot water boilers, among many other energy efficient improvements.

The ARRTA also removes the individual dollar caps under the Code Sec. 25D residential energy efficient property credit for solar hot water property, wind energy property and geothermal heat pumps. Moreover, if you are interested in an environmentally-friendly car, the ARRTA modifies the credit for plug-in electric vehicles, although they are not yet on the market.

If you have any questions about the individual tax incentives in the ARRTA, please contact our office.

Even though gas prices have gone down from their record highs six-months ago, many people are looking for ways to save on their energy costs. The Tax Code provides a number of energy tax incentives to encourage individuals and businesses to invest in energy-efficient property and also in alternative sources of energy. One of those incentives is the Code Sec. 25C residential energy property tax credit for individuals.

Improvements

If you make an eligible energy-related improvement to your home, the expenditure may qualify for the Code Sec. 25C credit. Eligible improvements include:

• Insulation materials; 
• Exterior windows, including skylights;
• Exterior doors; 
• Metal roofs with special pigmented coatings (including certain asphalt roofs);
• Electric heat pump water heaters;
• Central air conditioners;
• Natural gas, propane or oil water heaters or furnaces;
• Hot water boilers;
• Stoves using renewable plant-derived fuel; and
• Advanced main air circulating fans.

 As you can see, the list of improvements is extensive. Moreover, the qualification of some types of improvements may not be readily apparent. For example, skylights and windows installed in a new location, not only replacement skylights and windows, appear to qualify for the credit. Another example is insulated garage door replacements, which qualify as exterior doors and, if sufficiently insulated, are an energy efficiency improvement.

ENERGY STAR

ENERGY STAR is a joint program of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and the U.S. Department of Energy. Many products with the ENERGY STAR label qualify for the Code Sec. 25C credit. For example, ENERGY STAR labeled windows and skylights are eligible for the credit.  

Residence

To qualify for the credit, the improvement must be installed on, or in connection with, a dwelling unit located in the U.S. that is owned and used by you as your principal residence.  The Code Sec. 25C credit is only available for existing homes. It cannot be used for new homes (however, other tax incentives may apply to new homes).

Amount

First, you need to keep receipts of all your qualifying purchases. Second, if you made any qualifying purchases in 2005 or 2006, and you claimed some but not all of the credit, you can use the unused portion in 2009.

The Code Sec. 25C residential energy property credit is 10 percent of the amount paid up to certain maximums. The general lifetime maximum is $500 for qualifying improvements. There is a $200 maximum for qualifying windows. Taxpayers cannot carry forward the credit. Generally, the amount of the credit will be limited by the amount of any nonbusiness energy property credit taken in 2006 or 2007.

2009 only

You need to act soon to take advantage of the Code Sec. 25C tax credit. Last year, Congress reinstated the credit but only for qualified energy property placed in service in 2009. Unfortunately, if you installed qualifying property in 2008, you cannot claim the credit. The previous credit expired as to property placed in service after December 31, 2007.

If you are considering the purchase of energy improvement property in 2009, please contact our office. Don't miss out on this potentially valuable tax break. We can review the credit in more detail as it applies to your situation.

Many taxpayers are looking for additional sources of cash during these tough economic times. For many individuals, their Individual Retirement Account (IRA) is one source of cash. You can withdraw ("borrow") money from your IRA, tax and penalty free, for up to 60 days. However, the ability to take a short-term "loan" from your IRA should only be taken in dire financial situations in light of the serious tax consequences that can result from an improper withdrawal or untimely rollover of the funds back into an IRA.

The funds must be returned, or rolled back into, an IRA within 60 days from the day after the date of the withdrawal, or income and penalty taxes are imposed on the amount withdrawn and not returned. These tax consequences can be serious. Therefore, it is imperative that you return the withdrawn funds back into an IRA within 60 days.

Tax and interest imposed

If the funds are not returned within 60 days, the withdrawal will not only be treated as a taxable distribution for individuals who are under the age of 59 1/2, but you will also face an additional 10 percent penalty tax, as well as possible state income tax.

Example

You withdraw $10,000 from your IRA on March 2. The 60-day period begins on March 3. To avoid income taxes as a result of early withdrawal treatment and an additional 10 percent penalty tax, the amounts must be returned to an IRA on May 2. Although May 2 falls on a Saturday, there is no extension as a result of weekends (or holidays).

Income tax reporting

If you decide to take the short-term, 60 day "loan" from an IRA you must report the entire amount of the withdrawal. The withdrawal is reported on line 15a of your Form 1040 for the tax year in which you took the withdrawal. If you have returned the withdrawn funds within the 60 day period, you will enter "zero" as the taxable amount of line 15b of Form 1040.

One-year rule

You can only take a "60 day loan" from a specific IRA account and return the funds to that IRA or a different account once during a one-year period. If you make a withdrawal from the same IRA more than once during a one-year period, the second withdrawal is treated by the IRS as a taxable IRA distribution, again generally subject to income taxes and a 10-percent early withdrawal penalty tax.

Moreover, if you redeposit funds back into a particular IRA account and withdraw money from that same account within the one-year period, again the withdrawn funds are again treated as a premature withdrawal subject to income taxes and the 10-percent penalty tax.

For those struggling in these economic times and looking for additional sources of cash, there are other options in addition to a 60-day loan from your IRA. Our office can discuss your options and the potential tax consequences of each. 

Although an annual review of your form W-4 (Employee's Withholding Allowance Certificate) or estimated tax payments is always important, it may be particularly imperative to do so in 2009.  The current economic recession and other changes to your personal and financial situation may have had, and will continue to have, a significant impact on your income. Moreover, recent changes in the tax law, including extensions of certain deductions and credits through 2009, make accurately estimating your tax and ensuring you are not overpaying in withholding all the more important. Changes in the latest stimulus tax package likely will require further adjustments to withholding and estimated tax for many taxpayers.

Adjusting your withholding

The average refund in 2008 was $2,429, according to the IRS. However, a big refund does not mean you have won the lottery. More likely, it means that you had too much income withheld from your paycheck or paid too much in estimated tax and a re-evaluation of your W-4 is in order. However, a change in your salary and wages is not the only factor to consider when adjusting your withholding. A change in your personal circumstances, such as the birth of a child, marriage, divorce, purchase or sale of a new home should also be considered since these events also impact your financial situation and income.

You will want to take a close look at your withholding for 2009. And, if, necessary amend your W-4 by changing your withholding allowances for 2009 for adjustments to income or other changed circumstances, such as a change in your number of dependents or marital status.

Estimated tax payments

You may have income in 2009 in addition to salary and wages that is not subject to withholding, such as dividends and interest, capital gains and losses, rental income, or self-employment income. Estimated tax is used to pay tax on income that is not subject to withholding or if not enough tax is being withheld from a person's salary, pension or other income. Generally, individuals who do not pay at least 90 percent of their tax through withholding must estimate their income tax liability and make equal quarterly payments of the "required annual payment" liability during the year. For the 2009 tax year, estimated tax payments are due on April 15, June 15, September 15, and January 15 of 2010.

Except for any installment based upon the annualized income method, a required installment or estimated tax payment is 25 percent of the required annual payment. The required annual payment for this purpose is generally the lesser of:

• 90 percent of the tax shown on the return for the tax year, or if no return is filed, 90 percent of the tax for the year; or
• 100 percent of the tax shown on the return for the preceding tax year

Note. The required annual payment cannot be based on the preceding year's tax if the preceding tax year was not 12 months long or if the individual did not file a return for that year, unless no return was filed because no tax was due

However, for high-income taxpayers whose adjusted gross income (AGI) shown on the preceding year's tax return exceeds $150,000 ($75,000 for married individuals filing separately), the required annual payment is the lesser of 90 percent of the tax for the current year, or 110 percent of the tax shown on the return for the preceding tax year.

The rules surrounding estimated tax payments and withholding can get complicated. If you would like further information about changing your withholding or estimated tax payments, please contact our office.

Congress and the new Obama Administration are working to quickly enact a massive economic stimulus package to jump start the U.S. economy. Democrats in the House and Senate have unveiled an $816 billion stimulus package including roughly $275 billion in tax incentives. The fact that Democrats control both the House and the Senate should speed delivery of a final stimulus bill to the White House before the end of February.

Economic recovery

Coming into office, President Obama pledged to make an economic recovery his number one priority. The federal government will spend billions of dollars on infrastructure projects, in aid to state and local governments and in job creation programs, especially in alternative energy.

Second in size to the spending component of the stimulus bill is the tax cut package. Although Congress is still debating the number and scope of tax incentives, lawmakers are likely to settle on a mix of individual and business tax breaks.

Individual tax incentive

Individuals will likely benefit from a temporary payroll tax cut along with enhancements of existing tax breaks. Democrats have proposed a new Making Work Pay tax credit, which would reduce payroll withholding for lower and middle income wage earners. The credit would reach $500 for eligible single taxpayers and $1,000 for married couples. Democrats would also create a new partially refundable $2,500 tax credit for each year of post-secondary education, lower the floor for the child tax credit and enhance the earned income tax credit.

Similarly, Republicans in Congress have also proposed some individual tax cuts. Their proposals include repealing the alternative minimum tax (AMT) and increasing the child tax credit to $1,000.

Marginal tax rates

Seven years ago, Congress lowered the individual marginal tax rates and created the new 10 percent rate. The highest rate, at 39.6 percent gradually fell to 35 percent, where it is at today. The lower rates, however, are temporary and will expire after 2010.

Obama has promised to renew the lower rates for all but high income individuals. The top two old rates (39.6 and 36 percent) would return after 2010 if not sooner.

At this time, it is unclear if the economic stimulus bill will restore the top two old rates. Some senior Democrats in the House want the bill to immediately raise the top individual marginal tax rate to 39.6 percent. However, Republican opposition could postpone the increase until after 2010.

Business tax breaks

Unlike past tax cuts, this one is not expected to be heavy on business tax incentives. Congress will likely extend bonus depreciation and increased Code Sec. 179 expensing as well as provide for a five-year, rather than two-year, carryback of net operating losses. The latter provision would generate refunds for cash-strapped businesses.

Before taking office, Obama proposed a tax break for employers that create or retain jobs in the U.S. Obama appears to have backed away from this proposal after many lawmakers said it would be very difficult for the IRS to determine which employers would qualify for the tax credit.

Republicans are expected to push for a reduction in the corporate tax rate. During the campaign, President Obama supported lowering the top corporate tax rate in exchange for closing unspecified corporate tax "loopholes."

Capital gains

Congress lowered taxes on capital gains and dividends in 2003 and renewed those cuts in 2006. The top rate on capital gains and dividends is 15 percent. A zero percent rate is available for individuals in the 10 and 15 percent income tax brackets. These lower rates are temporary and will expire after 2010. Although many Democrats in Congress are not keen on the lower capital gains and dividends tax rates, they are unlikely to push for an accelerated sunset date.

Energy

Consumers and businesses can look forward to enhanced and extended energy tax breaks. Congress is expected to significantly expand the current tax incentives that encourage the development and production of alternative energy, such as solar, biomass and wind energy. These tax breaks are connected to Obama's plan to create new "green collar" jobs in alternative energy.

Retirement savings

Many individuals have seen the value of their retirement savings plummet in recent months. There is little Congress can do, if anything, to restore value to these accounts. However, it has already suspended required minimum distributions from IRAs, 401(k)s and similar arrangements for 2009 and could extend that treatment to 2010. Some lawmakers have also proposed relaxing the rules for early distributions from IRAs and similar plans so cash-strapped individuals can access these funds for non-retirement purposes.

If you have any questions about these or any economic stimulus proposals, please contact our office. We'll keep you posted of developments.

The term "luxury auto" for federal tax purposes is somewhat of a misnomer. The IRS's definition of "luxury auto" is likely not the same as your definition.

The IRS limits the amount of depreciation that may be claimed on a passenger automobile used for business. These limits are popularly referred to as the "luxury car rules." Taxpayers who use the IRS standard business mileage rate (which is 55 cents-per-mile in 2009) do not have to worry about the depreciation allowance because the cents-per-mile rate includes depreciation.

MACRS

Taxpayers who choose to take a depreciation deduction for their vehicles start with the regular depreciation tables under the Modified Adjusted Cost Recovery System (MACRS). The vehicle must be used 50 percent or more for business purposes. The cost of a vehicle is depreciated over six years. In Year 1, 20 percent is depreciable; 32 percent in Year 2; 19.2 percent in Year 3; 11.52 percent in Years 4 and 5; and 5.76 percent in Year 6.

Dollar limits

Under Code Sec. 280F, annual dollar limits apply to "luxury autos." The applicable set of annual dollar amount limits depends on the date on which the vehicle is placed in service. The dollar limits are adjusted for inflation annually.

The annual maximum depreciation amounts for passenger automobiles first placed in service in calendar year 2009 are:

• $2,960 for the first tax year;
• $4,800 for the second tax year;
• $2,850 for the third tax year; and
• $1,775 for each tax year thereafter.

Bonus depreciation

In 2008, Congress authorized bonus depreciation as part of the Economic Stimulus Act of 2008. Fifty percent bonus depreciation applied in 2008 to vehicles unless the taxpayer elected out of it. This resulted in higher dollar limits ($8,000 if bonus depreciation was claimed for a qualifying vehicle placed in service in 2008, for a maximum first-year depreciation of no more than $10,960 for autos). Congress may extend bonus depreciation into 2009.

Although individual income tax returns don't have to be filed until April 15, taxpayers who file early get their refunds a lot sooner. The IRS begins accepting returns in January but does not start processing returns until February. Determining whether to file early depends on various personal and financial considerations. Filing early to somehow fly under the IRS's audit radar, however, has been ruled out long ago by experts as a viable strategy.

Required documents

Filing a return early may not make sense for many taxpayers because they do not yet have enough information to accurately fill out their return. If you have not received information returns, like Forms 1099, or other information you need to complete your return and/or accompanying forms, or if you are missing documents or other information you need to attach to your return, it may be difficult, if not impossible, to accurately complete your tax return. For example, employers do not have to provide wage statements to their employees until January 31 (although an employer can provide Form W-2 sooner if an employee terminates employment). The IRS requires this statement to be attached to your return (either in paper form or electronically when filing online).

Information returns do not have to be furnished until January 31. These include, among others, the 1099 forms for dividends, interest income, royalty income (Form 1099-MISC), stock sales (Form 1099-B), real estate sales (Form 1099-S), state tax refunds (Form 1099-G), and mortgage interest paid (Form 1098), and distributions from pension plans (Form 1099-R). Waiting until you receive all the information and forms necessary to complete your return accurately also lessens your chances of making mistakes, which can call attention to your return by the IRS.  The IRS will not process your return until it is accurate.

Last year's return

You'll also want to take a look at your 2007 tax return. Did your circumstances change in 2008? Changes such as starting a new job, retiring, getting married, having a child, and so on, have important tax consequences. Congress extended, enhanced and created new tax incentives in 2008 that could generate a larger refund. Another important consideration is the current economic downturn, which has generated significant losses in many investment portfolios, IRAs, 401(k)s, and similar arrangements.

Refunds

If you have all the information you need to completely and accurately fill out your tax return, and are owed a refund, filing early is attractive. The sooner you file, the sooner you'll see your refund check from the IRS. If you file your return electronically and choose to have your refund direct deposited into your bank account, the IRS typically will issue your refund in as few as 10 days.

If you owe money, however, you may want to wait until April 15 to file or file early online and date your tax payment to be released on April 15.  If you have the funds to pay what you owe and you pay early, you could lose out on keeping the money invested and earning interest on it until April 15.

The IRS expects to receive nearly 140 million individual income tax returns in 2009. Remember that the IRS does not start processing returns until February. Also, no matter how early you file your return before April 15, the three year statute of limitations during which the IRS can question your return and assess more tax doesn't start to run until April 15.  Please contact our office if you have any questions about filing early.

While 2009 holds great promise for new tax relief to help individuals and businesses recover from the current economic crisis, one of the first orders of business for all taxpayers in the New Year is to look back at the tax relief already on the books. Doing so will help you file your 2008 tax return with the lowest bottom-line tax liability possible. One effective tool in making sure you maximize your tax savings on your 2008 return is to look at what's new on federal tax forms for 2008.

Recent tax law changes have affected Form 1040, U.S. Individual Income Tax Return, as well as Schedule C for businesses. Although certain changes to the 2008 Form 1040 may affect many taxpayers, others will not be affected at all. Moreover, the new Form 1040 also reflects many new reporting requirements. For taxpayers filing Form 1065, U.S. Return of Partnership Income, the recently revised form for the 2008 tax year includes several changes as well, including Schedule B dealing with ownership issues and a new Schedule C dealing with a variety of allocations, related parties and other "items of interest."

Form 1040

Property tax deduction. The tax law provides a temporary additional standard deduction for real property taxes. The incentive is designed to help individuals who do not itemize their deductions. On Line 39(c) on Form 1040, individual taxpayers will have to indicate in the check box whether they are including real estate taxes or disaster losses in their standard deduction or whether they are itemizing deductions.

First-time homebuyer tax credit. Taxpayers claiming the first-time homebuyer tax credit report the credit on line 69. You must also attach new Form 5405, First-Time Homebuyer Tax Credit. A taxpayer can apply for this credit on the 2008 tax return, an amended 2008 return, or on the 2009 return, using the new Form 5405. A taxpayer who purchases a home during the eligible period in 2009 may elect to treat the purchase as having been made on December 31, 2008. Remember that if you take the credit, it must be repaid to the IRS over a 15-year period starting in the second year following the year of purchase.

AMT. The Alternative Minimum Tax (AMT) is reported on Line 45 on Form 1040, based on calculations on Form 6251, Alternative Minimum Tax - Individuals. For 2008, the AMT exemption amounts are $69,950 for married couples filing jointly and surviving spouses; $46,200 for single taxpayers and heads of household; and $34,975 for married couples filing separately.

Economic stimulus payments. If you did not qualify for the maximum economic stimulus payment in 2008 ($600 for individuals, $1,200 for joint filers), you may be entitled to a recovery rebate credit when you file your 2008 tax return. New line 70, "Recovery Rebate Credit," on Form 1040 has an entry for the recovery rebate credit. Individuals whose incomes may have disqualified them for the payment based on their 2007 return could qualify based on their 2008 return because of job loss.

Retirement plan withdrawals. If you directly deposited your economic stimulus payment into a tax-favored account, you can withdraw the payment by the due date of your income tax return without tax or penalty. In this case, you must enter the total distribution you received on Line 15a. Additionally, if the withdrawal was made by your return's due date (generally April 15), you must enter ESP next to Line 15b, and enter "0" for amounts less than or equal to your economic stimulus payment. You must also report any distributions that exceed your stimulus payment amount on Line 15b as well.

Note. Stimulus-based payments from tax-preferred accounts are not to be reported on Line 21 "Other income," or Line 59 "Additional tax on IRS, Other Qualified Retirement Plans, etc."

Direct rollovers. In reporting a direct rollover of a distribution from a tax-qualified retirement plan to a Roth IRA, taxpayers must first report the distribution from their existing plan on Line 16a of Form 1040. Next, you subtract the amount of contributions to your existing retirement plan that were taxed when made. You report only the difference between these amounts on Line 16b.

State and local sales tax deduction. For 2008, taxpayers are again given the option of deducting state and local sales tax in lieu of state and local income taxes on Line 5 of Schedule A, Itemized Deductions, for reporting on Line 40, Form 1040.

Child tax credit. The child tax credit, which now refunds 15 percent of the taxpayer's earned income exceeding $8,500, is reported on Line 52, Form 1040.

Higher education tuition deduction. The higher education tuition deduction is a temporary tax break that is available for 2008. The deduction is reported on Line 34 on Form 1040.

Earned income tax credit (EITC). The EITC is reported on Line 64a. The 2008 wage limit for taxpayers with one child is $38,646 ($41,646 for joint filers). For taxpayers with no children living with them, the limit is $12,880 ($15,880 for joint filers). Additionally, taxpayers may claim the credit with a limit of $2,950 of investment income.

Disaster loss standard deduction. For 2008, taxpayers can add net disaster losses attributable to a federally declared disaster to their standard deduction, as reported on line 40. Make sure you check the box on Line 39c.

Disaster relief. If you were affected by storms and tornadoes in federally declared disaster areas of Kansas and other parts of the Midwest, the following may apply:

-- Suspended limits for personal casualty losses and cash contributions, affecting Line 20 on Schedule A and Line 40 of Form 1040.

-- Special rules for qualified retirement plan withdrawals/loans, affecting Lines 15a, 15b, 16a, 16b, and 59.

-- An election to use 2007 earned income to calculate the 2008 earned income tax credit (EITC) and child tax credit, affecting Lines 64a and 64b.

-- An additional exemption for taxpayers providing housing to persons affected by Midwestern storms, tornadoes or flooding, affecting Line 6c of Form 1040.

-- An increased charitable standard mileage rate from 14 cents-per-mile to 36 cents-per-mile (and to 41 cents-per-mile after June 30, 2008) for taxpayers using vehicles to volunteer amid these natural disasters, affecting Line 16 of Schedule A and Line 40 of Form 1040.

Form 1065, U.S. Return of Partnership Income

Schedule B, Form 1065. In general, the major changes to the Form 1065 involve ownership issues. When ownership meets certain percentage thresholds, it must be reported on Schedule B (Form 1065). Revised Schedule B will also be used to provide information about cancelled debt and like-kind exchanges that the partnership may have participated in during the tax year.

Note. For small partnerships, the asset threshold for filing Schedules L, M-1 and M-2 with Form 1065 has been increased from $600,000 to $1,000,000.

Schedule C, Form 1065. The new Schedule C will be required of Form 1065 filers that file Schedule M-3. Schedule C will be used to report information about related party transactions, allocations, transfers of interest, cost sharing arrangements and changes in methods of accounting.

Schedule K-1. There are also new Instructions for Item J of Schedule K-1, Form 1065. The new Instructions clarify how partnerships are to determine partners' percentage share in the profit, loss and capital at beginning and end of the partnership's tax year.

Our firm stands ready to help you maximize your tax savings. In addition to providing you with more details on the 2008 tax law changes, we can help you maximize tax breaks that, while not new to the tax law, may be the first time they apply to you because of changed circumstances.

Happy New Year! As 2009 gets underway, and you prepare for the 2008 filing season, it's important not to overlook a number of valuable tax planning opportunities that apply right away to the 2009 tax year. Here are 10 considerations for tax planning as 2009 starts.

2009 is shaping up to be a tumultuous and pivotal year for taxes. If you have any questions on the tax strategies in this article, please contact our office. Remember, that as 2009 unfolds, other tax strategies may come into play depending on the size and scope of the expected economic stimulus plan under President Barack Obama. We will follow these developments and stand ready to advise our clients appropriately.  

1. Retirement account strategies

2008 has been a year in which many retirement savings accounts have been hit hard by the current stock market meltdown. Whether you are retired, about to retire, or many years away from those golden years, now is not the time to either panic or ignore taking action about the current economic collapse. Sticking to a plan balancing tax-deferred and taxable accounts with proper asset allocations based on your current position makes good sense, now more than ever. Recessions always end and not planning now for our cyclical markets would be a mistake. This office can recommend many strategies, depending upon your current circumstances.

Taxpayers can reduce their taxable income by contributing to a 401(k) or other salary reduction plan, or contributing to a traditional IRA. If you have a traditional IRA and are interested in converting to a Roth IRA, but are prohibited currently from contributing, get ready for 2010, when the income restrictions on converting to a Roth IRA disappear.

For seniors whose 401(k)s, IRAs and other qualified retirement savings have been hard hit by the stock market collapse, some relief is available in 2009. The new Worker, Retiree, and Employee Recovery Act of 2008 allows retirees to suspend required minimum distributions from these arrangements for 2009 so that they hopefully earn back some of their losses by keeping that money in their accounts.

2. Invest in education

The tax law encourages individuals to save for education costs through qualified tuition programs (QTP) (also called 529 plans), Coverdell Education Savings Accounts (ESAs) as well as providing for credits and deductions. The escalating price tag of education means it is never too early to start saving and understanding all your options is vital.

Education does not stop, however, once you pass college age; it is a continuing adventure in today's changing workplace. No better time than in challenging financial times to realize the value of additional education and job training. The tax law should not be forgotten as a partner in this pursuit:

-- An "above-the-line" deduction is available for qualifying tuition and related expenses paid for enrollment or attendance by the taxpayer or the taxpayer's spouse or dependent at any accredited post-secondary institution. The maximum deductible amount is $4,000 for taxpayers with AGI at or below $65,000 ($130,000 for joint filers).

-- A taxpayer's own education expenses may be deducted as a business expense (even if they lead to a degree) if the education: (1) maintains or improves a skill required in the taxpayer's employment or other trade or business or (2) meets the express requirements of the taxpayer's employer, laws or regulations, imposed as a condition to the taxpayer's retention of an established employment relationship, status, or rate of compensation.

-- Up to $5,250 of payments received by an employee from an employer for tuition, fees, books, supplies, etc., under an employer's educational assistance program may be excluded from gross income. These courses may only be covered if they involve the employer's business or are required as part of a degree program.

3. Understand the implications of life changes

Irrespective of what economic or tax law changes are taking place on the national level, what changes in your personal life of course is what's most important to you. Often, there can be many tax benefits and pitfalls associated with these "life changes." Perhaps 2009 is the year that you plan to get married, expect the birth of a child, change jobs, retire, move, start or end a business, or finalize a divorce. Each of these life changes has tax implications - some good, some not so good or maybe both - that you should understand and address.

4. Install energy saving property

Individuals and businesses can take advantage of a host of energy tax incentives in 2009. The energy tax incentive that benefits most individuals is the Code Sec. 25C residential energy property credit, which Congress recently reinstated for 2009. The Code Sec. 25C credit is worth up to $500 and is available for nonbusiness energy property that meets the requirements for qualified energy efficiency improvements or qualified residential energy property expenses. For example, eligible improvements include insulation materials and exterior windows, such as exterior doors and skylights.

Additionally, many energy incentives have been extended through 2009 to encourage businesses to produce renewable energy or make energy saving improvements. The Code Sec. 25D residential energy efficient property credit is extended through December 31, 2016. Taxpayers can also use the Code Sec. 25D credit to offset alternative minimum tax liability. Congress also extended the credit for producing electricity from qualified wind facilities through December 31, 2009, and the credits for producing electricity through biomass and other qualifying renewable sources through September 30, 2011.

5. Take advantage of lower rates on long-term capital gains and dividends

Under current law, taxpayers in the 10 and 15 percent tax brackets benefit from a zero percent long-term capital gains tax rate in 2009 (through 2010). The zero percent tax rate also applies to qualifying dividends paid to taxpayers in the 10 and 15 percent tax brackets. Taxpayers in higher brackets are subject to a maximum rate of 15 percent on long-term capital gains and qualifying dividends in 2009 (through 2010). However, the rates could go up in light of the current economic crisis. Higher rates may come either in mid-year 2009 or not until 2011. Investors should keep these contingencies in mind in connection with ongoing buy and sell strategies, along with carefully keeping track of any capital loss carryforwards that may be available from recent stock transactions in 2008.

6. Take advantage of foreclosure help

When a lender forecloses on a home, sells the property for less than the borrower's outstanding mortgage, and forgives all or part of the unpaid mortgage debt, the homeowner recognizes cancellation of debt income, which is taxable income to the individual under the Tax Code. Through December 31, 2009, the tax law excludes from income tax discharges of up to $2 million ($1 million for a married taxpayer filing a separate return) of debt if the debt is secured by a principal residence and it was incurred in the acquisition, construction or substantial improvement of the principal residence.

In addition, the IRS is expediting requests for subordination or discharge of tax liens on properties that can otherwise be saved by mortgage refinancing or short sales. Many distressed homeowners overlook this potentially valuable help.

7. Consider the first-time homebuyer tax credit

If instead of being on the foreclosure end of the housing crisis, you are looking to take advantage of lower housing prices, consider the tax advantages of the new first-time homebuyer tax credit. For those facing foreclosure, too, this new tax credit may help sell their homes in a short sale situation that may salvage more of their equity.

The first-time homebuyer tax credit may be one of the biggest tax breaks now available for homebuyers, but it is only temporary. The first-time homebuyer tax credit is a temporary, refundable tax credit equal to 10 percent of the purchase price of a home, up to $7,500 ($3,750 for married individuals filing separately). The credit is effective for homes purchased on or after April 9, 2008 and before July 1, 2009. It phases out for individual taxpayers with adjusted gross income exceeding $75,000 ($150,000 for joint filers). The credit must be repaid in equal installments over a 15-year period. However, the repayments are interest-free. As mortgage money begins to be freed up and housing prices stabilize, the first-time homebuyer tax credit promises to help buyers swing a purchase and sellers swing the sale.

8. Prepare for the reduced homesale exclusion

For those with a vacation home or rental property, strategies for the eventual sale of those properties need to be revised due to a change in the law. Beginning in 2009, homeowners will not be able to exclude from gross income gain from the sale of a principal residence attributable to periods that the home was not used as a "principal residence" ("non-qualifying" use). This rule especially impacts owners of vacation homes or rental properties who later make those properties their permanent residence.

The new rule, which was part of the 2008 Housing Act, applies to home sales that occur after December 31, 2008, but is based only on non-qualified use periods that begin on or after January 1, 2009. The 2008 Housing Act provides the formula for determining how excluded appreciation attributable to nonqualified use is calculated. Gain will be allocated to periods of nonqualified use on a pro-rata basis under the law.

9. Make a business contribution to charity

Businesses with excess inventory may be eligible for a tax deduction if they donate books, computers or food. Through December 31, 2009, qualifying businesses can take advantage of enhanced deductions for contributions of food to a charitable organization, or books to a school and computer equipment to a school or library. The business must operate as a C corporation for donations of computers and books. A C corporation may also deduct basis plus half of the appreciation attributable to inventory (or stock in trade or real or depreciable personal property used in their trade or business) donated to a charitable organization for use in caring for the ill, needy or infants.  A C corporation may also deduct basis plus half of the appreciation when it donates scientific property to a college, university or tax-exempt research institution for use in research.

Additionally, S corporation shareholders are also eligible for special tax treatment for charitable contributions of qualifying property through 2009. For businesses that are looking for ways to give back to their communities, yet preserve their bottom lines during tough economic times, these charitable contribution opportunities might prove a perfect fit.

10. Don't forget the tax "extenders"

Many popular individual and business tax incentives, referred to as "extenders" because Congress typically renews them every year or two, are available through 2009. For 2009, individuals can again take advantage of the state and local sales tax deduction (in lieu of the state and local income tax deduction), the $500 additional standard deduction for real property taxes ($1,000 for joint filers), and the higher education tuition deduction. Teachers and other education professionals can also deduct, above the line, up to $250 of certain out-of-pocket classroom expenses in 2009.

Business tax incentives extended through 2009 include the research tax credit, the New Markets Tax Credit, the deduction for certain charitable contributions, and the 15-year cost recovery period for qualifying restaurant and leasehold improvements.

Please contact our office if you have any questions about these 10 tax planning areas. We'll be happy to discuss them in more detail and craft a tax strategy that fits you.

If you converted your traditional IRA to a Roth IRA earlier this year, incurred a significant amount of tax liability on the conversion, and then watched as the value of your Roth account plummeted amid the market turmoil, you may want to consider undoing the conversion. You can void or significantly lower your tax bill by recharacterizing the conversion, then reconverting your IRA back to a Roth at a later date. Careful timing in using the strategy, however, is essential.

What is a recharacterization?

"Recharacterization" is simply the term given to the transaction in which you undo your original conversion from a traditional IRA to the Roth. Even if you converted your entire account to a Roth, you do not need to recharacterize the entire amount that you converted from your traditional IRA to the Roth and can choose to only recharacterize a portion of the amount. To roll the money back and then forward into new Roth IRA, you must undo the original Roth conversion, wait at least 30 days (discussed in further detail, below) and then reconvert the IRA back to the Roth. This move may save you significant tax dollars since your IRA account is worth less due to the decline in market values.

Note. Roth IRAs are currently - but temporarily - restricted to taxpayers with adjusted gross incomes (AGI) that do not exceed certain amounts. For example, for 2008 Roth IRAs can be established by individuals with a maximum AGI of $116,000 ($169,000 for joint filers and heads of household). This restriction is completely lifted in 2010, when the AGI and filing status restrictions are eliminated.

Example. In June 2008, you converted your entire traditional IRA account balance of $200,000 to a Roth. However, the market has taken a toll on your account and it has declined in value and now in December is worth $100,000. Say you are in the 25 percent tax bracket -- the conversion would have left you with a $50,000 tax bill (since conversion amounts, in this case $200,000, are taxed at ordinary income tax rates). However, if you recharacterize and convert the $100,000 account back into a Roth after meeting the timing requirements, you will owe only $25,000 in taxes on the conversion.

Reasons for recharacterization

Recharacterizing a Roth conversion may be appropriate for many reasons, especially if your Roth account has lost significant value but you have a large tax bill for the conversion, which perhaps may even be more than the amount currently in your account. You might also want to consider undoing the conversion if you cannot afford the tax bill due, the conversion will propel you into a higher tax bracket, or subject you to the alternative minimum tax (AMT).

What is required

The recharacterization of a Roth conversion must meet certain requirements. The conversion must be completed by your tax filing deadline (typically April 15). If you converted an IRA in 2008, you have until October 15, 2009 to recharacterize the Roth conversion. However, you will then have to wait at least until the year after you originally converted the IRA to reconvert the account back to a Roth, or at least 30 days after the recharacterization (whichever is later). Essentially, if you converted your traditional IRA into a Roth in 2008 you will have to wait until 2009 to convert the funds back into a Roth account.

Notice

For the recharacterization to work, you will also have to provide notice to the financial institution(s) which is the trustee of your IRA accounts and the IRS before the date of the trustee to trustee transfer (a recharacterization is generally done in a trustee-to-trustee transfer). The notice generally includes information pertaining to the date of applicable transfers, type and amount of contribution being recharacterized, and will need to be attached to your tax return Form 8606, Nondeductible IRAs, with a statement explaining the recharacterization.

Net Income Attributable (NIA) to the conversion

A recharacterization must also include the transfer of any net income attributable (NIA) to the contribution amount. NIA is generally any earnings or losses attributable to the converted amounts in the account. If the Roth IRA that you are recharacterizing consists only of the amounts originally converted from the traditional IRA, there is generally no need to compute NIA. Generally, NIA must be computed when less than the entire account balance is being recharacterized, your Roth includes amounts from other transaction such as a Roth IRA contribution (made after the conversion to the Roth), or the Roth includes funding from another Roth IRA conversion. The financial institution that has custody of your Roth may offer a service to help you compute your NIA, or talk with your tax advisor for help.

If you would like further information on Roth conversions or reconversions, please feel free to contact this office. As explained, there are time periods and deadlines that must be met, so procrastination may prove expensive in some situations.

If you are finally ready to part with those old gold coins, baseball cards, artwork, or jewelry your grandmother gave you, and want to sell the item, you may be wondering what the tax consequences will be on the disposition of the item (or items). This article explains some of the basic tax consequences of the sale of a collectible, such as that antique vase or gold coin collection.

Collectibles

You must pay tax on any gain you realize from the sale of a collectible item (or the entire collection), such as a gold watch or other jewelry, antique coins, artwork, figurines, and even baseball cards. Capital gains on collectibles are taxed at a rate of 28 percent, rather than the regular long-term capital gains rate, currently at 15 percent (zero for those in the 10 or 15 percent income tax brackets). Gain on collectibles is reported on Schedule D of Form 1040. To calculate capital gains on the sale or other disposition you need to determine what your basis in the item is.

If you purchased the item, your basis is generally what you paid for the item as well as certain expenses related to the purchase. Fees related to the sale itself should also be included, such as a broker's or auctioneer's fee or an appraisal or authentication fee.

If you inherited the item, then your basis is the item's fair market value (FMV) at the time you inherited it. There are two principal methods for determining FMV: an appraisal, such as used for estate purposes, or valuing the item based on contemporaneous sales of comparable items. However, this can be tricky because the condition of a collectible item plays significantly into its value.

If the item was a gift, then your basis is the same as the basis of the person who gave you the item.

If you buy and sell collectibles on a regular basis, devote a substantial amount of time and effort to the activity and have developed a degree of skill in identifying profitable transactions, you may be engaged in a trade or business. In this case, you may be engaged in a trade or business in the eyes of the IRS, and therefore your stock of collectibles may be "inventory" and your profits taxable as ordinary income.

Precious metals

Gold and silver, like stamps and coins, are treated by the IRS as capital assets except when they are held for sale by a dealer. Any gain or loss from their sale or exchange is generally a capital gain or loss. If you are a dealer, the amount received from the sale is ordinary business income. However, metals like gold and silver are classified by the Internal Revenue Code as collectibles, and gain recognized from the sale of gold or silver held for more than one year - whether or not in the form of jewelry or sold simply for its market content - is taxed at the maximum rate of 28 percent.

For all sales of more than $600, an information return generally must be filed with the IRS.

790

With the economic downturn taking its toll on almost all facets of everyday living, from employment to personal and business expenditures, your business may be losing money as well. As a result, your business may have a net operating loss (NOL). Although no business wants to suffer losses, there are tax benefits to having an NOL for tax purposes. Your business can use the NOL in future years to offset its taxable income. Your business can also use an NOL to offset income from the prior two years; in this type of "carryback" situation, it can mean an immediate tax refund to help with current operating expenses.

NOLs, generally

A trade or business has an NOL when its allowable deductions exceed its gross income for the tax year. A business can have an NOL whether it is a corporation, partnership or sole proprietorship. For example, NOLs can be generated if you operate a trade or business as a sole proprietorship that is taxed to the individual.

Note. The American Reinvestment and Recovery Act of 2009 (2009 Recovery Act) temporarily increases the carryback period to five years for small businesses (defined by the new law as businesses with average gross receipts of $15 million or less). These businesses can elect to carryback NOLs three, four or five years. However, this treatment applies only to NOLs beginning or ending in 2008. Businesses that qualify can apply for an immediate refund of taxes paid during the extended carryback period. Forms 1045, Application for Tentative Refund, and Form 1139, Corporate Application for Tentative Refund, must generally be filed within one year after the end of the tax year of the NOL.

Deductible expenses for computing NOLs

Generally, business deductions are those deductions related to a taxpayer's trade or business or employment. For this purpose, the following types of losses are considered business deductions that can be used to compute an NOL:

• Losses from the sale or exchange of depreciable or real property used in the taxpayer's trade or business, including Code Sec. 1231 property;
• Losses attributable to rental property;
• Losses incurred from the sale of stock in a small business corporation or from the sale or exchange of stock in a small business investment company, to the extent that these types of losses qualify as ordinary losses;
• Losses on the sale of accounts receivable (but only if the taxpayer uses the accrual method of accounting); and
• Business losses from a partnership or S corporation.

In addition, the following expenses are considered business deductions for purposes of computing an NOL:

• Personal casualty and theft losses and nonbusiness casualty and theft losses from a transaction entered into for profit;
• Moving expenses;
• State income tax on business profits;
• Litigation expenses and interest on state and federal income taxes related to a taxpayer's business income;
• The deductible portion of employee expenses, such as travel, transportation, uniforms, and union dues;
• Payments by a federal employee to buy back sick leave used in an earlier year;
• Unrecovered investment in a pension or annuity claimed on a decedent's final return; and
• Deduction for one-half of the self-employment tax.

Carryback and carryforward rules

Generally, an NOL must be carried back and deducted against taxable income in the two tax years before the NOL year before it can be carried forward and applied against taxable income, up to 20 years after the NOL year. An NOL must be used in the earliest year available; however, you can waive the use of the carryback period and immediately carry the NOL forward. To claim an NOL carryback, an individual or a corporation must file an amended return within three years of the year the NOL was incurred.

Generally, the carryback and carryforward periods cannot be extended. Any NOL remaining after the 20-year carryforward period will be lost. However, you may be able to use an expiring NOL in the final year by accelerating the recognition of income.

Comment. There are certain exceptions to the two-year carryback period. The carryback period is three years for an NOL from a casualty or theft, and also three years for losses from a Presidentially-declared disaster affecting a small business or a farmer. A "farming loss" can be carried back five years and a 10-year period is available for product liability losses and environmental claims.

Partnerships and S corporations

If your business operates as a partnership or an S corporation, the NOL flows through to the partners or shareholders who can use the NOL to offset other business and personal income. The partnership or S corporation itself cannot use the NOL.

Note. Shareholders may not deduct a C corporation's NOLs. Moreover, because a corporation is a separate taxpayer, NOLs do not automatically flow between the corporation and another entity that takes over the corporation.

Individuals

Individuals may have an NOL not only from business losses but from other expenses, although this is less common. In addition to business losses, an individual includes in his or her NOL computation the following deductions:

• Employee business expenses;
• Casualty and theft;
• Moving expenses for a job relocation; and
• Expenses of rental property held for the production of income.

If you would like to discuss whether you have an NOL and how you might use it, please contact our office.

You have carefully considered the multitude of complex tax and financial factors, run the numbers, meet the eligibility requirements, and are ready to convert your traditional IRA to a Roth IRA. The question now remains, however, how do you convert your IRA?

Conversion basics

A conversion is a penalty-free taxable transfer of amounts from a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA. You can convert part or all of the money in your regular IRA to a Roth. When you convert your traditional IRA to a Roth, you will have to pay income tax on the amount converted. However, a traditional IRA may be converted (or rolled over) penalty-free to a Roth IRA as long as you meet the requirements for conversion, including adjusted gross income (AGI) limits in effect until 2010. You should have funds outside the IRA to pay the income tax due on the conversion, rather than taking a withdrawal from your traditional IRA to pay for it - those withdrawals are subject to an early withdrawal penalty and they cannot be put back at a later time to continue to accumulate in the tax-free environment of an IRA.

Big news for 2010 and beyond

Beginning in 2010, you can convert from a traditional to a Roth IRA with no income level or filing status restrictions. For 2008, Roth IRAs are available for individuals with a maximum adjusted gross income of $116,000 ($169,000 for joint filers and heads of household). These income limits have prevented many individuals from establishing or converting to a Roth IRA. Not only is the income limitation eliminated after 2009, taxpayers who convert to a Roth IRA in 2010 can recognize the conversion amount in adjusted gross income (AGI) ratably over two years, in 2011 and 2012.

Example. You have $14,000 in a traditional IRA, which consists of deductible contributions and earnings. In 2010, you convert the entire amount to a Roth IRA. You do not take any distributions in 2010. As a result of the conversion, you have $14,000 in gross income. Unless you elect otherwise, $7,000 of the income is included in income in 2011 and $7,000 is included in income in 2012.

Conversion methods

There are three ways to convert your traditional IRA to a Roth. Generally, the conversion is treated as a rollover, regardless of the conversion method used. Any converted amount is treated as a distribution from the traditional IRA and a qualified rollover contribution to the Roth IRA, even if the conversion is accomplished by means of a trustee-to-trustee transfer or a transfer between IRAs of the same trustee.

1. Rollover conversion. Amounts distributed from a traditional IRA may be contributed (i.e. rolled over) to a Roth IRA within 60 days after the distribution.

2. Trustee-to-trustee transfer. Amounts in a traditional IRA may be transferred in a trustee-to-trustee transfer from the trustee of the traditional IRA to the trustee of the Roth IRA. The financial institution holding your traditional IRA assets will provide directions on how to transfer those assets to a Roth IRA that is maintained with another financial institution.

3. Internal conversions. Amounts in a traditional IRA may be transferred to a Roth IRA maintained by the same trustee. Conversions made with the same trustee can be made by redesignating the traditional IRA as a Roth IRA, in lieu of opening a new account or issuing a new contract. As with the trustee-to-trustee transfer, the financial institution holding the traditional IRA assets will provide instructions on how to transfer those assets to a Roth IRA. The transaction may be simpler in this instance because the transfer occurs within the same financial institution.

Failed conversions

A failed conversion has significant negative tax consequences, and generally occurs when you do not meet the Roth IRA eligibility or statutory requirements; for example, your AGI exceeds the limit in the year of conversion or you are married filing separately (note: as mentioned, the AGI limit for Roth IRAs will no longer be applicable beginning in 2010).

A failed conversion is treated as a distribution from your traditional IRA and an improper contribution to a Roth IRA. Not only will the amount of the distribution be subject to ordinary income tax in the year of the failed conversion, it will also be subject to the 10 percent early withdrawal penalty for individuals under age 59 1/2, (unless an exception applies). Moreover, the Tax Code imposes an additional 6 percent excise tax each year on the excess contribution amount made to a Roth IRA until the excess is withdrawn.

Caution - financial institutions make mistakes

The brokerage firm, bank, or other financial institution that will process your IRA to Roth IRA conversion can make mistakes, and their administrative errors will generally cost you. It is imperative that you understand the process, the paperwork, and what is required of you and your financial institution to ensure the conversion of your IRA properly and timely. Our office can apprise you of what to look out for and what to require of the financial institutions you will deal with during the process.

Determining whether to convert your traditional IRA to a Roth IRA can be a complicated decision to make, as it raises a host of tax and financial questions. Our office can help you determine not only whether conversion is right for you, but what method is best for you, too.

It is a common decision you may make every tax season: whether to take the standard deduction or itemize deductions. Most taxpayers have the choice of itemizing deductions or taking the applicable standard deduction amount, the choice resting on which figure will result in a higher deduction. Once you have determined the standard deduction amount that applies to you, the next step is calculating the amount of your allowable itemized deductions; not always a simple task.

Standard deduction basics

Nearly two out of three taxpayers take the standard deduction rather than itemizing deductions, according to the IRS. Moreover, favorable changes to the tax laws made in 2008 may make the standard deduction even more attractive to non-itemizers. Not all taxpayers can take the standard deduction, however. For example, a married taxpayer filing a separate return whose spouse elects to itemize his or her deductions can not take the standard deduction that year. And those who are dependents of another cannot take the full standard deduction.

The standard deduction amounts have increased for 2009 as a result of inflation adjustments. Additionally, marriage penalty relief continues to allow joint filers to take double the deduction amount as single filers. However, this benefit for married couples sunsets for tax years after December 31, 2010, unless Congress acts to extend marriage penalty relief.

The standard deduction amounts for the 2009 tax year are:

• $11,400 for married couples filing a joint return (and surviving spouses);
• $5,700 for singles and married individuals filing separately; and
• $8,350 for heads of household.

Standard property tax deduction for non-itemizers. Non-itemizers can also increase their standard deduction for 2009 by the lesser of (1) the amount otherwise allowable to the individual as a deduction for state and local property taxes, or (2) $500 ($1,000 in the case of married individuals filing jointly).

Additional deduction for age and blindness. Taxpayers who are age 65 or older or who are blind receive an additional standard deduction amount that is added to the basic standard deduction (above). The additional amounts for 2009 are $1,400 for single filers and head of household, and $1,100 each, for married individuals (filing jointly or separately) and surviving spouses. Two additional standard deduction amounts can be taken by a taxpayer who is both over 65 and blind.

Itemizing deductions

A significant consideration when deciding whether to itemize your deductions is that total itemized deductions will be reduced if your adjusted gross income (AGI) is too high. For 2009, the itemized deductions of higher-income taxpayers are reduced by the lesser of:

• 3 percent of a taxpayer's AGI over $166,800 ($83,400 for married taxpayers filing separately); or
• 80 percent of the amount of the itemized deductions subject to the reduction, which are otherwise allowable for the tax year.

Note. There is no required reduction for deductions of medical expenses, investment interest, and casualty, theft or wagering losses. You may want to take steps to decrease your AGI this year, such as by deferring income or accelerating the deductions to a low AGI year.

Some itemized deductions may only be claimed if they exceed a certain percentage of your AGI (2% for miscellaneous itemized deductions, 7.5% for medical expenses, and 10% for casualty losses). Any increase in your AGI will reduce AGI-based itemized deductions leaving you with fewer deductions to offset your total income.

Common itemized deductions you may want to consider are:

• Medical expenses;
• Charitable contributions;
• Sales taxes (in lieu of state and local income taxes);
• State and local income taxes;
• State and local property taxes;
• Mortgage interest on a principal and secondary residence;
• Investment interest;
• Personal casualty losses;
• Gambling losses of a nonprofessional gambler not in excess of winnings; and
• "Miscellaneous" deductions.

Commonly claimed miscellaneous expenses (subject to the 2% AGI limit) include:

• Expenses connected with managing your investment or income producing property
• Tax advice and preparation fees
• Appraisal fees connected to charitable contributions or casualty losses
• Job hunting and moving expenses
• Professional journal subscriptions
• Home office expenses
• Union or professional dues, and
• Employee's unreimbursed expenses.

Planning tip. Those who are close to the cut off amount for being better off itemizing than taking the standard deduction might want to consider using a year-end planning technique that incorporates alternating between the standard deduction and itemizing deductions each year. The strategy is to accelerate or defer expenses that can boost itemized deductions all into a one year, then take the standard deduction for the other tax year.

Caution. To complicate matters, some deductions either are not permitted or are allowed only in a lower amount if you are subject to alternative minimum tax (AMT).

If you have questions about preparing your return, give our office a call. We can discuss your tax situation and help you navigate the complex maze of tax laws.

In a period of declining stock prices, tax benefits may not be foremost in your mind. Nevertheless, you may be able to salvage some benefits from the drop in values. Not only can you reduce your taxable income, but you may be able to move out of unfavorable investments and shift your portfolio to investments that you are more comfortable with.

First, you should keep in mind that gain and loss on a sale of stock or mutual fund shares depends on the fair market value of the shares when sold or disposed of, compared to the cost basis of the stock. Your investments may have lost substantial value over recent periods. Nevertheless, if the stock's value when sold is higher than the basis, you still have a gain.

Example. You purchased X Corp stock in 2004, when it cost $5. At the end of 2007, the stock is worth $12. In November, 2008, you sell the stock when its value is $8 a share. Even though your investment has declined in value by 33 percent, you have a gain of $3 a share on the sale ($8 sales price less $5 cost).

The same tax-basis situation that may cause capital gain on the sale of shares that have dropped significantly in value over the past year also is causing many owners of mutual funds that have declined in value to be surprised with a capital gains distribution notice from their fund managers. If you own the mutual fund shares at the time of the capital gain distribution date, you must recognize the gain. Of course, that gain may be netted against your losses from stock or other capital asset sales.

If you realize a profit on a stock sale, the long-term capital gains tax is a maximum of 15 percent, while taxes on wages and other ordinary income can be taxed as high as 35 percent. For taxpayers in the 10 or 15 percent rate brackets, there is no capital gains tax. These reduced capital gains rates are scheduled to expire after 2010. Short-term capital gains (investments held for one year or less) are taxed at ordinary income rates up to 35 percent.

Capital losses can offset capital gains and ordinary income dollar for dollar. Capital gains can be offset in full, whether short-term or long-term. Ordinary income can be offset up to $3,000. If net capital losses (capital losses minus capital gains) exceed $3,000, the excess can be carried forward without limit and can offset capital gains and $3,000 of ordinary income in each subsequent year.

Because a capital loss can offset income taxed at the 35 percent rate, it can be advantageous to sell stock that yields capital gains in one year, while delaying the realization of capital losses until the following year.

Example. Mary has two assets. One asset would yield a $6,000 long-term capital loss when sold. The other would yield a $6,000 long-term capital gain. If Mary sells both assets in the same year, she has a net capital gain of zero. If she realizes the gain in 2008 and the loss in 2009 (by selling the assets in different years), she will increase her 2008 taxes by a maximum of $900 ($6,000 X 15 percent), but will reduce her taxes in 2009 and 2010 by a maximum of $2,100 ($3,000 X 35 percent X 2 years). She will reduce her taxes by $1,200 merely by shifting the timing of the sales.

Worthless securities. You can write off the cost of totally worthless securities as a capital loss, but cannot take a deduction for securities that have lost most of their value from stock market fluctuations or other causes if you still own them and they still have a recognizable value. You do not have to sell, abandon or dispose of the security to take a worthless stock deduction, but worthlessness must be evidenced by an identifiable event. An event includes cessation of the corporation's business, commencement of liquidation, actual foreclosure and bankruptcy. Securities become worthless if the corporation becomes worthless, even if the corporation has not dissolved, liquidated or ceased doing business.

If you would like to discuss these issues, please contact our office. We can help you consider your options.

The high cost of energy has nearly everyone looking for ways to conserve and save money, especially with colder weather coming to many parts of the country. One surprising place to find help is in the financial markets rescue package (the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008) recently passed by Congress. Overshadowed by the financial provisions are some very important energy tax incentives that could save you money at home and in your business.

While the energy tax incentives in the new law are generous, they are also complex. The names of the tax credits and deductions themselves can be daunting. Don't be put off by all the complex rules. Our office can help you navigate them and take advantage of their benefits.

Individuals

Improvements. If you are thinking of installing insulation or new energy-efficient windows and doors, you may be eligible for the residential energy property credit. This credit (also known as the Code Sec. 25C credit) gives eligible taxpayers a lifetime credit of up to $500 for making energy-efficient improvements to their residences. Up to $200 of the credit can be taken for the cost of windows. Besides insulation and energy-efficient windows and doors, some electric heat pump water heaters, natural gas, propane and oil furnaces, and other items qualify. The credit limits and energy-efficiency ratings are very complex so please contact our office before you make a purchase. We don't want you to miss out on a potentially valuable tax break. However, because of a quirk in the new law, the residential energy property credit is not available for 2008. However, you can take advantage of it in 2009.

Alternative energy. This credit (also known as the Code Sec. 25D credit) sounds a lot like the credit for energy efficient property but it is different. The key word in the title of the credit is "alternative." This credit rewards individuals who install certain types of alternative energy systems in their homes, particularly systems that utilize solar power and wind energy. These include solar electric, solar water heating, small wind energy, and geothermal heat pump property. Generally you must install the property before the end of 2016.

Businesses

Solar and wind power. Businesses are also eligible for some valuable energy tax breaks. Businesses that install solar energy and small wind energy property can take advantage of special tax credits that can reach as high as 30 percent. Generally, the solar or wind energy property must be used to generate electricity that heats, cools or lights a building.

Improvements. There is also a special tax deduction for energy efficient improvements made to commercial buildings. Generally, the improvements to heating, cooling, ventilation, lighting, and other qualifying systems must significantly reduce annual energy costs. Many of the new heating, cooling and lighting systems currently on the market meet these standards. If you recently installed new heating, cooling or lighting systems, you may have qualified for a tax break without even knowing it.

Manufacturers and builders. Manufacturers of energy efficient appliances, such as washing machines and refrigerators, are eligible for special tax credits. Additionally, contractors that build energy efficient homes can take advantage of tax breaks.

Transportation

In the not too distant future, you may be able to purchase a plug-in electric vehicle. In anticipation of that day, Congress created a new plug-in electric vehicle tax credit. The credit is available to everyone: individuals and businesses. Electric plug-in vehicles could be on the market as soon as 2010 so keep this tax break in mind if you shop for one.

These are just the highlights of some of the many energy tax incentives in the new law. Please contact our office for more details.

Nonbusiness creditors may deduct bad debts when they become totally worthless (i.e. there is no chance of its repayment). The proper year for the deduction can generally be established by showing that an insolvent debtor has not timely serviced a debt and has either refused to pay any part of the debt in the future, gone through bankruptcy, or disappeared. Thus, if you have loaned money to a friend or family member that you are unable to collect, you may have a bad debt that is deductible on your personal income tax return.

The fact that the debtor is a family member or other related interest does not preclude you from taking a bad debt deduction, provided that the debt was bona fide and that worthlessness has been established. A direct or indirect transfer of money between family members may create a bona fide debt eligible for the bad debt deduction. However, these transactions are closely scrutinized to determine whether the transfer is a bona fide debt or a gift.

Bona-fide debt and other requirements for deductibility

You may only take a bad debt deduction for bona-fide debts. A bona-fide debt is a debt arising from a debtor-creditor relationship based on a valid and enforceable obligation to repay a fixed or determinable sum of money. You must also have the present intention to seek repayment of the debt. Additionally, for a bad debt you must also show that you had the intent to make a loan, and not a gift, at the time the money was transferred. Thus, there must be a true creditor-debtor relationship.

Moreover, nonbusiness bad debts are only deductible in the year they become totally worthless (partially worthless nonbusiness bad debts are not deductible).

To deduct a bad debt, you must also have a basis in it, which means that you must have already included the amount in your income or loaned out your cash (for example, if your spouse has not paid court-ordered child support, you can not claim a bad debt deduction for the amount owed as this amount was not previously included in your gross income).

Reporting bad debts

You can deduct nonbusiness bad debts as short-term capital losses on Schedule D of your Form 1040. On Schedule D, Part I, Line 1, enter the debtor's name and "statement attached" in column (a). Enter the amount of the bad debt in parentheses in column (f). If you are reporting multiple bad debts, use a separate line for each bad debt. For each bad debt, attach a statement to your return containing the following:

•  A description of the debt, including the amount and date it became due;
• The name of the debtor, and any business or family relationship between you and the debtor:
• The efforts you made to collect the debt; and
• An explanation of why you decided the debt was worthless (for example, you can show the debtor has declared bankruptcy or is insolvent, or that collection efforts such as through legal action will not likely result in the debt being paid).

If you did not deduct a bad debt on your original income tax return for the year it became worthless, you can file a refund claim or a claim for a credit due to the bad debt. You must use Form 1040X to amend your return for the year the debt became worthless. It must be filed with 7 years from the date your original return for that year had to be filed, or 2 years from the date you paid the tax, whichever is later.

Note. If you deduct a bad debt and in a later year collect all or part of the money owed, you may have to include this amount in your gross income. However, you can exclude from your gross income the amount recovered up to the amount of the deduction that did not reduce your tax in the year you deducted the debt.

With the U.S. and world financial markets in turmoil, many individual investors may be watching the value of their stock seesaw, or have seen it plummet in value. If the value of your shares are trading at very low prices, or have no value at all, you may be wondering if you can claim a worthless securities deduction for the stock on your 2008 tax return.

Capital or ordinary loss treatment

When stock you own in a corporation becomes totally worthless during the tax year, you may be able to report a loss in the stock equal to its tax basis. Generally, a worthless stock loss is characterized as a capital loss because securities like stock that become worthless are usually treated as capital assets. When a security that is not a capital asset becomes wholly worthless, the loss is deductible as an ordinary loss. For example, if worthless stock is Code Sec. 1244 stock, ordinary loss treatment applies. Worthless stock is treated as if it was sold on the last day of the tax year.

Note. You may only deduct a loss on worthless securities if the loss is incurred in a trade or business, in a transaction entered into for profit, or as the result of a fire, storm, shipwreck, another casualty, or theft. It is generally assumed that an individual acquires securities for profit (although this assumption may be refuted).

Your stock is trading at $1.08 a share: Is it "worthlessness?"

A worthless stock deduction may only be taken when your securities have become totally worthless. You can not take the deduction for stock that has become only partially worthless. The Internal Revenue Code, however, does not define "worthlessness." Nonetheless, in the IRS's eyes, a company's stock is not going to be automatically considered worthless simply because the stock or security has plummeted in value and is now trading at mere dollars and cents.

With the current market turmoil, many stocks have taken big hits and dropped significantly in value, perhaps even trading for a $1.08 per share, but are nonetheless still alive and trading on an exchange. Therefore, you can not take a worthless stock deduction for a mere decline in value of stock caused by a fluctuation in market price or other similar cause, no matter how steep the decline, if your stock has any recognizable value on the date you claim as the date of loss. Even if a company in which you have stock files for bankruptcy, or lawsuits are filed against it, does not automatically qualify the stock or securities as worthlessness.

More hurdles to overcome

Even if you can establish that the stock you own has become totally worthless, the loss must be (1) evidenced by a closed and completed transaction, (2) fixed by identifiable events and (3) actually sustained during the tax year. First, you may only claim the deduction on your return for the tax year in which the stock has become completely worthless, and you must be able to show that the year in which you are claiming the loss is the appropriate tax year.

Generally, a worthless stock loss deduction can be taken in the year in which you abandon the stock. To abandon a security, you must permanently surrender and relinquish all rights in the security and receive no consideration in exchange for the security. But, whether the transaction qualifies as abandonment, and not an actual sale or exchange, is a facts and circumstances test.

If you would like to know whether the stock or other securities you own have become worthless, please contact our office. We can help you navigate these complex rules.

Individuals with $400 or more of net earnings from self-employment must pay self-employment tax, in addition to any income tax imposed on the same income. This article can help you estimate any self-employment tax liability that you may owe for 2008.

Self-employment tax

The self-employment tax consists of two taxes: a tax used to fund Social Security benefits and a tax used to fund Medicare benefits. The Social Security tax rate is 12.4 percent, and the Medicare tax rate is 2.9 percent. The combined tax rate is 15.3 percent.

The first $102,000 (for 2008) of net income from self-employment (reduced by any wages received by the individual) is subject to a 15.3 percent tax (which includes the Social Security and Medicare health insurance taxes). Income above that amount is only subject to a 2.9 percent Medicare tax. Taxpayers use Schedule C or C-EZ (Form 1040) to figure net earnings from self-employment (self-employment income). Schedule SE (Form 1040) is used to figure and report self-employment taxes.

Calculating self-employment tax liability

Step1. Determine your net income from self-employment (from Schedule C or C-EZ for sole proprietors; from Schedule E for self-employed businesses treated as a partnership; or Schedule F for farmers). Generally, net income is your total business receipts minus your total business deductions.

Step 2. Multiply your net income from self-employment by 0.9235 (or 92.35 percent). This is your net earnings from self-employment (self-employment income). If this number is less than $400, you do not owe self-employment tax.

Step 3. Multiply by 0.153 (or 15.3 percent) the amount of your net earnings up to an amount equal to $102,000 reduced by any wages received (for which there has already been withholding). Additionally, if applicable, multiply any net earnings over $102,000 by 0.029 (or 2.9 percent). Add these two numbers together. This is your estimated self-employment tax liability.

Step 4. Report your self-employment tax liability on Schedule SE of Form 1040.

Example. Your Schedule C shows net business income of $225,000. Your net earnings from self-employment (self-employment income) is $207,787.50 ($225,000 x 0.9235 = $207,787.50). The first $102,000 (assuming no wage income) gets taxed at a maximum rate of 15.3 percent ($102,000 x .153 = $15,606). The remaining $105,787.50 is taxed at 2.9 percent ($105,787.50 x .029 percent = $3,067.84). Your total self-employment tax liability is an estimated $18,673.84 ($15,606 + $3,067.84= $18,673.84).

Contributions to political campaigns are nondeductible. Nondeductible campaign contributions include, for example, contributions to pay for campaign expenses as well as contributions to pay for a candidate's personal expenses while the candidate is campaigning. The line sometimes gets gray, however, when a contribution is being made for a charitable purpose that is being sponsored by a political candidate or is being made to a charity that also appears to be endorsing a political candidate as opposed to a particular position within the public discourse.

Nondeductible contributions and expenses

Admission prices to political dinners and inaugural events, such as balls, galas, parades or concerts, as well as advertising in convention programs and other publications may be nondeductible if the proceeds "inure to the benefit" of a political party or candidate. Proceeds "inure to the benefit" of a political party when the party has the ability to spend any part of the money on the types of expenses enumerated above, or the ability to spend any part of the proceeds even if the money is restricted to a particular purpose that is unrelated to the election of a specific candidate. Proceeds "inure to the benefit" of a candidate if the money can be used, directly or indirectly, to further the selection, nomination or election of the candidate to office. It doesn't matter in that case that the expense (for example, advertising in a dinner program) also furthers the business of the contributor.

Example. The Libertarian Party holds a dinner to raise money for a voter registration drive and a voter education program. Even though the proceeds of the dinner cannot be used for any purpose that is related to the election of specific candidates to public office, the proceeds still inure to the benefit of the Libertarian Party and a taxpayer cannot deduct the costs of any tickets to the dinner that the taxpayer purchases.

Deductible nonpartisan or impartial election expenses

On the other hand, expenses that support certain nonpartisan and impartial election campaign programs may be deductible. Expenses that are paid or incurred by a taxpayer engaged in a trade or business for contributions that support certain nonpartisan or impartial election programs are deductible. Examples of expenses a taxpayer may deduct include:

• Expenses incurred in supporting a debate that gives all candidates for the same public office an equal opportunity to present themselves to the public, provided the expenses are related to a taxpayer's expected future patronage and other otherwise deductible trade or business expenses;
• Expenses incurred in holding an impartial debate for candidates for public office sponsored by the taxpayer and wherein the taxpayer's name is read before and after the debate;
• Expenses in connection with a voter registration drive, even though polls indicate that those who are registered in the drive would more likely support a particular candidate.

Move over hybrids - buyers of Volkswagen and Mercedes diesel vehicles now qualify for the valuable alternative motor vehicle tax credit. Previously, the credit had gone only to hybrid vehicles. Now, the IRS has qualified certain VW and Mercedes diesels as "clean" as a hybrid.

Qualifying vehicles

The IRS has designated the following diesel-powered vehicles as advanced lean-burning technology motor vehicles that qualify for the alternative motor vehicle tax credit:

• The 2009 VW Jetta TDI sedan and TDI sportwagen models; and
• The 2009 Mercedes-Benz GL320, R320 and ML320 Bluetec models.

 The credit amounts vary depending on the vehicle's fuel economy. The credit amounts for each vehicle are as follows:

• 2009 VW Jetta TDI sedan and TDI sportwagen: $1,300 credit;
• 2009 Mercedes ML320 Bluetec: $900;
• 2009 Mercedes R320 Bluetec: $1,550; and
• 2009 GL320 Bluetec: $1,800.

VW's diesels went on sale in August, while the Mercedes Bluetec models are expected to go on sale beginning this October.

The alternative motor vehicle tax credit, generally

The alternative motor vehicle tax credit is a lucrative tax credit for purchasers of qualifying automobiles. But, just as the situation is with hybrids, the full amount of the credit for each vehicle is available only during a limited period. The dollar value of the tax credit will begin to be reduced once the manufacturer sells 60,000 vehicles that qualify for the tax credit. Additionally, the credit is available only to the original purchaser of a new, qualifying vehicle. As such individuals who lease the vehicle are not eligible for the credit - the credit is allowed only to the vehicle's owner, such as the leasing company.

Taxpayers may claim the full amount of the allowable credit up to the end of the first calendar quarter after the quarter in which the manufacturer records its sale of the 60,000th advance lean burn technology motor vehicle or hybrid passenger automobile or light truck. For the second and third calendar quarters after the quarter in which the 60,000th vehicle is sold, taxpayers may claim 50 percent of the credit. For the fourth and fifth calendar quarters, taxpayers may claim 25 percent of the credit. No credit is allowed after the fifth quarter.

The credit - as Congress has allotted so far - may only be taken for qualified vehicles purchased before the end of 2010.

Education continues to become increasingly expensive. The Tax Code provides a variety of significant tax breaks to help pay for the rising costs of education, from elementary and secondary school to college. Some people are surprised at what is available these days, as the dust settles on tax rules that have been in transition now for a number of years. A good place to start educating yourself on these education-related tax incentives - to help yourself or a member of your family better tackle the rising expense of education - is right here.

Hope scholarship and Lifetime Learning credits

The Hope (temporarily enhanced and renamed the "American Opportunity Tax Credit" for 2009 and 2010 by the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009) and Lifetime Learning credits can be claimed for qualified tuition and fees paid by an individual for his or her (or a spouse's or dependent's) enrollment or attendance at any college, university, vocational school or postgraduate school. The American Opportunity Tax Credit, just like the Hope credit, and Lifetime Learning credit can not both be taken for the same student in the same year.

If you pay the qualified education expenses of more than one student in the same year, however, you can choose to take the credits on a per-student for that year. Expenses that do not count towards the Lifetime Learning credit are those incurred to purchase books, supplies and other equipment, and charges and fees associated with meals and lodging. However, the American Opportunity Tax Credit can be claimed for course materials for 2009 and 2010 only.

Moreover, the American Opportunity Tax Credit (unlike the Hope credit) is available for expenses incurred during all four years of college, as provided under the 2009 Recovery Act. The Hope credit is only available for the first two years of college). However, the Lifetime Learning credit can be claimed for all years of postsecondary school (as well as for courses to acquire or improve job skills). In effect, the Lifetime Learning credit can pick up where the Hope credit left off.

The maximum American Opportunity Credit that can be claimed in 2009 and 2010 is $2,500 (previously $1,800 under the Hope credit) of qualified education expenses per student. Under the new credit, the maximum $2,500 per year would be allowed on $4,000 in qualifying payments (100 percent of the first $2,000 and 25 percent of the next $2,000).

For 2009 and 2010, the American Opportunity Tax Credit begins to phase-out when modified adjusted gross income (MAGI) reaches $80,000 for individuals (and $160,00 for joint filers). For 2009, the amount of the Lifetime learning credit phases out for individuals when MAGI reaches $50,000 for individuals and $100,00 for joint filers.

Coverdell Education Savings accounts

Individuals can contribute up to $2,000 a year to a Coverdell Education Savings account, which is established to help pay for the costs of education of an account beneficiary. A beneficiary is someone who is under age 18 or with special needs.

Although contributions to a Coverdell account are not deductible, earnings grow tax-free, and distributions are also tax free if used for qualified education expenses, including tuition and fees, required books, supplies and equipment, as well as qualified expenses for room and board. The account can help pay for the costs of attending an elementary or secondary school, whether public, private or religious, as well as a college or university.

As with the education credits, there are contribution limits based on the taxpayer/contributor's modified AGI.  

Student loan interest

Eligible individuals can take an above-the-line deduction for up to $2,500 of interest paid on student loans used to pay for the cost of attending any college, university, vocational school, or graduate school. A student loan, for purposes of the deduction, is a loan you took out and is designated solely to pay your (or your spouse's or dependent's) qualified education expenses. For example, if you take out a home equity loan to pay for college tuition, the interest may be deductible as mortgage interest, but it is not considered above-the-line interest for a student loan since the lender did not specifically restrict the proceeds to education expenses.

Good news on student loan interest, however, is that qualified education expenses in this case include not only tuition and fees, but also room and board, books, supplies and equipment, and other necessary expenses such as transportation. Interest paid on a loan that is made to you by a related person, such as parents or grandparents, or from a qualified employer plan do not qualify for the deduction.

The deduction is available regardless of whether or not you itemize. For 2009, the amount of the deduction begins to phase out when an individual's modified AGI exceeds $60,000 a year (or $120,000 for married couples filing jointly). The deduction is completely eliminated once an individual's modified AGI reaches $75,000 (or $150,000 for joint filers). For all other taxpayers, the deduction phases out when AGI reaches $60,000 (and is eliminated completely at AGI of $75,000). If you are claimed as a dependent on another's tax return, you can not take the deduction, however.

IRA and 401(k) withdrawals for education expenses

Generally, if you take a distribution from your IRA before you reach age 59 1/2, you must pay a 10 percent additional tax on the early distribution, as well as income tax on the amount distributed. This applies to any IRA you own, whether it is a traditional IRA, a Roth IRA or a SIMPLE IRA. However, you can take a distribution from your IRA before you reach age 59 1/2 and not be subject to the 10 percent additional tax, if the distribution is used to pay the qualified education expenses for:

• Yourself;
• Your spouse; or
• Your or your spouse's child, grandchild or foster child.

Qualified education expenses include tuition, fees, books, supplies, and equipment required for enrollment or attendance at any college, university, vocational school or other post-secondary educational institution. In addition, if the student is at least a part-time student, room and board are generally qualified education expenses, subject to certain limitation.

If you have a 401(k) plan that allows "hardship withdrawals" to be taken to pay for certain higher education expenses, such as tuition and other education expenses, you may consider taking such a distribution to pay for the education expenses for yourself, or your spouse or your children.  

Section 529 college savings plans

An often touted way to pay for college is through a state college savings plan (aka Section 529 plans, or qualified tuition plans). Section 529 plans allow you to save money, tax-free, to pay for qualified education expenses for college. Although contributions are not deductible for federal tax purposes, many states allow residents to deduct contributions on their state return. Moreover, distributions from a 529 plan are tax-free unless the amount distributed is greater than the account beneficiary's adjusted qualified education expenses. Qualified education expenses include amounts paid for tuition, fees, books, supplies and equipment, as well as reasonable costs of room and board for individuals are at least part-time students.

For 2009 and 2010, beneficiaries of qualified tuition plans can use tax-free distributions to pay for computers and computer technology, including internet access. This is courtesy of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009.

Special needs education

The cost for a mentally or physically handicapped individual to attend a special school may be deductible as a medical expense if the principal reason for the individual attending the school is to help overcome or alleviate his or her disability. To qualify for the deduction, the individual does not have to attend a "special school." According to the IRS, the costs of a special education program at any school may be deductible if the program is primarily targeted to the individual's disability. Other deductible medical expenses may include the costs of transportation for the special education, summer school, tutoring, and meals and lodging at the school.

However, remember that medical expenses are only deductible to the extent they exceed 7.5 percent of your income, as an itemized deduction. Individuals with special needs children might also consider Coverdell Education Savings accounts as a vehicle for saving and paying for their children's special education expenses.

Private secondary and nursery school expenses

Private secondary expenses are generally not deductible. Furthermore, the IRS has ruled that any expenses allocated to high school tuition related to advance-placement college credit courses are still considered secondary tuition expenses and will not be counted toward the Hope or Lifetime learning credits.

"After-school" or "extended-day" programs, however, may be deductible if taken toward the child and dependent care credit for a child under age 13 to enable both spouses to work.  Expenses incurred to send a child to nursery school, pre-school or similar programs for children below the kindergarten level qualify fully for the child and dependent care credit without any requirement to separate by time or otherwise the educational portion of the expenses from the child care expenses.

The child and dependent care tax credit is a popular credit that, in part, enables you and your spouse (if married) to reduce your taxes by the cost of certain qualifying expenses you incur to have someone care for your child or childrenwho are under the age of 13 so that you can work or look for work. For 2009, you can generally claim up to $3,000 of expenses paid in the year for one qualifying individual, or $6,000 for two or more qualifying individuals, under the dependent and child care credit. Additional income and eligibility limitations apply.

If you have any questions on how these rules apply to your education expenses, please do not hesitate to call our offices.

To ease the pain of the ever-escalating costs of healthcare, many employers provide certain tax-driven health benefits and plans to their employees. To help employers understand the differences and similarities among three popular medical savings vehicles - health savings accounts (HSAs), flexible spending accounts (FSAs) and health reimbursement arrangements (HRAs) - here's an overview.

Health Savings Accounts (HSAs)

HSAs are relatively new. An HSA is a tax-exempt trust or custodial account that is established exclusively to pay for (or reimburse) the qualified medical expenses of the account holder (typically an employee), a spouse or dependents such as children. Individuals get to take an above-the-line deduction for HSA contributions, while employer contributions to an employee's HSA are neither included in the employee's gross income nor subject to employment taxes. HSA earnings grow tax-free and distributions to pay for qualified medical expenses are also tax-free.

For 2008, a deduction may be taken up to $2,900 by individuals with self-only coverage and $5,800 by individuals with family coverage. And, individuals age 55 or older may make additional "catch-up" contributions to an HSA.

HSA contributions in an account carry over from year to year until the employee uses them. HSAs are also portable, meaning that an employee can take their funds when they leave or change jobs.

To be eligible for an HSA, an individual must generally:

• Have a high deductible health plan (HDHP);
• Have no other health coverage except for certain types of permitted coverage (for example, coverage for accidents, disability, dental and vision care, and long-term care);
• Not be enrolled in Medicare; and
• Not be able to be claimed as a dependent on another person's tax return.

HDHPs feature higher annual deductibles than other traditional health plans. For 2008, the minimum HDHP deductible is $1,100 for self-only coverage, and $2,200 for family coverage. HSA annual contributions, however, are not limited to the annual deductible under an HDHP.

Flexible Spending Arrangements (FSAs)

An FSA is an employer-provided benefit program that reimburses employees for specified expenses as they are incurred. Employees must first incur and substantiate the expense before it is reimbursed by the employer. FSAs are also known as "cafeteria plans" or "Section 125 plans" because they are allowed under Code Sec. 125 of the Internal Revenue Code. An FSA allows employees to contribute before-tax dollars to the account to be used to reimburse health care costs. Employers can also contribute to an employee's FSA. Generally, distributions may only be made to reimburse an employee for qualified medical expenses. They generally cannot be carried forward from year to year; specific "use-it-or-lose-it" rules apply.

Funds set aside in an FSA, typically through a voluntary salary reduction agreement, are not included in an employee's gross income or subject to employment taxes (with an exception for employer contributions used to pay for long-term care insurance). Withdrawals from an FSA are tax-free if used for qualified medical expenses. Employees can also withdraw funds from their account to pay for qualified medical expenses even if they have not yet placed the funds in the FSA.

Health Reimbursement Arrangements (HRAs)

An HRA is a type of FSA in which an employer sets aside funds to reimburse employees for qualified medical expenses up to a maximum dollar amount. Employer HRA contributions are not included in employees' gross income or subject to employment taxes. Additionally, employers get to deduct amounts contributed to employees' HRAs. HRAs can only be established and funded by an employer, and can be offered together with other employer-provided health benefits. Self-employed individuals are not eligible for HRAs.

Generally, there is no limit on the amount an employer can contribute to an employee's HRA, and any unused amounts in an HRA can be carried forward to later years. HRAs, however, are not portable and therefore do not follow employees if they change employment.

Distributions from HRAs can only be used to pay for qualified medical expenses that an employee has incurred on or after the date he or she enrolled in the HRA. If a distribution is made to pay for non-qualified medical expenses, those amounts are included in the employee's gross income. Moreover, distributions made to someone other than the employee, their spouse or dependents are taxable income.

If you need further analysis of which of these health-benefit plans may be right for you, and your employees if applicable, please call us.

The Housing Assistance Tax Act of 2008 (2008 Housing Act) gave a boost to individuals purchasing a home for the first time with a $7,500 first-time homebuyer tax credit. The credit was enhanced from $7,500 to $8,000 and extended for certain purchases under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (2009 Recovery Act). This article explains how to determine the credit for eligible first-time homebuyers.

The $7,500 credit

The first-time homebuyer tax credit is a refundable, but temporary, tax credit equal to 10 percent of the purchase price of the residence, up to $7,500 for single individuals and married couples filing jointly, and $3,750 for married individuals who file separately. The $7,500 credit is only available for first-time purchases of primary residences (i.e. no second homes) made on or after April 9, 2008 and before July 1, 2009. To be eligible to claim the credit, however, an individual (or his or her spouse) must not have had any type of ownership interest in a principal residence during the three-year period before the date that the principal residence, for which the credit is to be taken, is purchased. You can claim a credit of up to either $7,500, or 10 percent of the purchase price, whichever is less.

The $8,000 credit under the 2009 Recovery Act

The 2009 Recovery Act raised the $7,500 maximum credit to $8,000, and extended that level through 2009 for eligible home purchases. The new law also eliminates any required repayment to the IRS after 36 months in the home. However, the enhanced $8,000 credit only applies to purchase of a principal residence made by a "first-time" homebuyer after December 31, 2008. Purchases on or after April 9, 2008 and before January 1, 2009 continue to be governed by the original first-time homebuyer credit enacted in the 2008 Housing Act.

The credit must be repaid in equal installments over the course of 15 years; the credit is interest-free. Repayments start two years after the year in which the residence is purchased. If the taxpayer sells or no longer uses the home as his or her principal residence before repaying the credit, the unpaid amount accelerates and becomes due on the return for the year in which the residence is sold or no longer used as a principal residence. The credit does not need to be repaid if the taxpayer dies. Special rules also exist for an involuntary conversion and a residence transferred in a divorce.

Example. Jim and Marsha, a married couple, are new homebuyers. They have never owned any other real property as a primary residence. Their combined modified adjusted gross income (AGI) is $74,600. They purchase their home in June 2009. Their first-time home purchase qualifies for the full $7,500 credit. They may file an amended 2008 return to claim the credit. Repayments of the $7,500 credit would begin in 2011.

Example. Mary and Tim are married joint filers who close title on a new home in February 2009. Their combined modified AGI is $100,000. They are entitled to claim the $8,000 first-time homebuyer tax credit. If they remain in the home for 36 months, they are not required to repay the credit to the government.

Phase-outs

The $7,500 and $8,000 credits both begin to phase-out for married couples with modified AGI between $150,000 and $170,000, and for single taxpayers with modified AGI between $75,000 and $95,000. However, the new credit benefits more than just single individuals and married couples, and can be taken by all co-owners, such as same-sex couples and family members who buy the residence together. However, the total amount of the credit allowed to such individuals, jointly, cannot exceed $7,500 (or $8,000).

Figuring the credit

If your modified AGI exceeds income threshold at which the credit begins to phase-out - $75,000 for single filers and $150,000 for joint filers - use the following steps to help determine the amount of the credit you can take.

1. Subtract the "phase-out amount" ($75,000 for single filers, or $150,000 for joint filers) from your (or you and your spouse's) modified AGI.
2. Take this dollar amount and divide it by $20,000.
3. Multiply this number by $7,500 (for single and joint filers), $3,750 for a married individual filing separately, or 10 percent of the purchase price of your home, whichever amount is applicable in your circumstances. (For example, if the purchase price of your home is $50,000, you would be able to claim the credit up to $5,000, since 10 percent of $50,000 (the purchase price) is less than $7,500). The resulting amount is the total amount of the credit that you may claim.

Note. This same formula will work for determining the $8,000 credit under the 2009 Recovery Act. Simply substitute $8,000 for $7,500 where applicable.

 Example. Jane, a single filer, is a first-time homebuyer. Her modified AGI is $80,000. She buys a home in October 2008 for $200,000. Because 10 percent of the purchase price ($20,000) is more than $7,500, the maximum credit amount she can claim is $7,500. However, because her modified AGI exceeds $75,000, she will not be able to claim the entire credit amount. Instead, she will be able to claim a credit of $5,625 ($80,000 - $75,000 = $5,000. $5,000 divided by $20,000 = .25. $7,500 multiplied by .25 = $1,875. $7,500 - $1,875 = $5,625).

Example. Michael is a single filer and first-time homebuyer. His modified AGI is $87,600. He buys a home in September 2008 for $50,000. Because 10 percent of the home's purchase price ($5,000) is less than the maximum amount of the allowable credit ($7,500), the maximum credit he can claim is $5,000. However, because his modified AGI exceeds the amount at which the credit phases out, his credit will be further reduced. Michael can claim a credit of $1,850 ($87,600-$75,000= $12,600. $12,600 divided by $20,000 = .63. $5,000 multiplied by .63 = $3,150. $5,000 - $3150 = $1,850.

Example. Linda and Ed, married joint filers, are first-time homebuyers. Their modified AGI is $162,400. They buy their first home in August 2008 for $300,000. Since their modified AGI exceeds the phase-out amount ($150,000 for joint filers), they will not be able to claim the entire credit amount of $7,500. Instead, they will be able to claim a maximum credit of $2,850 ($162,400 - $150,000 = $12,400. $12,400 divided by $20,000 = .62. $7,500 multiplied by .62 = $4,650. $7,500 - $4,650 = $2,850).

The credit amounts in every case will need to be repaid beginning two years after the date the home is purchased, in equal installments over the course of 15 years.

If you or anyone close to you is considering purchasing a first home as defined under the new law, the new tax credit may be able to make an otherwise difficult down payment sail through. Please contact this office for further details.

The IRS allows taxpayers with a charitable inclination to take a deduction for a wide range of donated items. However, the IRS does provide specific guidelines for those taxpayers contributing non-cash items, from the type of charity you can donate to in order to take a deduction to the quality of the goods you contribute and how to value them for deduction purposes. If your summer cleaning has led, or may lead, you to set aside clothes and other items for charity, and you would like to know how to value these items for tax purposes, read on.

Household items that can be donated to charitable, and for which a deduction is allowed, include:

• Furniture;
• Furnishings;
• Electronics;
• Appliances;
• Linens; and
• Similar items.

The following are not considered household items for charitable deduction purposes:

• Food;
• Paintings, antiques, and other art objects;
• Jewelry; and
• Collections.

Valuing clothing and household items

Many people give clothing, household goods and other items they no longer need to charity. If you contribute property to a qualified organization, the amount of your charitable contribution is generally the fair market value (FMV) of the property at the time of the contribution. However, if the property has increased in value since you purchased it, you may have to make some adjustments to the amount of your deduction.

You can not deduct donations of used clothing and used household goods unless you can prove the items are in "good," or better, condition; and in the case of equipment, working. However, the IRS has not specifically set out what qualifies as "good" condition.

Fair market value is the amount that the item could be sold for now; what you originally paid for the clothing or household item is completely irrelevant. For example, if you paid $500 for a sofa that would only get you $50 at a yard sale, your deduction for charitable donation purposes is $50 (the sofa's current FMV). You cannot claim a deduction for the difference in the price you paid for the item and its current FMV.

To determine the FMV of used clothing, you should generally claim as the value the price that a buyer of used clothes would pay at a thrift shop or consignment store.

Comment. In the rare event that the household item (or items) you are donating to charity has actually increased in value, you will need to make adjustments to the value of the item in order to calculate the correct deductible amount. You may have to reduce the FMV of the item by the amount of appreciation (increase in value) when calculating your deduction.

Good faith estimate

All non-cash donations require a receipt from the charitable organization to which they are donated, and it is your responsibility as the taxpayer, not the charity's, to make a good faith estimate of the item's (or items') FMV at the time of donation. The emphasis on valuation should be on "good faith." The IRS recognizes some abuse in this area, yet needs to balance its public ire with its duty to encourage legitimate donations. While the audit rate on charitable deductions is not high, it also is not non-existent. You must be prepared with reasonable estimates for used clothing and household goods, high enough so as not to shortchange yourself, yet low enough to prevent an IRS auditor from threatening a penalty.

In any event, if the FMV of any item is more than $5,000, you will need to obtain an appraisal by a qualified appraiser to accompany your tax form (which is Form 8283, Noncash Charitable Contributions). When dealing with valuables, an appraisal helps protect you as well as the IRS.

If you have questions about the types of items that you can donate to charity, limits on deductibility, or other general inquiries about charitable donations and deductions, please contact out office.

The current economic slowdown has affected businesses in all industries, from service to retail, causing many companies to re-evaluate their financial and tax situation. If business is slower than normal, you may want to consider adjusting your estimated tax payments. If you've made estimated tax payments this year, a change in your business's income, deductions, credits, and exemptions may make it necessary to refigure your estimated tax payments for the remainder of the year. To avoid either a penalty from the IRS or overpaying the IRS interest-free, consider increasing or decreasing the amount of your remaining estimated tax payments.

Basic rules

The "basic" rules governing estimated tax payments are not always synonymous with "straightforward" rules:

Corporations. For calendar-year corporations, estimated tax installments are due on April 15, June 15, September 15, and December 15. If any due date falls on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, the payment is due on the first following business day. To avoid a penalty, each installment must equal at least 25 percent of the lesser of:

• 100 percent of the tax shown on the current year's tax return (or of the actual tax, if no return is filed), or
• 100 percent of the tax shown on the corporation's return for the preceding tax year, provided a positive tax liability was shown and the preceding tax year consisted of 12 months.

A lower installment amount may be paid if it is shown that use of an annualized income method, or for corporations with seasonal incomes, an adjusted seasonal method, would result in a lower required installment

Individuals. For individuals (including sole proprietors and partners), similar rules apply, with due dates on April 15, June 15, September 15, and January 15. Individuals who do not pay at least 90 percent of their tax through withholding generally are required to estimate their income tax liability and make equal quarterly payments of the "required annual payment" liability during the year. The required annual payment is the lesser of:

• 90 percent of the tax ultimately shown on the return for the tax year, or 90 percent of the tax due for the year if no return is filed;
• 100 percent of the tax shown on the taxpayer's return for the preceding year if that year was not for a short period of less than 12 months; or
• The annualized income installment.

For high-income taxpayers whose adjusted gross income (AGI) shown on the preceding year's tax return exceeds $150,000 (or $75,000 for a married individual filing separately), the required annual payment is the lesser of 90 percent of the tax for the current year, or 110 percent of the tax shown on the return for the preceding tax year.

Adjusting estimated tax payments

If you expect an uneven income stream for the remainder of 2008, or changes in the amount of deductions, credits, exemptions, and other adjustments, your required estimated tax payments may not necessarily be the same for each remaining period, requiring adjustment to your estimated tax payments. The need for, and the extent of, adjustments to your estimated tax payments should be assessed at the end of each installment payment period.

If you discover within a payment period that a change in your business's anticipated income, deductions, credits, exemptions, or other taxes will either increase or decrease your business's tax liability (and therefore the required annual payment expected for the balance of the year), you should adjust your remaining quarterly payments accordingly.

Drop in income? The IRS's "no refund" policy

Unfortunately, if your business has experienced a drop in income (and thus the installment payments you've already made were in fact not necessary), the IRS will not provide you a quick refund of any payments already made. You will have to wait until you file your federal income tax return for the tax year to apply any unnecessary tax payment installments against your final tax bill and seek a refund.

Refiguring tax payments due

To change or amend your estimated tax payments, refigure your total estimated tax payments due. Then, figure the payment due for each remaining payment period. However, be careful: if an estimated tax payment for a previous period is less than one-fourth of your amended estimated tax, you may be subject to a penalty when you file your return.

The rules surrounding estimated tax payments are complicated. If you would like further information about changing your business's estimated tax payments, please contact our office.

With school out for the summer, working parents will not only need to arrange care for their children while at work, but how to do so in a cost effective way. For parents facing a summer season that requires juggling childcare and work (or finding work), the IRS provides a few tax breaks that can help make this balancing act a little less painful to the pocket. From the cost of day camp to summer school, how do you determine what kind of childcare is deductible and what is not? Let's take a look.

Child and dependent care credit

The child and dependent care credit is a popular credit that, in part, enables you and your spouse (if married) to reduce your taxes by the cost of certain qualifying expenses you incur to have someone care for your child or children who are under age 13 so that you can work or look for work. While the credit applies to a wide range of childcare services, there are a variety of popular childcare services that do not qualify. Not only are there limits on the types of care and services that qualify, but the credit is also subject to income and percentage limitations as well.

Eligibility and amounts

For 2009, you can claim up to $3,000 of expenses paid in the year for one qualifying individual, or $6,000 for two or more qualifying individuals, under the dependent and child care credit. However, as discussed below, the credit can only be taken for up to 35 percent of qualifying expenses. This means that you essentially will not be able to claim the full $3,000/$6,000 amount. Additionally, to be eligible for the credit, you and your spouse must meet certain conditions, including:

• You and your spouse (if married) must have earned income from wages, salaries, tips, other taxable compensation, or net earnings from self-employment for the year;
• The expenses must be made for children age 13 or younger;
• The expenses must have been incurred to enable you and your spouse to work or look for work (unless you or your spouse is a full-time student or incapacitated);
• The care payments must be made to someone you and your spouse cannot claim as a dependent; and:
• Your child must have lived with you for more than half of the year.

Percentage and more restrictions

Another restriction limits the actual credit amount you can take to a percentage of your expenses. Depending on your income, the credit can reach up to 35 percent of your expenses. Thus, the potential maximum credit you can claim for 2009 is only $1,050 (35 percent of $3,000) for the care of one qualifying child, and $2,100 for the care of two children under the age of 13. The credit falls to 20 percent as your income level rises (at $43,000 adjusted gross income, the credit falls to 20 percent of expenses). Additionally, the child and dependent care credit is nonrefundable, meaning that any excess credit can not be carried over and used in later years to reduce your tax bill.

Comment. The $3,000 and $6,000 credit amounts must be further reduced by any child and dependent care benefits that your employer provides and that you exclude from your income.

Camp to day care, what expenses qualify?

To qualify for the credit, expenses must be incurred for the "care" of your child. With the dollar and percentage limitations, the child and dependent care credit will likely not pay for all of the expenses you incur to have someone care for your child (or children) when you're at work, or looking for work this summer. The IRS considers expenses are "for care" if their main purpose is the individual's well-being and protection.

Expenses that do not qualify for the child and dependent care credit:

• Kindergarten (the IRS considers both full-time and part-time kindergarten a non-qualifying educational expense);
• Overnight camp;
• Summer school;
• Tutoring programs; and
• Private school.

 Expenses that qualify for the child and dependent care credit:

• Day camps or similar programs (even if the camp specializes in a particular activity, such as reading, writing, tennis, or computer skills);
• Nursery school, pre-school, or similar programs for children below the kindergarten level;
• Expenses for before- or after-school care of a child in kindergarten or higher may be expenses for care;
• Fees you paid to an agency to obtain services of a care provider; and
• Indirect expenses, such as application fees, agency or pre-school deposits, that you paid for purposes of obtaining child care.

Flexible Spending Accounts

Instead of taking the child care credit, consider taking advantage of a flexible spending account that covers dependent care expenses. Employers who allow medical flexible spending accounts usually have one for dependent care as well. Contributions are pre-tax and, unlike the child and dependent care credit, they are not limited by adjusted gross income. If you take the credit, however, you can't double dip and pay for the expenses through a flexible spending account.

Some employers go one step better for their employees than sponsoring a dependent care flexible spending account: they provide on-the-premises day care facilities. If set up properly, it can be a win-win for employers and employees.

If you have questions on the type of child care that qualifies for the child and dependent care credit, a flexible spending account or other tax benefit, please call our office.

In response to the record high gas prices, the IRS has raised the business standard mileage reimbursement rate from 50.5 cents-per-mile to 58.5 cents-per-mile. This new rate is effective for business travel beginning July 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008. While the increase is much needed, businesses should evaluate whether the IRS has done enough, or whether a switch to the actual expense method of calculating vehicle expense deductions may make more sense for 2008.

Comment. Not only did the IRS raise the standard business mileage reimbursement rate eight cents, to 58.5 cents-per-mile, it also increased the standard mileage rate for medical and moving expenses from 19 cents-per-mile to 27 cents-per-mile. These new rates are also effective July 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008. The charitable standard mileage rate remains at 14 cents, since it is fixed by the Tax Code.

Two reimbursement methods

There are two basic methods that business taxpayers may choose to compute their deduction for the business use of automobiles (including vans and light trucks): the IRS's standard mileage rate (SMR) and the actual expense method. The method a business chooses in the first year the vehicle is placed in service is important, as it affects whether a change in method can be made in later years.

Taxpayers may use the higher rate for business use of an automobile for the period starting July 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008. Travel before July 1 must be computed using the previous rate of 50.5 cents-per-mile. A business cannot split use of the actual method for one period and the standard mileage rate for the other - it is either one or the other for the entire 2008 tax year (The same rules apply to the medical and moving mileage rates of 19 cents for expenses before July 1 and 27 cents for the remainder of the year).

Standard mileage rate

Under the SMR method, the fixed and operating costs of the vehicle are generally calculated by multiplying the number of business miles traveled during the year by the business standard mileage rate (for example, 58.5 cents-per-mile for July 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008).  Although a business using the SMR method cannot deduct any of the actual expenses incurred for operating or maintaining the car, the IRS does allow additional deductions for business-related parking costs and tolls, as well as interest paid on vehicle loans and any state or local personal property tax paid on the vehicle.

Actual expense method

Under the actual expense method, taxpayers can deduct the operating and maintenance costs incurred for the car during the current year, which include:

• Gas and oil;
• License and registration fees;
• Insurance;
• Garage rent;
• Tires;
• Minor and major repairs;
• Maintenance items such as oil changes and tire rotations;
• Interest paid on a car or truck loan; and
• Car washes and detailing.

If the business use of the vehicle is less than 100 percent, expenses need to be allocated between business and personal use. For example, if based on the taxpayer's records, the total actual vehicle expenses for 2008 are $3,000, and the vehicle is only used 60 percent for business, the allowable deduction under the actual expense method is $1,800 ($3,000 x .60).

Switching methods

Once actual depreciation in excess of straight-line has been claimed on a vehicle, the SMR cannot be used. Absent this prohibition (which usually is triggered if depreciation is taken), a business can switch from the SMR method to the actual expense method from year to year. Businesses cannot, however, make mid-year method changes either to, or from, one method to the other. Additionally, if a taxpayer uses the actual expense method for the first year that a vehicle is placed in service, it cannot switch to the SMR method for that vehicle in later years. The actual expense method must always be used for that vehicle.

Comment. While a change cannot be made effective at mid-year, a business is free to decide at any time to switch from the SMR to the actual expense method for the entire year, as long as the decision is made before the time at which the federal income tax return is filed. That is, a taxpayer cannot use the SMR for part of the year and then use the actual expense method for the remainder of the year. If the actual expense method is used, only those expenses that are properly substantiated are allowed.

Example. Toy Store, Inc. has been using the SMR since its van was new back in 2006. With $90 fill-ups every other day, Toy Store is figuring that it might do better keeping tabs on how much it spends for gas, especially since it had a $2,500 transmission repair this year as well.

As long as Toy Store has records (e.g., credit card receipts and repair bills), it can decide on either the actual expense method or the SMR right up until it files its return for 2008.

For leased vehicles, the rule is even more stringent. A taxpayer who uses the SMR method for the first year the car is placed in service in the business must use the SMR for the entire lease period.

SMR and depreciation limits

The SMR method includes an amount for depreciation, measured by the cost of the vehicle and limited by the luxury depreciation limits. A taxpayer who changes from the SMR method to the actual cost method in a later year, and before the car has been fully depreciated, must use straight-line depreciation for the car's estimated remaining useful life. Therefore, taxpayers cannot claim an additional accelerated deduction for depreciation when using the SMR method. Based on statutory language, whether intended or not, bonus depreciation may not be claimed if the SMR is taken. Election of the standard mileage rate is considered an election out of MACRS.

Bonus depreciation

The 2008 Economic Stimulus Act also reprised bonus depreciation that was used to accelerate economic recovery after 9-11 and Hurricane Katrina. Under the new law, qualifying businesses can take 50-percent first-year bonus depreciation of the adjusted basis of qualifying property. The original use of the property must begin with the taxpayer and occur during the 2008 year. The taxpayer must place transportation property in service before December 31, 2009.

To reflect bonus depreciation as it applied specifically to passenger vehicles, the new law raised the Code Sec. 280F cap on "luxury" automobile depreciation to $8,000 if bonus depreciation is claimed for a qualifying taxpayer (for a maximum first-year depreciation of no more than $10,960 and $11,160 for vans and light trucks).

For passenger automobiles first placed in service in 2008 and to which the 50-percent additional first-year depreciation deduction does not apply, the depreciation deduction limitations for the first three tax years are $2,960, $4,800, and $2,850, respectively, and $1,775 for each succeeding year. For trucks and vans first placed in service in 2008 and to which the 50-percent additional first-year depreciation deduction does not apply, the depreciation deduction limitations for the first three years are $3,160, $5,100, and $3,050, respectively, and $1,875 for each succeeding year.

Documentation and substantiation

The types of records required to substantiate expenses associated with the business use of an automobile depend on whether the SMR or actual expense method is used. In general, adequate substantiation for deduction purposes (for both SMR and actual expense method taxpayers) require that the following be recorded:

• The amount of use (i.e. the number of miles driven for business, and even personal, use);
• The date of the expenditure or use; and
• The business purpose of the expenditure or use.

Taxpayers using the SMR should maintain a daily log book or "diary" that substantiates miles driven, the dates of the vehicle's use, the destination, and the business purposes of the trip. For taxpayers who deduct the actual expenses associated with the business use of an automobile, substantiating costs will be more complicated and time-consuming. A mileage log is a necessity, as it should thoroughly account for miles driven (bifurcating both business and personal use). Taxpayers should also keep receipts, copies of cancelled checks, bills paid, and any other documentation showing costs incurred and expenditures made. For depreciation purposes, taxpayers also need to document the original cost of the vehicle and any improvements made to the automobile, as well as the date the vehicle was placed in service.

With the price of fuel biting into your budget, getting as much of your spending back through smart tax planning makes more sense than ever these days. In addition to the fuel efficiency of your vehicle, don't forget to add its tax efficiency in computing bottom line ownership and operating costs. Please feel free to call this office for your tax tune up.

With the prices of energy and food leading to rising inflation in the U.S., many people look to old stand-bys for investment options: Treasury Securities; as well as a relatively new variation, Treasury-Inflation Protected Securities (TIPS). Although many times overlooked by investors, not only can these inflation-indexed Treasury bonds outperform conventional non-indexed bonds when inflation is on the rise, they can be a good addition to your tax-deferred retirement portfolio.

What are TIPS?

TIPS are special types of Treasury notes or bonds that offer protection from inflation by tying their principal to the Consumer Price Index (CPI). With inflation, the principal increases. With deflation, it decreases. When the security matures, the U.S. Treasury pays the original or adjusted principal, whichever is greater.

Most investors are familiar with how traditional Treasury notes and bonds work: you lend the government money and the government promises to repay your investment plus interest. TIPS are a variation of these traditional securities. However, unlike other government securities, TIPS are indexed for inflation.

Here's how TIPS work: you lend the government money and in addition to promising to repay your investment plus interest, the government indexes your investment for inflation based upon the Consumer Price Index. Your investment will also be adjusted for deflation and even decreasing prices, should that relatively rare economic phenomenon occur.

How TIPS are paid

TIPS pay interest every six months, based on a fixed rate applied to the adjusted principal. Because the value of the security rises or falls with increases or decreases in inflation, your semi-annual interest payments will vary. Interest will be distributed semi-annually until the bond matures. When the bond matures, you will receive the value of the bond adjusted for either inflation or deflation.

Each interest payment is calculated by multiplying the inflation-adjusted principal by one-half the interest rate so that the coupon payments and underlying principal are automatically increased to compensate for inflation; as measured by the consumer price index (CPI).

Reporting TIPS

Since most individual taxpayers report their income tax on a cash-basis, they must generally report their interest income in the year in which interest is actually received or credited. For TIPS, this means that, although the amount may vary depending upon inflation, you must recognize the semi-annual interest payments as income when received.

Interest payments from TIPS, and increases in the principal of TIPS, are subject to federal tax. Two federal tax forms are used to report the taxable income earned from TIPS:

• Form 1099-INT shows the sum of the semiannual interest payments made in a given year.
• Form 1099-OID shows the amount by which the principal of your TIPS increased due to inflation or decreased due to deflation. Increases in principal are taxable for the year in which they occur, even if your TIPS hasn't matured and you haven't yet received a payment of principal.

The good news is that you will not pay state or local income tax on TIPS; they are exempt from state and local income taxes.

There are ways to shelter TIPS income from tax. For example, you might consider placing them in your traditional individual retirement account. Because you purchased them for a tax-deferred account, you will not pay federal income tax on your earnings and the adjustments until you start receiving distributions.

Give our office a call to explore this and other TIPS investment strategies, in more detail.

The flagging state of the economy has left many individuals and families to cope with rising gas prices and food costs, struggle with their mortgage and rent payments, and manage credit card debt and other common monthly bills. Whether individuals are contemplating how to pay off their credit card or obtain a mortgage amid the "credit crunch" and "economic downturn," many people may be considering alternative sources of financing to reach their goals, including the tapping of a retirement account.

You can generally withdraw funds from your 401(k) three ways: through regular distributions, hardship withdrawals or plan loans. Many employers have adopted 401(k) plan provisions that allow employees to borrow money from their retirement account. Although borrowing from your 401(k) may be an option, there are several important considerations you should take into account before tapping your retirement fund.

The basics of borrowing from your 401(k) plan

The amount that you can borrow from a 401(k) plan is limited to 50 percent of the value of your vested benefit or $50,000, whichever amount is less. However, you can take a loan up to $10,000 even if it is more than one-half of the present value of your vested accrued benefit. Interest on a 401(k) plan loan is not deductible. Despite withdrawing funds from your 401(k) through a plan loan, you will remain vested in your account, subject to your obligation to repay the loan.

If certain requirements are not met, a loan from your 401(k) plan will be treated as a premature distribution for tax purposes, subjecting you to current income tax at ordinary rates plus a 10 percent early withdrawal penalty on the amount distributed, certain requirements must be met. You must repay a loan from your 401(k) within five years, subject to only one exception for a loan used to make a first-time home purchase (a principal residence, not a vacation or secondary home). This "residence exception" allows for a loan term as long as 30 years.

Loan repayments must be made at least every quarter, and are generally automatically deducted from your paycheck. If you are unable to repay the loan and default, the IRS treats the outstanding loan balance as a premature distribution from your 401(k), subject to income tax and the 10 percent early withdrawal penalty. Additionally, most plan terms require that you repay the loan within 60 days if you leave or lose your job.

Drawbacks to borrowing from your 401(k)

Before you dip into your 401(k), you need to be aware of the many disadvantages to taking money from your retirement savings. First, and foremost, many plans contain provisions that prohibit you, and your employer, from making contributions to your 401(k) until you repay the loan or for up to 12 months after the distribution. This is a critical disadvantage to borrowing money from your 401(k) because you are not saving for retirement during the time you are repaying the loan, which may take up to five years, or for the year in which contributions are prohibited. This not only means that you are not saving for retirement for a substantial period, you are also not earning a return on the money you could have contributed albeit for the suspension.

It is imperative that you consider the effects of suspended contributions and the lost earnings and tax-free compounding you could have earned on the money you borrowed from your 401(k). And, as previously discussed, if you default and are unable to pay the loan balance, the outstanding amount is treated by the IRS as a premature distribution and subject to income tax at your ordinary tax rate as well as a 10 percent early withdrawal penalty. Additionally, the maximum contribution you will be allowed to make in the year following the suspension will be reduced by the amount contributed in the prior year.

Another point to consider: the money you borrow will only earn the interest you pay on the loan. Typically, on a 401(k) plan loan, administrators use an interest rate of one to two percentage points above prime interest rates. While paying a lower interest rate to yourself may be more favorable then paying a higher interest rate to a bank, you aren't necessarily earning money, especially considering that the interest you pay on the loan could be significantly lower than the potential earnings you could be making if the money remained in your account.

Potential double taxation

In fact, the interest you pay on the loan is money taken from your paycheck, after-taxes. While it is not an additional cost you'd be paying to a bank, but paying yourself, it is money you may essentially be paying tax on twice. That is because the money you pay yourself interest with is taxed in your paycheck currently, then later when it is distributed to you from the plan in retirement as ordinary income.

Often, individuals end up with an unexpected tax liability on April 15. There are several options available to pay off your tax debt, stop accruing penalties and interest and secure peace of mind. Each payment method has its advantages and disadvantages depending on your financial, and personal, circumstances, and each option should be discussed with a tax professional prior to making a decision. Our office would be glad to answer any questions you have about each payment method.  

Stop accruing interest and penalties

Remember, if you filed on time but were unable to pay the entire amount, or any amount, showing as due on your return when you filed, and you have an outstanding balance with Uncle Sam, you are incurring interest and a "failure to pay" penalty imposed by the IRS. The failure to pay penalty is one-half of one percent (0.5%) owed for each month, or part of a month, that your tax remains unpaid after the due date. The late payment penalty can climb to a maximum of 25 percent on the amount actually shown as due on the return, even if you paid some of the tax debt off when you filed your return. This is the reason why it is imperative that you pay off your tax debt as quickly as possible, under a plan that avoids this steep penalty.

Here are some of the most common payment options available to taxpayers who still have an outstanding balance with the IRS:

Pay by credit card. Depending on your situation, paying the balance of your tax liability with a credit card (or by another form of personal loan) may be the best option in order to stop accruing interest and penalties for failing to pay the entire amount due. If this is an option, make sure you use a card with the lowest interest rate and the lowest account balance. The IRS has contracted with two private, third-party servicers that process credit card tax payments, and both (Official Payments Corporation and Link2Gov Corporation) accept most major credit cards such as American Express, Visa, and MasterCard. Additionally, you can use a credit card regardless of whether you filed your return electronically or by mail. Finally, be mindful that interest on a credit card or other personal loan to pay off your taxes is non-deductible.

Apply for an installment plan. The IRS offers taxpayers the ability to apply for an installment agreement plan. There are many requirements and rules regarding the installment plan method, which a tax professional can discuss with you. A request for an installment plan is made by filing Form 9465 with the IRS. Although there is a fee for apply for the agreement of approximately $105, this amount is deducted from your first payment upon approval of your request. However, even if your request is granted, you will continue to be charged interest on any tax not paid by the due date. But, the late payment penalty will generally be half the usual rate (i.e. 2 percent, instead of 4 percent per month).

Offer in compromise. In some situations, the IRS may allow you to strike a deal by accepting an offer-in-compromise (OIC). In general, an OIC allows you to make a one-time lump sum payment to the IRS that is less than the total amount of the taxes you owe. However, if your tax debt can be fully paid through an installment agreement or by other means, in most cases you may not be eligible for an OIC. Additionally, the amount of tax you propose to pay must reasonably reflect the liability you actually owe to have any success of being accepted by the IRS. You must include a $150 application fee with your OIC request, which is made on Form 656. If the IRS accepts your offer, this amount goes towards reducing your tax liability.

These are only some of the common options available to taxpayers who remain saddled with unpaid tax debt. Each available payment option should be discussed with a tax professional. Our office can help you understand your options and choose a payment method that is best for you, personally and financially. 

The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (2009 Recovery Act) extended the 50-percent additional first-year bonus depreciation allowed under the Economic Stimulus Act of 2008, providing a generous boost for many businesses in 2009 in light of the economic downturn. Under the 2009 Recovery Act, all businesses, large or small, can immediately depreciate an additional 50-percent of the cost of certain qualifying property purchased and placed in service in 2009, from computer software to plants and equipment. Moreover, the 50-percent bonus depreciation allowance can be taken together with any Code Sec. 179 expensing, which was also extended through 2009.

Bonus basics

The 2009 Recovery Act (just as with the 2008 Stimulus Act) allows all businesses to take a bonus first-year depreciation deduction of 50-percent of the adjusted basis of qualified property purchased and placed in service for use in your trade or business after December 1, 2009, and generally before January 1, 2010. Bonus depreciation is allowed only for: (1) tangible property to which MACRS applies that has an applicable recovery period of 20 years or less, (2) water utility property, (3) certain computer software, and (4) qualified leasehold improvement property. It is not allowed for intangible property, with the exception of certain computer software.

Bonus depreciation can be claimed for both regular and alternative minimum tax (AMT) liability. It is also important to note that, since bonus depreciation is treated as a depreciation deduction, it is subject to recapture as ordinary income under certain provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. And if you have a tax year that is less than 12 months, the amount of the bonus depreciation allowance is not affected by a short tax year.

Computing your bonus depreciation

To figure your allowable 50-percent bonus depreciation deduction, you must multiple the unadjusted depreciable basis of the property by 50 percent. This is the amount of additional first-year depreciation you can deduct in 2009. For example, you purchase qualifying property for your business in 2009 that costs $150,000. You are allowed an additional first-year depreciation deduction of $75,000.

Note. The "unadjusted depreciable basis" is the property's cost (including amounts you paid in case, debt obligations, or other property or services, plus any amounts you paid for items such as sales tax, freight charges, installation, or testing fees).

Regular depreciation. After you have computed the 50-percent bonus depreciation allowance for the property, you can use the remaining cost to compute your regular MACRS depreciation for 2009 and subsequent years. Under MACRS, the cost or other basis of an asset is generally recovered over a specific recovery period. In this case, the property must have a recovery period of 20 years or less.

Example. Assume that in 2009 a taxpayer purchases new depreciable property and places it in service. The property's cost is $1,000 and it is 5-year property subject to the half-year convention. The amount of additional first-year depreciation allowed under the provision is $500. The remaining $500 of the cost of the property is deductible under the rules applicable to 5-year property. Thus, 20 percent, or $100, is apportioned to 2009, which computes to an additional $50 regular depreciation deduction in 2009 under the half-year convention. Accordingly, the total depreciation deduction with respect to the property for 2009 is $550. The remaining $450 cost of the property is recovered under otherwise applicable rules for computing depreciation in subsequent years.

Code Sec. 179 expensing. The 50-percent bonus depreciation allowance is taken after any Code Sec. 179 expense deduction and before you compute regular depreciation under MACRS rules. Therefore, the cost (basis) of the property must be reduced by the amount of any Code Sec. 179 expense allowance claimed on the property before computing the 50-percent bonus depreciation allowance (multiplying the property's basis by 50-percent). Regular depreciation under MACRS is then computed after you have reduced the basis by any Code Sec. 179 expensing allowance and the 50-percent bonus depreciation allowance.

Example. On April 14, 2009, Tom bought and placed in service in his business qualified tangible property that cost $1 million. He did not elect to claim the Code Sec. 179 expensing deduction and he claims no other credits or deductions related to the property. He may deduct 50-percent of the cost ($500,000) for purposes of the 2009 special bonus depreciation. He will use the remaining $500,000 of the property's cost to figure his regular MACRS depreciation deduction for 2009 and the years thereafter.

Example. The facts are the same as above, except Tom uses the Code Sec. 179 expensing deduction. On April 14, 2009, Tom bought and placed in service in his business qualified tangible property that cost $750,000. He elects to deduct $250,000 of the property's cost as a Code Sec. 179 deduction. Tom will apply the 50-percent bonus depreciation allowance to $500,000 ($750,000 - $250,000), which is the cost of the property after subtracting the section 179 expensing deduction. Tom will then deduct 50-percent of the cost after section 179 expensing ($250,000) for purposes of the 2009 special bonus depreciation. He will use the remaining $250,000 of the property's cost to figure his regular MACRS depreciation deduction for 2009 and the years thereafter.

Computing bonus depreciation can be a complicated process, as many variables may come into play. Our tax professionals can help determine the best way for your business to utilize the new bonus depreciation allowance together with other tax incentives to achieve significant tax savings.

If you've made, or are planning to make, a big gift before the end of 2009, you may be wondering what your gift tax liability, if any, may be. You may have to file a federal tax return even if you do not owe any gift tax. Read on to learn more about when to file a federal gift tax return.

When you must file

Most gifts you make are not subject to the gift tax. Generally, you must file a gift tax return, Form 709, U.S. Gift (and Generation-Skipping Transfer) Tax Return, if any of the following apply to gifts you have made, or will make, in 2009:

• Gifts you give to another person (other than your spouse) exceed the $13,000 annual gift tax exclusion for 2009.
• You and your spouse are splitting a gift.
• You gave someone (other than your spouse) a gift of a future interest that he or she cannot actually possess, enjoy or receive income from until some time in the future.

Remember, filing a gift tax return does not necessarily mean you will owe gift tax.

Gifts that do not require a tax return

You do not have to file a gift tax return to report three types of gifts: (1) transfers to political organizations, (2) gift payments that qualify for the educational exclusion, or (3) gift payments that qualify for the medical payment exclusion. Although medical expenses and tuition paid for another person are considered gifts for federal gift tax purposes, if you make the gift directly to the medical or educational institution, the payment will be non-taxable. This applies to any amount you directly transfer to the provider as long as the payments go directly to them, not to the person on whose behalf the gift is made.

Unified credit

Even if the gift tax applies to your gifts, it may be completely eliminated by the unified credit, also referred to as the applicable credit amount, which can eliminate or reduce your gift (as well as estate) taxes. You must subtract the unified credit from any gift tax you owe; any unified credit you use against your gift tax in one year will reduce the amount of the credit you can apply against your gift tax liability in a later year. Keep in mind that the total credit amount that you use against your gift tax liability during your life reduces the credit available to use against your estate tax.

Let's take a look at an example:

In 2009, you give your nephew Ben a cash gift of $8,000. You also pay the $20,000 college tuition of your friend, Sam. You give your 30-year-old daughter, Mary, $25,000. You also give your 27-year-old son, Michael, $25,000. Before 2009, you had never given a taxable gift. You apply the exceptions to the gift tax and the unified credit as follows:

• The qualified education tuition exclusion applies to the gift to Sam, as payment of tuition expenses is not subject to the gift tax. Therefore, the gift to Sam is not a taxable gift.
• The 2009 annual exclusion applies to the first $13,000 of your gift to Ben, Mary and Michael, since the first $13,000 of your gift to any one individual in 2009 is not taxable. Therefore, your $8,000 gift to Ben, the first $13,000 of your gift to Mary, and the first $13,000 of your gift to Michael are not taxable gifts.
• Finally, apply the unified credit. The gift tax will apply to $24,000 of the above transfers ($12,000 remaining from your gift to Mary, plus $12,000 remaining from your gift to Michael). The amount of the tax on the $24,000 is computed using IRS tables for computing the gift tax, which is located in the Instructions for Form 709. You would subtract the tax owe on these gifts from your unified credit of $345,800 for 2009. The unified credit that you can use against the gift tax in a later year (and against any estate tax) will thus be reduced. If you apply the unified credit to the amount of gift tax owe in 2009, you may not have to pay any gift tax for the year. Nevertheless, you will have to file a Form 709.

Filing a gift tax return

You must report the amount of a taxable gift on Form 709. For gifts made in 2009, the maximum gift tax rate is 45 percent. You can make an unlimited number of tax-free gifts in 2009, as long as the gifts are not more than $13,000 to each person or entity in 2009 (or $26,000 if you and your spouse make a gift jointly), without having to pay gift taxes on the transfers.

A financially secure employee is a productive one. Employee benefits play a key role in attracting and retaining employees. Financial counseling, tax preparation and retirement planning services are increasingly popular benefits offered by employers to their employees. However, not all of these result in a tax-free perk to employees. If you are considering offering your employees financial, tax or retirement planning services, you need to understand the tax consequences to both you and your workforce.

Financial counseling and tax preparation services

Generally, the fair market value of fringe benefits is included in the recipient's gross income unless specifically excluded. There are no specific exceptions under the Internal Revenue Code that exclude financial counseling and tax preparation services from tax. However, some financial counseling and tax preparation services, depending on what type of service is offered and how frequently the service is offered, might be excluded from employees' gross incomes. The IRS has ruled that employer sponsorship of a Volunteer Income Tax Assistance site is a de minimis fringe benefit as is formatting and transmitting employees' returns to qualify for the IRS's e-File program. However, employer-provided vouchers for income tax preparation services are not a de minimis fringe benefit. The IRS's guidance in this area is complicated. We'll help you navigate the complex rules.

Retirement planning services

If you maintain a qualified retirement plan, qualified employer-provided retirement planning services are not taxable as income to your employees. The Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 added employer-provided qualified retirement planning services as a new type of fringe benefit that is specifically excluded by law from employees' taxable income. The cost of these services is deductible by the employer as a business expense. For purposes of the fringe benefit, a qualified employer plan may be, but is not limited to, a pension, profit-sharing and stock bonus plans, certain annuity plans and annuity contracts, federal and state government employee plans, and certain simplified employee pensions and SIMPLE retirement accounts.

The Internal Revenue Code broadly defines "qualified retirement planning services" as "any retirement planning advice or information provided to an employee and his spouse by an employer maintaining a qualified employer plan." However, Congress specifically excluded certain services related to retirement planning, which are tax preparation, accounting, legal, and brokerage services.

If you would like more information about providing retirement, financial or tax planning services as a benefit to your employees, please call our office. We would be happy to help you design a program tailored to your employees.

Falling interest rates and the current slowdown in the U.S. economy are having a widespread affect on today's economy and individuals' financial resources, from savings accounts to personal loans and credit card debt. The drop in interest rates that has occurred over the course of the last few months has also produced strategic tax planning opportunities for individuals contemplating certain types of asset transfers.

Lower interest rates affect the income, estate and gift tax consequences of making certain asset transfers and utilizing various estate planning tools, reducing or eliminating altogether transfer tax costs. On the other hand, low interest rates make some types of transfers and tax planning techniques unappealing. Here are some examples.

Private annuity arrangements

Private annuities, like life estates, term interests, remainders, and reversions are valued for estate, gift and tax purposes using actuarial tables issued under Code Sec. 7520 by the IRS. The applicable interest rate, which the IRS calls the "Applicable Federal Rate" (or AFR), fluctuates based on current market interest rates and is published on a monthly basis by the IRS. For example, the Code Sec. 7520 interest rate for March 2008 was 3.6 percent. The interest rate hit a historical low of 3 percent in July 2003, and has been as high as 11.6 percent.

In a typical private annuity arrangement, a parent transfers assets to his or her child or children in exchange for the transferee's promise to pay a fixed, periodic income payment for the parent's life. To escape gift tax, the value of the annuity payments is based on the IRS's published interest rates and life expectancy schedules. If the fair market value of the assets that are transferred under the arrangement equal the value given to the annuity under the IRS's valuation tables, no gift tax will result from the transaction. The lower the interest rates when the private annuity arrangement is entered into, the lower the annual annuity payments that will have to be made to the parent, resulting in lower, or no, gift tax costs.

Grantor retained annuity trust

A grantor retained annuity trust (GRAT) is an attractive estate-planning tool, especially when interest rates are low. A GRAT is an irrevocable trust in which the grantor transfers assets to the trust but retains the right to receive fixed annuity payments for a specified period of years. When the trust's term expires, the trust terminates and the remaining trust assets are distributed to non-charitable beneficiaries, such as the grantor's children.

The value of the remainder interest in a GRAT is determined according to the IRS's Code Sec. 7520 interest rate; the assumption is that the assets placed in the trust will appreciate at this rate. Therefore, the lower the interest rate in the month that a GRAT is set up, the lower the value of the remainder interest in the trust and therefore the less in gift tax will be paid. A GRAT is especially useful for transferring income-producing assets or property expected to increase in value over the course of the years because all future appreciation not only is removed from the grantor's estate, but appreciation that exceeds the Code Sec. 7520 interest rate passes free of gift tax to the beneficiaries.

Charitable lead annuity trust

A charitable lead annuity trust (CLAT) is like a GRAT, except that the annuity payments are distributed to charities, not the grantor, with the remainder passing to noncharitable beneficiaries, such as children. Gift tax is not due on the value of the charitable interest. A low interest rate in the month that the CLAT is established creates two important benefits: an increase in the present value of the charity's lead interest, which translates into a larger charitable income tax deduction and a lower gift tax on the remainder interest that passes to family members.

Charitable remainder interests in a personal residence

Lower interest rates also produce tax savings for individuals who transfer a remainder interest in their home, but retain a life interest in the property. The individual takes an income tax deduction for the gift of the remainder interest in the home that passes to the charitable organization. As interest rates decrease, the value of the remainder interest and, thus, the charitable deduction increases.

Importantly, low interest rates are not always beneficial in tax planning. Although there are tax benefits to the following planning tools, lower interest rates make these tax planning "techniques" unattractive:

Grantor retained income trusts

A grantor retained income trust (GRIT) operates like a GRAT, except that the grantor retains an income interest in the trust for a specified period instead of an annuity interest. A decrease in interest rates operates to reduce the value of the grantor's retained income interest, thereby increasing the value of the remainder interest to the beneficiaries, and thus increasing the gift tax.

Charitable remainder annuity trusts

A charitable remainder annuity trust (CRAT) also operates like a GRAT except that the remainder interest in the trust passes to one or more charitable beneficiaries, as opposed to family members. The grantor takes a current income tax deduction for the present value of the charity's remainder interest, therefore the grantor wants the trust's remainder interest to be as large as possible so that he or she can maximize the deduction. The lower the interest rate when the CRAT is established, the lower the value of the remainder interest that passes to charity, and therefore the lower the charitable tax deduction.

Charitable remainder unitrusts

A CRUT is similar to a CRAT - but the grantor receives a fixed percent of the trust's value each year, with the remainder interest passing to charity. And like a CRAT, a change in interest rates will not generally affect the size of the income tax deductions or the gift taxes associated with charitable remainder unitrusts (CRUTs). For example, the value of the charitable interest is calculated based on today's values, and thus a lower interest rate will result in a lower value of the charitable interest and thus a lower current tax deduction.

Qualified personal residence trust

A qualified personal residence trust (QPRT) is similar to a GRAT, except the grantor retains the right to live in the home, instead of receiving annuity payments, with the remainder interest passing to his or her beneficiaries. The lower the interest rate, the larger the remainder interest subject to gift tax, and therefore the larger the transfer tax.

If you would like to talk about the tax benefits and consequences of these or other tax planning tools, please call our office. We would be glad to discuss how these and other strategies fit in to your personal financial and tax situation.

No. Even though trash pickup and neighborhood oversight provided by a governmental entity such as a town or county can be figured into the amount of deductible property taxes paid by a homeowner, a payment to a nongovernmental entity is not a deductible tax.

A tax is commonly defined as an enforced contribution, exacted on persons or property pursuant to legislative authority in the exercise of a governmental body's taxing power. A tax is imposed and collected for the purpose of raising revenue to be used for public or governmental purposes. Trash collection, for public health reasons, is among those permitted uses.

To be deductible as a tax, a payment must be made to a governmental body, or to certain public benefit corporations created under governmental authority for public purposes. Payments that are for the same purposes as a tax but that are made to a nongovernmental organization are not deductible.

Amounts paid to a cooperative or condominium association and allocable to governmental property taxes imposed on common areas or on a particular unit are deductible as property taxes. However, as with taxes paid into escrow under a mortgage account, amounts paid to associations for taxes are not deductible until the association or other entity remits payment of those taxes to the governmental entity.

Whether a particular contribution or charge is treated as a tax depends on its true nature. Merely designating a required payment in the levying statute as a tax is not determinative for federal tax purposes. For example, a New York State renter's tax paid by renters under the New York Real Property Tax Law is not a tax but is considered merely a part of rental payments.

The business incentives in the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (2009 Recovery Act) are much anticipated and valuable. Three significant business incentives in the 2009 Recovery Act are an extended net operating loss (NOL) carryback provision, extended and enhanced Code Sec. 179 expensing, and extended bonus depreciation for 2009.

Expensing. The 2009 Recovery Act extends the Code Sec. 179 expensing amount of $250,000 through 2009 (the 2008 Economic Stimulus Act had raised expensing to this limit). Additionally, the threshold for reducing the deduction continues to be $800,000. This is the phase-out threshold for when your business's investment in other eligible property hits certain levels.

Enhanced expensing can be very valuable if you plan correctly. Many businesses apply expensing to the asset with the longest write-off period, and apply other expensing or depreciation to assets with shorter recovery periods, to maximize the write-offs. However, every business is different and there is no "one-size- fits-all" expensing rule. We can help you maximize your tax savings based on your situation.

You also need to take into account how your business is structured. The phase-out threshold applies to the taxpayer as a whole, not separately to each trade or business of the taxpayer. As a result, owners of pass-through entities, such as S corporations and partnerships, could quickly reach the phase-out level when all Schedule K-1s are added together.

Another consideration is any unused expense deduction carryovers. The Code Sec. 179 limit for the year is increased by any unused expense deduction carryovers. This increased amount is subject to the limits on the annual deduction ceiling, the investment ceiling and the taxable income from one or more active trades or businesses. Carryovers from these limits can be carried forward to later years.

Bonus depreciation.  The 2009 Recovery Act continues to give taxpayers additional 50 percent first-year bonus depreciation for qualifying property through December 31, 2009. But, through 2010, the 2009 Recovery Act extends the additional first year of bonus depreciation for property with a recovery period of 10 years or longer, for transportation property (tangible personal property used to transport people or property), and aircraft.

Note. Keep in mind that not all types of property qualify for bonus depreciation. Bonus depreciation is available for every item of tangible personal property except inventory. It is not available for intangibles, except for certain computer software. Bonus depreciation cannot be taken for tangible personal property used outside the U.S. or for property depreciated under the alternative depreciation system.

"Original use" and "placed in service" requirements remain effective. Original use of the property must commence with the taxpayer after December 31, 2008 and before January 1, 20101. This means that you must have purchased new property or manufactured, constructed or produced the property during 2009 or acquired it under a binding written contract entered into during 2009. The property must not have been the subject of a binding written contract for its acquisition that was in effect before 2009.

You generally must place the property in service during 2009. However, the placed-in-service date is extended through 2010, as previously discussed, for some transportation and other property.

Higher caps on vehicle depreciation. The 2009 Recovery Act also extended the regular dollar caps for new vehicles placed in service in 2009, raising the caps again by $8,000, effective January 1, 2009. The increase mirrors the 2008 temporary dollar cap increases. For 2008, the regular first-year depreciation dollar cap was raised to $10,960 for automobiles ($11,160 for light trucks and vans) if bonus depreciation was elected.

Sold or converted property. The rules are complex when property is sold or converted from personal to business use and vice versa. If the property is sold in the same year it is placed in service, no bonus depreciation is allowed. If property is acquired for personal use and converted to business use in the same year, bonus depreciation can be taken. However, if property is purchased for business use and converted to personal use in the same year, no bonus depreciation is allowed.

If you have any questions about the economic stimulus payments or how your business can benefit from enhanced expensing or bonus depreciation, give us a call or drop us an email. We can schedule a time to sit down and discuss these and any other questions you might have in more detail.

Like the Internet itself, the correct deductibility of a business's website development costs is still in its formative stages. What is fairly clear, however, is that it is highly unlikely that any single tax treatment will apply to all of the costs incurred in designing an internet site because the process encompasses many different types of expenses.

Figuring out how to treat website costs is not a simple matter of treating all website design costs as current advertising expenses. Instead, based on the IRS response so far to taxpayers in similar situations, business owners should be prepared to separate their costs into three appropriate tax categories: planning, construction and content.

Planning

Before developing a website, the taxpayer must decide whether it needs an internet presence and, if so, how its website should operate. If the website will expand the taxpayer's current operations, expenses incurred as part of this decision-making process should be currently deductible as costs related to the expansion of an existing business. Other planning costs, however, may benefit the business for at least several years and, as such, may be required to be capitalized and deducted over that period.

Construction

Construction costs are those related to getting a website up and running. Many website construction costs will involve the acquisition of computer hardware and associated software. Other construction costs include those related to a domain name to serve as the website's address on the internet and employee training. Each component has its own strict capitalization and depreciation rules that must be followed.

Content

Every website contains content consisting of text, digitized photographs, artwork, video, and/or audio. While content is part of a website, content files are generally separate from the website's software; they are data files, not software, that reside on and are called up from the web server. Unlike the elements of website construction, content can be easily removed or changed without affecting the basic architecture of the site.

Material for a website may be purchased or licensed from third parties, or it may be created by the taxpayer. Some content consists of advertising, particularly in catalog or banner ad formats. Other content may be noncommercial. Most good websites are continually updated to reflect new information. Few of these updates will have a useful life of more than one year; thus, the cost of providing them should be a currently deductible business expense.

If you are thinking of launching a website for your business or have plans to expand a website that you already have up and running, structuring your related expenses with the tax laws in mind might help offset some of the costs. Please contact this office if you have any questions.

An accuracy-related penalty applies to a tax underpayment due to "negligence or disregard of the rules and regulations." "Negligence" for this purpose includes any failure to make a reasonable attempt to comply with the Tax Code, to exercise ordinary and reasonable care in preparing your tax return, to keep adequate books and records, or to properly substantiate items on your return. A return position that has a reasonable basis is not negligent. A taxpayer can also qualify for relief by showing reasonable cause and good faith.

The negligence penalty is 20 percent of any portion of an underpayment caused by negligence or disregard of the rules and regulations. The maximum accuracy-related penalty is 20 percent even if that portion of the underpayment is attributable to more than one type of misconduct.

Example: John reports a tax liability of $20,000. The IRS determines that his correct liability is $30,000. $8,000 of the underpayment is due to John's "negligence." John owes a negligence penalty of $1,600 ($8,000 x 20%).

The negligence penalty that applies to an underpayment is not reduced for any carryover of a loss, deduction or credit may wipe out the underpayment.

Example: An audit of Carol's return results in a $3,000 underpayment attributable to negligence. She carries back a $5,000 net operating loss to the audit year. The carryback offsets the income tax owed on the underpayment but does not offset the penalty. Carol is still liable for a $600 negligence penalty ($3,000 x 20%).

If you have concerns about the proper preparation of your tax return, questions about the tax laws, or need help in keeping proper tax records, please do not hesitate to contact our office for assistance and answers to your questions.

Often, timing is everything or so the adage goes. From medicine to sports and cooking, timing can make all the difference in the outcome. What about with taxes? Does timing play a factor in raising or decreasing your risk of being audited by the IRS? For example, does the time when you file your income tax return affect the IRS's decision to audit you? Some individuals think filing early will decrease their risk of an audit, while others file at the very-last minute, believing this will reduce their chance of being audited. And some taxpayers don't think timing matters at all.

When to file

Some individuals believe that since the pool of filed returns is small at the beginning of the filing season, they have a greater chance of being audited. There is absolutely no evidence that filing your tax return early increases your risk of being audited.

If you expect a refund from the IRS you should consider filing early so that you receive your refund sooner.

What your return says is key

If it's not the time of filing, what really increases your audit potential? The information on your return, your income bracket and profession -- not when you file -- are the most significant factors that increase your chances of being audited. The higher your income the more attractive your return becomes to the IRS to audit. And if you're self-employed and/or work in a profession that generates mostly cash income, you are also more likely to draw IRS attention.

Further, you risk piquing the IRS's interest and triggering an audit if:

• You claim a large amount of itemized deductions or an unusually large amount of deductions or losses in relation to your income;
• You have questionable business deductions;
• You have a high income (the IRS considers $100,000 to be "high income");
• You claim tax shelter investment losses;
• Information on your return doesn't match up with information on your 1099 or W-2 forms received from your employer or investment house;
• You have a history of being audited;
• You are a partner or shareholder of a corporation that is being audited;
• You are self-employed or you are a business or profession currently on the IRS's "hit list" for being targeted for audit, such as Schedule C (Form 1040) filers);
• You are primarily a cash-income earner (i.e. you work in a profession that is traditionally a cash-income business)
• You claim the earned income tax credit;
• You report rental property losses; or
• An informant has contacted the IRS asserting you haven't complied with the tax laws.

DIF score

Most audits are generated by a computer program that creates a DIF score (Discriminate Information Function) for your return. The DIF score is used by the IRS to select returns with the highest likelihood of generating additional taxes, interest and penalties for collection by the IRS. It is computed by comparing certain tax items such as income, expenses and deductions reported on your return with national DIF averages for taxpayers in similar tax brackets.

If you would like help preparing your federal income tax return or in assessing your individual audit risks, please don't hesitate to contact our office today.

On December 18, 2007, Congress passed the Mortgage Forgiveness Debt Relief Act of 2007 (Mortgage Debt Relief Act), providing some major assistance to certain homeowners struggling to make their mortgage payments. The centerpiece of the new law is a three-year exception to the long-standing rule under the Tax Code that mortgage debt forgiven by a lender constitutes taxable income to the borrower. However, the new law does not alleviate all the pain of all troubled homeowners but, in conjunction with a mortgage relief plan recently announced by the Treasury Department, the Act provides assistance to many subprime borrowers.

Cancellation of debt income

When a lender forecloses on property, sells the home for less than the borrower's outstanding mortgage debt and forgives all, or part, of the unpaid debt, the Tax Code generally treats the forgiven portion of the mortgage debt as taxable income to the homeowner. This is regarded as "cancellation of debt income" (reported on a Form 1099) and taxed to the borrower at ordinary income tax rates.

Example. Mary's principal residence is subject to a $250,000 mortgage debt. Her lender forecloses on the property in 2008. Her home is sold for $200,000 due to declining real estate values. The lender forgives the $50,000 difference leaving Mary with $50,000 in discharge of indebtedness income. Without the new exclusion in the Mortgage Debt Relief Act, Mary would have to pay income taxes on the $50,000 cancelled debt income.

The Mortgage Debt Relief Act

The Mortgage Debt Relief Act excludes from taxation discharges of up to $2 million of indebtedness that is secured by a principal residence and was incurred to acquire, build or make substantial improvements to the taxpayer's principal residence. While the determination of a taxpayer's principal residence is to be based on consideration of "all the facts and circumstances," it is generally the one in which the taxpayer lives most of the time. Therefore, vacation homes and second homes are generally excluded.

Moreover, the debt must be secured by, and used for, the principal residence. Home equity indebtedness is not covered by the new law unless it was used to make improvements to the home. "Cash out" refinancing, popular during the recent real estate boom, in which the funds were not put back into the home but were instead used to pay off credit card debt, tuition, medical expenses, or make other expenditures, is not covered by the new law. Such debt is fully taxable income unless other exceptions apply, such as bankruptcy or insolvency. Additionally, "acquisition indebtedness" includes refinancing debt to the extent the amount of the refinancing does not exceed the amount of the refinanced debt.

The Mortgage Debt Relief Act is effective for debt that has been discharged on or after January 1, 2007, and before January 1, 2010.

Mortgage workouts

In addition to foreclosure situations, some taxpayers renegotiating the terms of their mortgage with their lender are also covered by the new law. A typical foreclosure nets a lender only about 60 cents on the dollar. When the lender determines that foreclosure is not in its best interests, it may offer a mortgage workout. Generally, in a mortgage workout the terms of the mortgage are modified to result in a lower monthly payment and thus make the loan more affordable.

More help

Recently, Treasury Department officials brokered a plan that brings together private sector mortgage lenders, banks, and the Bush Administration to help homeowners. The plan is called HOPE NOW.

Here's how it works: The HOPE NOW plan is aimed at helping borrowers who were able to afford the introductory "teaser" rates on their adjustable rate mortgage (ARM), but will not be able to afford the loan once the rate resets between 2008 and 2010 (approximately 1.3 million ARMs are expected to reset during this period). The plan will "freeze" these borrowers' interest rates for a period of five years. The plan, however, has some limitations that exclude many borrowers. Only borrowers who are current on their mortgage payments will benefit. Borrowers already in default or who have not remained current on their mortgage payments are excluded.

Under the HOPE NOW plan, borrowers may be able t

- Refinance to a new mortgage;

- Switch to a loan insured by the Federal Housing Authority (FHA);

- Freeze their "teaser" introductory rate for five years.

Without the Mortgage Debt Relief Act, a homeowner who modifies the terms of their mortgage loan, or has their interest rate frozen for a period of time, could be subject to debt forgiveness income under the Tax Code. This is why the provision of the Mortgage Debt Relief Act excluding debt forgiveness income from a borrower's income is a critical component necessary to make the HOPE NOW plan effective.

If you would like to know more about relief under the Mortgage Forgiveness Debt Relief Act of 2007 and the Treasury Department's plan, please call our office. We are happy to help you navigate these complicated issues.

Only "qualified moving expenses" under the tax law are generally deductible. Qualified moving expenses are incurred to move the taxpayer, members of the taxpayer's household, and their personal belongings. For moving expenses to be deductible, however, a move must:

(1) Be closely related to the beginning of employment;

(2) Satisfy the time test; and

(3) Satisfy the distance test.

The purpose of the move must be employment. The worker must be moving to a new job. However, the worker need not have obtained the job before moving.

The time test requires that the individual work full time for at least 39 weeks in the first 12 months following the move. Self-employed persons must work full-time for at least 30 weeks in the first 12 months following the move, and at least 78 weeks in the 24 months following the move. Full-time employment is determined by the time customary in the worker's trade or business. Employment and self-employment may be aggregated. With respect to married couples, only one spouse must satisfy this requirement.

Even if the time test is not satisfied at the end of the first tax year ending after the move, the qualified moving expenses may be deducted in the move year. If the time test is ultimately not satisfied, an amended return must be filed in the subsequent year using Form 1040X, Amended U.S. Individual Income Tax Return.

The distance test must also be satisfied. The new principal place of employment must be at least 50 miles further from the old residence than the prior principal place of employment. If the worker has multiple places of employment, the principal place of employment must be determined. This test is satisfied if the individual is moving to his or her first principal place of employment.

Special rules apply to moving expenses of active duty military personnel and their families. There are also special rules that apply to moves outside the United States.

If you are planning a move and would like advice on how to structure expenses to maximize your tax savings, please give this office a call.

The amount of interest required to be paid for underpayment of tax is compounded daily. In order to calculate compound interest, you divide the Code Sec. 6621 interest rate by the number of days in the year, 365 (or 366 in a leap year, such as 2008) and then compound the daily interest rate each day.

Daily compounding

The IRS publishes tables for use in computing daily compound interest. The tables consist of daily compounding interest factors for leap years and non leap-years. The Code Sec. 6621 interest rates, also known as the federal short term rates, are also incorporated in such tables.

The federal short term rates for underpayment of tax applicable to individuals and corporations are determined by the federal government on a quarterly basis. The rates can be found in the Internal Revenue Bulletin.

Interest rates

From January 1, 2008 - March 31, 2008, the interest rates for underpayments are nine percent for large corporate underpayments and seven percent for all other underpayments. From January 1, 2007 - December 31, 2007, the interest rates for underpayments were ten percent for large corporate underpayments and eight percent for all other underpayments. The rates are subject to change each quarter.

The small business corporation (S corp) is one of the most popular business entities today, offering its shareholders the flow-through tax treatment of a partnership and the limited liability of a corporation. The S corp has become an even more prominent entity in the small business community, in part, because the IRS has relaxed certain requirements for electing S corp status. A small business corporation does not need to elect to be treated as an S corp each year to maintain S corp status.

Special election

To be treated as an S corp, a small business must make a special election under subchapter S of the Tax Code. This special election requires the proper and timely filing of Form 2553, Election by a Small Business Corporation, under Code Sec. 1362. An S corp election is valid only if all shareholders on the date of the election consent to it. For example, if the election is made prior to the start of the tax year for which it is effective, new shareholders between the date of the election and the beginning of the tax year need not also consent to maintain S corp status.

Once a small business corporation properly and timely elects to be treated as an S corp, however, the election remains valid and does not need to be made every year, even if new shareholders do not consent. An S corp election remains effective unless, or until, the election is formally revoked by the shareholders or S corp status is terminated because the corporation no longer meets all requirements necessary to maintain S corp status (for example, there are more than 100 shareholders of the S corp or the S corp has more than one class of stock outstanding).

Filing timeline

An initial S corp election must be made on or before the 15^th day of the third month (i.e. March 15) of the taxable year in order for the election to be effective for that year. If the election is not made until after the 15th day of the third month of the tax year, the election is effective for the following year. A newly formed corporation, on the other hand, that has missed the March 15^th deadline may file Form 2553 any time during its tax year as long as the filing is made no later than 75 days after the corporation has begun conducting business as a corporation, acquired assets, or issued stock to shareholders (whichever is earlier). If an untimely election causes an S corp election to terminate, the IRS possesses discretionary authority to retroactively waive the timely failing requirement.

If you would like more information about electing S corp status, or about the benefits and drawbacks of other business entities, please call our office. We would be glad to assist you.

Employees who qualify for the Earned Income Tax Credit (EITC) can elect to receive the credit in advance payments from their employer along with their regular pay during the year. Advance earned income tax credit (AETIC) payments result in the employee's receipt of larger paychecks throughout the year, but still provide for a tax refund after the employee files his or her Federal income tax return. However, the IRS reports that few eligible workers know about, or take advantage of, of the EITC and the AEITC. Employers should understand their processing and reporting obligations as they relate to the payment of an AEITC to an employee. Letting your employees know about the AEITC can provide them with what they will consider a valuable benefit at no tax cost and very little administrative expense to your business.

How the AEITC works

The AEITC permits taxpayers who are eligible for the EITC, and who have at least one "qualifying child" to receive portions of their EITC in installments throughout the year, as opposed to receiving a lump sum payment the following filing season. To receive AEITC payments, employees must complete and give to the employer Form W-5, Earned Income Credit Advance Payment Certificate. Employees can use either the paper form or an approved electronic format. This form is given to the employer and then processed through payroll.

The Form W-5 expires every December 31. Therefore, an eligible employee must file a new Form W-5 with the employer for each calendar year that the employee is eligible to receive the advance credit. Moreover, an employee may have only one Form W-5 in effect with a current employer at one time. If, however, an employee is married and his or her spouse works as well, each spouse should file individual Forms W-5.

Employer obligations to pay the AEITC

AEITC payments are not subject to withholding of income, social security or Medicare taxes.  Thus, an AEITC payment will not change the amount of income, social security or Medicare taxes that an employer withholds from their employees' wages. Therefore, the additional amounts will not alter the employee's Medicare or FICA amounts.

To calculate AETIC payments, an employer first computes the amount of the EITC and then adds the EITC payment to the employee's net pay for the pay period, after deductions. At the end of the year, the employer shows the total advance EITC payments made to the employee on Form W-2, box 9. The amount of AEITC payments does not need to be included as wages in box 1 of Form W-2.

Employer returns

Since AEITC payments are not taxable, the amounts do not add to employers' payroll taxes. Generally, employers make AEITC payments from withheld income tax and employee and employer social security and Medicare taxes, which must normally be paid to the IRS through federal tax deposits or with employment tax returns. Thus, the employer normally will subtract the advance payments from taxes that are typically deposited with the IRS. AEITC payments are treated as deposits of these taxes made on the day that the employer pays wages to his or her employees, for deposit due date purposes.

Employers can also deduct the EIC amount(s) paid to employees on Form 941, Employer's Federal Quarterly Tax Return. An employer would write the total amount of AEITC payments made to employees on line 9 of Form 941 (or line 8 of Form 944, Employer's Annual Federal Tax Return). This amount would then be subtracted from the employer's total taxes on line 8 of Form 941 (or line 7 of Form 944).

The American Recovery and Reinvestment Tax Act of 2009 (2009 Recovery Act) temporarily increases the AEITC amounts for 2009 and 2010. Previously, the credit percentage for the EITC for taxpayers with two or more qualifying children was 40 percent of the first $12,570 of earned income. The 2009 Recovery Act increases the percentage to 45 percent of the first $12,570 of earned income for taxpayers with three or more qualifying children. The EITC phaseout range has also been adjusted upward by $1,880 for joint filers for the same time period.

If, in any payroll period, the total amount of AEITC payments made to employees are more than the total amount of payroll taxes (including withheld income tax and both employee and employer shares of social security and Medicare taxes), employers may either:

1. Reduce each employee's AEITC payment proportionally so that the total AEITC payments equal the amount of taxes owed; or

2. Make full payment of the AEITC and treat the excess amount as an advance payment of employment taxes.

Employer's payment responsibilities

Employers are required to make AEITC payments to employees who give them a completed and signed Form W-5. Thus, employers should keep current W-5s on file for all employees who claim the EITC. However, an employer is not required to determine if an employee's Form W-5 is correct, but should contact the IRS if he or she has reason to believe that the form contains inaccurate information or an incorrect statement. The IRS allows employers to establish a system to electronically receive Forms W-5 from their employees. The IRS provides information on the electronic requirements for Form W-5 in Announcement 99-3, which can be accessed on www.irs.gov.

If you would like further information on your advance Earned Income Tax Credit reporting and processing responsibilities, or other employer reporting duties, please do not hesitate to contact our office today.

With the holidays quickly approaching, you as an employer may not only be wondering what type of gift to give your employees this season, but the tax consequences of the particular gift you choose. The form of gift that you give this holiday season not only has tax consequences for your employees, but for your business as well. If you plan on giving your employees a gift that can be basted or baked this holiday season, such as a traditional turkey or ham, you should understand how that gift will be treated by the IRS for tax purposes.

De minimis fringe benefit

Gifts of holiday turkeys and hams given to employees are considered non-taxable de minimis employee fringe benefits. They are excluded from employees' income and are fully deductible as a non-wage business expense by the employer. Moreover, the value of the turkey and ham is 100 percent deductible; that is, it is not subject to the 50 percent deductible limitation that generally applies to meals.

Generally, gifts provided to employees are treated as supplemental wages subject to income and payroll taxes unless the benefit is specifically excluded from tax by law. However, gifts considered to be a "de minimis" fringe benefit are not taxable to the employee. Code Sec. 132(a)(4) provides that gross income does not include a fringe benefit that qualifies as a "de minimis" fringe benefit. A de minimis fringe benefit is defined in Code Sec. 132(e)(1) as any property or service the value of which is so small as to make accounting for it unreasonable or administratively impracticable after taking into account the frequency with which similar fringe benefits are provided by the employer to the employer's employees.

Generally, de minimis fringe benefits must satisfy the following requirements:

• The value of the gift must be nominal;
• Accounting for the gift would be administratively impractical;
• The gift is provided only occasionally; and
• The gift is given to promote the good will or health of employees.

In Treasury Reg. Sec. 1.132-6(e)(1), the IRS has specifically included traditional holiday gifts (not cash) with a low fair market value as a de minimis fringe benefit excludable from tax. The gift to employees of a holiday turkey or ham has long been recognized as falling within the rules for de minimis employee fringe benefits, and is not taxable to employees.

Gift certificates are taxable

If you give your employees a gift certificate or gift card (or similar item that can readily be converted into cash) for a turkey or ham in lieu of the actual food item itself, the value of the gift certificate or gift card is considered to be additional salary or wages and subject to income and payroll taxes. Gift certificates and gift cards are "cash equivalents" and taxable to employees even though the turkey itself, if provided in kind directly to the employee, is excludable from tax as a de minimis fringe benefit. For example, if you give your employees a gift certificate or gift.

If you use your car for business purposes, you may have learned that keeping track and properly logging the variety of expenses you incur for tax purposes is not always easy. Practically speaking, how often and how you choose to track expenses associated with the business use of your car depends on your personality; whether you are a meticulous note-taker or you simply abhor recordkeeping. However, by taking a few minutes each day in your car to log your expenses, you may be able to write-off a larger percentage of your business-related automobile costs.

If you use your car for business purposes, you may have learned that keeping track and properly logging the variety of expenses you incur for tax purposes is not always easy. Practically speaking, how often and how you choose to track expenses associated with the business use of your car depends on your personality; whether you are a meticulous note-taker or you simply abhor recordkeeping. However, by taking a few minutes each day in your car to log your expenses, you may be able to write-off a larger percentage of your business-related automobile costs.

Regardless of the type of record keeper you consider yourself to be, there are numerous ways to simplify the burden of logging your automobile expenses for tax purposes. This article explains the types of expenses you need to track and the methods you can use to properly and accurately track your car expenses, thereby maximizing your deduction and saving taxes.

Expense methods

The two general methods allowed by the IRS to calculate expenses associated with the business use of a car include the standard mileage rate method or the actual expense method. The standard mileage rate for 2013 is 56.5 cents per mile. In addition, you can deduct parking expenses and tolls paid for business. Personal property taxes are also deductible, either as a personal or a business expense. While you are not required to substantiate expense amounts under the standard mileage rate method, you must still substantiate the amount, time, place and business purpose of the travel.

The actual expense method requires the tracking of all your vehicle-related expenses. Actual car expenses that may be deducted under this method include: oil, gas, depreciation, principal lease payments (but not interest), tolls, parking fees, garage rent, registration fees, licenses, insurance, maintenance and repairs, supplies and equipment, and tires. These are the operating costs that the IRS permits you to write-off. For newly-purchased vehicles in years in which bonus depreciation is available, opting for the actual expense method may make particularly good sense since the standard mileage rate only builds in a modest amount of depreciation each year. For example, for 2013, when 50 percent bonus depreciation is allowed, maximum first year depreciation is capped at $11,160 (as compared to $3,160 for vehicles that do not qualify). In general, the actual expense method usually results in a greater deduction amount than the standard mileage rate. However, this must be balanced against the increased substantiation burden associated with tracking actual expenses. If you qualify for both methods, estimate your deductions under each to determine which method provides you with a larger deduction.

Substantiation requirements

Taxpayers who deduct automobile expenses associated with the business use of their car should keep an account book, diary, statement of expenses, or similar record. This is not only recommended by the IRS, but essential to accurate expense tracking. Moreover, if you use your car for both business and personal errands, allocations must be made between the personal and business use of the automobile. In general, adequate substantiation for deduction purposes requires that you record the following:

• The amount of the expense;
• The amount of use (i.e. the number of miles driven for business purposes);
• The date of the expenditure or use; and
• The business purpose of the expenditure or use.

Suggested recordkeeping: Actual expense method

An expense log is a necessity for taxpayers who choose to use the actual expense method for deducting their car expenses. First and foremost, always keep your receipts, copies of cancelled checks and bills paid. Maintaining receipts, bills paid and copies of cancelled checks is imperative (even receipts from toll booths). These receipts and documents show the date and amount of the purchase and can support your expenditures if the IRS comes knocking. Moreover, if you fail to log these expenses on the day you incurred them, you can look back at the receipt for all the essentials (i.e. time, date, and amount of the expense).

Types of Logs. Where you decide to record your expenses depends in large part on your personal preferences. While an expense log is a necessity, there are a variety of options available to track your car expenditures - from a simple notebook, expense log or diary for those less technologically inclined (and which can be easily stored in your glove compartment) - to the use of a smartphone or computer. Apps specifically designed to help track your car expenses can be easily downloaded onto your iPhone or Android device.

Timeliness. Although maintaining a daily log of your expenses is ideal - since it cuts down on the time you may later have to spend sorting through your receipts and organizing your expenses - this may not always be the case for many taxpayers. According to the IRS, however, you do not need to record your expenses on the very day they are incurred. If you maintain a log on a weekly basis and it accounts for your use of the automobile and expenses during the week, the log is considered a timely-kept record. Moreover, the IRS also allows taxpayers to maintain records of expenses for only a portion of the tax year, and then use those records to substantiate expenses for the entire year if he or she can show that the records are representative of the entire year. This is referred to as the sampling method of substantiation. For example, if you keep a record of your expenses over a 90-day period, this is considered an adequate representation of the entire year.

Suggested Recordkeeping: Standard mileage rate method

If you loathe recordkeeping and cannot see yourself adequately maintaining records and tracking your expenses (even on a weekly basis), strongly consider using the standard mileage rate method. However, taking the standard mileage rate does not mean that you are given a pass by the IRS to maintaining any sort of records. To claim the standard mileage rate, appropriate records would include a daily log showing miles traveled, destination and business purpose. If you incur mileage on one day that includes both personal and business, allocate the miles between the two uses. A mileage record log, whether recorded in a notebook, log or handheld device, is a necessity if you choose to use the standard mileage rate.

If you have any questions about how to properly track your automobile expenses for tax purposes, please call our office. We would be happy to explain your responsibilities and the tax consequences and benefits of adequately logging your car expenses.

Long-term care premiums are deductible up to certain amounts as itemized medical expense deductions. The amount is based upon your age. Unfortunately, most taxpayers do not have enough other medical expense deductions to exceed the non-deductible portion equal to the first 7 1/2 percent of adjusted gross income (10 percent if you are subject to alternative minimum tax (AMT)). Furthermore, more taxpayers now take the standard deduction rather than itemize, making even those medical expenses useless as a tax deduction.

A tax bill has been before Congress for several years now to allow long-term care premiums to be deductible "above the line," that is, by anyone irrespective of whether you itemize. The impetus behind this recommendation is that encouraging individuals to fund their own eventual eldercare is preferable to having federal Medicare payments to so. So far, however, Congress has not brought the matter to a vote. Some state income tax laws already allow such an above-the-line deduction.

Long-term care premiums. Long-term care insurance premiums are deductible in figuring itemized medical expense deductions up to the following amounts:

- Age 40 or younger: $290 in 2007; $310 in 2008;

- Over 40 but not older than 50: $550 in 2007; $580 in 2008;

- Over 50 but not older than 60: $1,110 in 2007; $1,150 in 2008;

- Over 60 but not older than 70: $2,950 in 2007; $3,080 in 2008; and

- Over 70: $3,680 in 2007; $3,850 in 2008.

Under the so-called "kiddie tax," a minor under the age of 19 (or a student under the age of 24) who has certain unearned income exceeding a threshold amount will have the excess taxed at his or her parents' highest marginal tax rate. The "kiddie tax" is intended to prevent parents from sheltering income through their children.

A child with earned income (wages and other compensation) in excess of the filing threshold is a separate taxpayer who is generally taxed as a single taxpayer. If a child in one of the following categories has unearned income (i.e., investment income) in excess of the "threshold amount" ($950 in 2009) that unearned income is taxed at the parent's marginal tax rate, as if the parent received that additional income.

• A child under the age of 19;
• A child up to age 18 who provides less than half of his or her support with earned income; or
• A19 to 23 year-old student who provides less than half of his or her support with earned income.

If the child's unearned income is less than an inflation-adjusted ceiling amount ($9,500 in 2009), the parent may be able to include the income on the parent's return rather than file a separate return for the child (and which the tax based on the parent's marginal rate bracket is computed on Form 8615).

Any distribution to a child who is a beneficiary of a qualified disability trust is treated as the child's earned income for the tax year the distribution was received.

Example:  Greta is a 16-year-old whose father is alive. In 2009, she has $3,000 in unearned income, no earned income, and no itemized deductions. Her basic standard deduction is $950, which is applied against her unearned income, reducing it to $2,050. The next $950 of unearned income is taxed at Greta's individual tax rate. The remaining $1,100 of her unearned income is taxed at her parent's allocable tax rate. Assuming her father's tax rate bracket is 25 percent, her tax on the $1,100 is $275.

A taxpayer's expenses incurred due to travel outside of the United States for business activities are deductible, but under a stricter set of rules than domestic travel. Foreign travel expenses may be subject to special allocation rules if a taxpayer engages in personal activities while traveling on business. Expenses subject to allocation include travel fares, meals, lodging, and other expenses incident to travel.  

Allocation expenses

Frequently, international business trips have a personal aspect. A taxpayer who travels outside of the United States for both business and pleasure may deduct no part of his or her travel expenses (airfare, cabs, hotel, meals, etc.) if the trip is not primarily related to business. However, business expenses incurred while at the destination are deductible even though the travel expenses are not.

If the trip is primarily related to business, then that portion of travel properly allocated to the business portion may be deducted. Proper allocation is based on the amount of time spent on each activity. "Primary purpose" is a purpose of more than 50 percent. Foreign travel for purposes of allocation is travel outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia.

The general "primary purpose" rule on foreign business travel, fortunately, has two huge exceptions, one for anyone who travels a week or less and the other for most employees on business trips under an expenses allowance arrangement.

The allocation rules do not apply to taxpayers:

• who do not have substantial control over the business trip;
• whose travel outside the United States is a week or less in duration; 
• who establish that a personal vacation was not a major factor in deciding to take the trip; and
• whose personal activities conducted during the trip are less than 25 percent of the total travel time.

Taxpayers who travel under reimbursement or other expense allowance arrangements are not considered to have substantial control over the business trip unless they are the managing executive of the employer or a party related to, or more than 10 percent owner of the employer.

Conventions

Business conventions come under a separate rule. A taxpayer cannot deduct travel expenses for attending a convention, seminar or similar business meeting held outside the "North American area" unless specific criteria are satisfied. The "North American area" includes not only the US, Canada, and Mexico but also Costa Rica, Honduras and many islands in the Atlantic, Caribbean, and the Pacific.

If you are unsure of how to allocate your business travel expenses and need additional information, please give our office a call. We would be glad to help.

The alternative minimum tax (AMT) is imposed on corporations in an amount by which the tentative minimum tax exceeds the regular income tax for the taxable year. The purpose of the AMT is to prevent taxpayers with substantial economic income from avoiding all tax liability through the use of exclusions, deductions and credits. Without the AMT, corporate taxpayers could significantly reduce their tax income through tax benefits under the regular tax structure, to the point of such reduction being unfair and unintended by Congress.

Comment.  The AMT comes in two flavors: the corporate AMT and the individual AMT. Only businesses subject to the corporate income tax are subject to the corporate AMT. The individual AMT captures all other business situations (for example, partnerships, S corporations, and sole proprietorships), since the profits, losses and deductions from them are "passed-through" to the owners to be reflected on their individual, personal income tax returns.

Gross receipts test

Qualifying small corporations are exempt from the AMT. A corporation's tentative minimum tax is zero if: the corporation's average annual gross receipts for its first three tax years and before the current tax year are $5 million or less; and the corporation's average annual gross receipts for all subsequent three-year periods are $7.5 million or less.

First taxable year

If the tax year is the first tax year that the corporation is in existence, the tentative minimum tax of the corporation for such year is zero. A corporation may not qualify for the AMT exemption if it loses its status as a small corporation due to aggregation with one or more corporations. Nor will a corporation qualify for exemption if it has a predecessor corporation.

Once a corporation is recognized as a small corporation, it will continue to be exempt from the AMT for as long as its average gross receipts for the previous three-year tax periods do not exceed $7.5 million. Once a corporation fails to qualify for the AMT exemption, it cannot qualify in a later year.

With the subprime mortgage mess wreaking havoc across the country, many homeowners who over-extended themselves with creative financing arrangements and exotic loan terms are now faced with some grim tax realities. Not only are they confronted with the overwhelming possibility of losing their homes either voluntarily through selling at a loss or involuntarily through foreclosure, but they must accept certain tax consequences for which they are totally unprepared.

Many homeowners - whether in connection with their principal residence or a vacation property - may not anticipate that foreclosure and a home sale that produces a loss can trigger significant and unexpected income tax liabilities, especially when the sale does not produce enough gain to pay off outstanding mortgage debt.

Selling at a loss

Homeowners may be unpleasantly surprised to learn that they can not write-off losses incurred from the sale of their home. When a homeowner is forced to sell their personal residence for less than the price they paid, the loss incurred on the sale is considered to be a non-deductible personal expense for federal income tax purposes. What's more, if the homeowner eventually buys another home that is sold down the road at a taxable profit, previous losses cannot be used to offset that gain.

Faced with such a situation, the technique of renting out the home, rather than selling it, might help some homeowner buy time until better times. If renting eventually stops making financial sense, the homeowner who sells at a loss might then succeed in establishing a deductible business loss from the business of renting property. However, only losses incurred after the property is converted may be deducted.

Debt forgiveness

Homeowners who sell their property when their mortgage debt exceeds the net sale price of the home (a so-called "short sale") may find that they owe taxes to the IRS. For example, assume you paid $500,000 for a home that you sell for a net sale price of $400,000, but you have a mortgage of $550,000 on the property. For tax purposes, you have incurred a $100,000 loss on the sale because the sale price is lower than your tax basis in the property ($400,000 sale price - $500,000 basis = $100,000 loss). Moreover, you still owe $150,000 to your mortgage lender since a mortgage note is a personal liability in addition to being an encumbrance on the house itself. If the lender refuses to discharge the remaining debt, you'll have to pay off the loan and there is no tax break or write-off for doing so.

On the other hand, if the mortgage lender forgives part or all of the remaining $150,000 debt, the amount discharged is considered taxable income. With few exceptions, discharged debt of all types is treated as income, taxable at ordinary rates just like a salary. It is irrelevant to the IRS that no tangible income was actually received on the sale of the home or forgiveness of debt by the lender. You will owe taxes on the amount of mortgage debt that the lender discharges. What's more, there is no offset from your $100,000 loss on the sale of the property; nor is this income covered by the $250,000 exclusion on taxable gain on the sale of a principal residence ($500,000 for joint filers).

A lender who discharges any part or all of a homeowner's debt must report the forgiven debt on Form 1099-C (Cancellation of Debt) to you and to the IRS. You must report the amount of discharged debt as income on your tax return in the year the mortgage debt is forgiven.

Foreclosure

Foreclosure also produces tax consequences that may be wholly unanticipated by the homeowner. Taxable gains and income from mortgage debt forgiveness also occur in foreclosure. Tax liability upon foreclosure depends on whether you have a nonrecourse or recourse loan. A recourse loan permits the lender to sue the borrower for any outstanding debt. When a foreclosure occurs on the property of a homeowner with a nonrecourse loan, however, the lender is only entitled to collect the amount that the home is sold for, and the borrower has no further liability.

Example. Your tax basis in your home is $400,000. You have a recourse loan and your mortgage debt totals $350,000. But at the time of foreclosure the fair market value of your home has decreased to $325,000. However, the lender forgives the remaining unpaid mortgage debt of $25,000 (usually because the lender sees that the former homeowner has little assets left, the remaining debt would be hard to collect, and an immediate write off gives the lender an immediate tax deduction). Tax law treats you as having received ordinary income from the cancellation of the debt in the amount of $25,000.

Alternatively, if you had a nonrecourse loan in the amount of $350,000 and your home sold at auction for $325,000, you would have no further liability to the lender since it cannot pursue you for the lost $25,000. Therefore, since your mortgage lender cannot legally pursue you for the remaining $25,000, there will be no debt for them to discharge. Such nonrecourse loans, however, are very rare in personal, non-business settings.

Moreover, if property is foreclosed and sold at auction for more than the home's tax basis, the sale produces taxable gain. In this case, however, the gain from a foreclosure sale of an individual's principal residence may be excluded to the extent of up to $250,000 ($500,000 for married homeowners filing jointly), depending on the length of homeownership. No exclusion, however, is given on vacation property that is not a principal residence.

Future relief for homeowners?

In mid-April, Reps. Robert E. Andrews (D-New Jersey) and Ron Lewis (R-Kentucky), introduced the Mortgage Cancellation Relief Act of 2007 (H.R. 1876), a bill that would assist many homeowners affected by the loss of their home through foreclosure or short sale. The legislation would exempt discharged debt on primary home mortgages from treatment as income subject to income taxation. Currently, the bill is before the House Ways and Means Committee.

If you would like more information on the tax consequences of foreclosure or the potential implications of taking a loss on the sale of your home or vacation property, please call our office and we can discuss your options for minimizing your tax liabilities.

These days, both individuals and businesses buy goods, services, even food on-line. Credit card payments and other bills are paid over the internet, from the comfort of one's home or office and without any trip to the mailbox or post office.

Now, what is probably your biggest "bill" can be paid on-line: your federal income taxes.

There are three online federal tax payment options available for both businesses and individuals: electronic funds withdrawal, credit card payments and the Electronic Federal Tax Payment System. If you are not doing so already, you should certainly consider the convenience -and safety-- of paying your tax bill online.  While all the options are now "mainstream" and have been used for at least several years, safe and convenient, each has its own benefits as well as possible drawbacks. The pros and cons of each payment option should be weighed in light of your needs and preferences.

Electronic Funds Withdrawal

Electronic funds withdrawal (or EFW) is available only to taxpayers who e-file their returns. EFW is available whether you e-file on your own, or with the help of a tax professional or software such as TurboTax. E-filing and e-paying through EFW eliminates the need to send in associated paper forms.

Through EFW, you schedule when a tax payment is to be directly withdrawn from your bank account. The EFW option allows you to e-file early and, at the same time, schedule a tax payment in the future. The ability to schedule payment for a specific day is an important feature since you decide when the payment is taken out of your account. You can even schedule a payment right up to your particular filing deadline.

The following are some of the tax liabilities you can pay with EFW:

• Individual income tax returns (Form 1040)
• Trust and estate income tax returns (Form 1041)
• Partnership income tax returns (Forms 1065 and 1065-B)
• Corporation income tax returns for Schedule K-1 (Forms 1120, 1120S, and 1120POL)
• Estimated tax for individuals (Form 1040)
• Unemployment taxes (Form 940)
• Quarterly employment taxes (Form 941)
• Employers annual federal tax return (Form 944)
• Private foundation returns (Form 990-PF)
• Heavy highway vehicle use returns (Form 2290)
• Quarterly federal excise tax returns (Form 720)

For a return filed after the filing deadline, the payment is effective on the filing date. However, electronic funds withdrawals can not be initiated after the tax return or Form 1040 is filed with the IRS. Moreover, a scheduled payment can be canceled up until two days before the payment.

EFW does not allow you to make payments greater than the balance you owe on your return. Therefore, you can't pay any penalty or interest due through EFW and would need to choose another option for these types of payments. While a payment can be cancelled up to two business days before the scheduled payment date, once your e-filed return is accepted by the IRS, your scheduled payment date cannot be changed. Thus, if you need to change the date of the payment, you have to cancel the original payment transaction and chose another payment method. Importantly, if your financial institution can't process your payment, such as if there are insufficient funds, you are responsible for making the payment, including potential penalties and interest. Finally, while EFW is a free service provided by the Treasury, your financial institution most likely charges a "convenience fee."

Credit Card Payments

Do you have your card ready? The Treasury Department is now accepting American Express, Discover, MasterCard, and VISA.

Both businesses and individual taxpayers can make tax payments with a credit card, whether they file a paper return or e-file. A credit card payment can be made by phone, when e-filing with tax software or a professional tax preparer, or with an on-line service provider authorized by the IRS. Some tax software developers offer integrated e-file and e-pay options for taxpayers who e-file their return and want to use a credit card to pay a balance due.

However, there is a convenience fee charged by service providers. While fees vary by service provider, they are typically based on the amount of your tax payment or a flat fee per transaction. For example, you owe $2,500 in taxes and your service provider charges a 2.49% convenience fee. The total fee to the service provider will be $62.25. Generally, the minimum convenience fee is $1.00 and they can rise to as much as 3.93% of your payment.

The following are some tax payments that can be made with a credit card:

• Individual income tax returns (Form 1040)
• Estimated income taxes for individuals (Form 1040-ES)
• Unemployment taxes (Form 940)
• Quarterly employment taxes (Form 941)
• Employers annual federal tax returns (Form 944)
• Corporate income tax returns (Form 1120)
• S-corporation returns (Form 1120S)
• Extension for corporate returns (Form 7004)
• Income tax returns for private foundations (Form 990-PF)

However, as is the case is with the EFW option, if a service provider fails to forward your payment to the Treasury, you are responsible for the missed payment, including potential penalties and interest.

Electronic Federal Tax Payment System

EFTPS is a system that allows individuals and businesses to pay all their federal taxes electronically, including income, employment, estimated, and excise taxes. EFTPS is available to both individuals and businesses and, once enrolled, taxpayers can use the system to pay their taxes 24 hours a day, seven days a week, year round. Businesses can schedule payments 120 days in advance while individuals can schedule payments 365 days in advance. With EFTPS, you indicate the date on which funds are to be moved from your account to pay your taxes. You can also change or cancel a payment up to 2 business days in advance of the scheduled payment date.

EFTPS is an ideal payment option for taxpayers who make monthly installment agreement payments or quarterly 1040ES estimated payments. Businesses should also consider using EFTPS to make payments that their third-party provider is not making for them.

EFTPS is a free tax payment system provided by the Treasury Department that allows you to make all your tax payments on-line or by phone. You must enroll in EFTPS, however, but the process is simple.

We would be happy to discuss these payment options and which may best suit your individual or business needs. Please call our office learn more about your on-line federal tax payment options.

If you own a vacation home, you may be considering whether renting the property for some of the time could come with big tax breaks. More and more vacation homeowners are renting their property. But while renting your vacation home can help defray costs and provide certain tax benefits, it also may raise some complex tax issues.

Determining whether to use your vacation home as a rental property, maintain it for your own personal use, or both means different tax consequences. How often will you rent your home? How often will you and your family use it? How long will it sit empty? Depending on your situation, renting your vacation home may not be the most lucrative approach for you.

Generally, the tax benefits of renting your vacation home depend on how often you and your family use the home and how often you rent it. Essentially, there are three vacation home ownership situations for tax purposes. We will go over each, and their tax implications.

Tax-free rental income

If you rent your vacation home for fewer than 15 days during the year, the rental income you receive is tax-free; you don't even have to report it on your income tax return. You can also claim basic deductions for property taxes and mortgage interest just as you would with your primary residence.

You won't, however, be able to deduct any rental-related expenses (such as property management or maintenance fees). And, if your rental-related expenses exceed the income you receive from renting your vacation home for that brief time, you can't take a loss. Nevertheless, this is an incredibly lucrative tax break, especially if your vacation home is located in a popular destination spot or near a major event and you don't want, or need, to rent it out for a longer period. If you fit in this category of vacation homeowners and would like more information on this significant tax benefit, call our office.

Pure rental property

Do you plan on renting your vacation home for more than 14 days a year? If so, the tax rules can become complicated. If you and your family don't use the property for more than 14 days a year, or 10% of the total number of days it is rented (whichever is greater), your vacation home will qualify as rental property, not as a personal residence.

If you rent your vacation home for more than 14 days, you must report all rental income you receive. However, now you can deduct certain rental-related expenses, including depreciation, condominium association fees, property management fees, utilities, repairs, and portions of your homeowner's insurance. How much you can deduct will depend on how often you and your family use the property. But, as the owner of investment property, you can take a loss on the ultimate sale of your rental homes, which second-homeowners can't do.

Income and deductions generated by rental property are treated as passive in nature and subject to passive activity loss rules. As passive activity losses, rental property losses can't be used to offset income or gains from non-passive activities (such as wages, salaries, interest, dividends, and gains from the sale of stocks and bonds). They can only be used to offset income or gains from other passive type activities. Passive activity losses that you can't use one year, however, can be carried forward to future years.

However, an owner of rental property who "actively participates" in managing the rental activities of his or her vacation home, and has an adjusted gross income that doesn't exceed $100,000, can deduct up to $25,000 in rental losses against other non-passive income, such as wages, salaries, and dividends. It's not all that difficult to meet the "active participation" test if you try.

Personal use for more than 14 days

If you plan on using your vacation home a lot, as well as renting it often, your vacation home will be treated as a personal residence. Specifically, if you rent your home for more than 14 days a year, but you and your family also use the home for more than 14 days, or 10% of the rental days (whichever is greater), your vacation home will qualify as a personal residence, not a rental property, and complex tax issues arise.

All expenses must be apportioned between rental and personal use, based on the total number of days the home is used. For example, you must allocate interest and property taxes between rental and personal use so that a portion of your mortgage interest payments and property taxes will be reported as itemized deductions on Schedule A (the standard form for itemized deductions) and a portion as deductions against rental income on Schedule E (the form for rental income and expenses.) You will only be able to deduct your rental expense up to the total amount of rental income.  Excess losses can be carried forward to future years though.

Proper planning

With proper planning and professional advice, you can maximize tax benefits of your vacation home. Please call our office if you have, or are planning to buy, a vacation home and would like to discuss the tax consequences of renting your property.

Fringe benefits have not only become an important component of employee compensation, they also have a large financial impact on an employer's business. Fringe benefits are non-compensation benefits provided by an employer to employees. Unless they fall within one of the specific categories of tax-exempt fringe benefits, however, are taxable to employees.

Qualified employee discounts are among several categories of fringe benefits that are non-taxable to the employee under Code Sec. 132 and also deductible by the employer as an ordinary and necessary business expense. If you want to give employee discounts, this is the type you should consider first.

Qualified employee discounts

For an employee discount to be excludable from an employee's income and deductible by the employer, it must constitute a qualified employee discount. A qualified employee discount is an employee discount provided on qualified property or services. If the benefits are not qualified, they are taxable to the employee.

Qualified employee discounts are those that are provided on products or services sold in the ordinary course of the employer's line of business. For instance, employee discounts on items sold only at an employee store are not excludable from gross income because they are not offered for sale to non-employee customers in the ordinary course of the employer's line of business.

An employer may exclude the value of an employee discount provided to an employee from his or her wages, up to the following limits:

• For a discount on services, 20% of the price the employer charges non-employee customers for the service.

• For a discount on merchandise or other property, the employer's gross profit percentage times the price the employer charges non-employee customers for the property.

For example, if an employer's business sells a product for $100 and its cost is $75, the gross profit margin is $25. Therefore, to be tax-free to the employee, the discount cannot exceed $25. If an employer charges customers $100 for a certain service, the employee's tax-free discount for the same service cannot exceed $20 (i.e. 20 percent of the value of the service). Any excess discount will be treated as taxable income to the employee.

Qualified employee discounts can be provided through a direct reduction in the price of property or services as well through a cash rebate system. However, the discounts cannot be provided on real estate or investment property, such as stocks and bonds.

Non-discrimination

Qualified employee discounts must be available to employees on a nondiscriminatory basis, which requires that the benefits be available on substantially the same terms to all employees or to each member of a reasonable classification of employees that does not discriminate in favor of highly compensation employees. An employer engaged in more than one line of business must treat each line of business separately in applying the discrimination test. If an employer's plan fails the test, only your employees who are not highly compensated may exclude the value of the benefit from income.

Business expense deduction

An employer can deduct the actual cost of providing fringe benefits to employees as an ordinary and necessary business expense, whether or not the benefits are taxable to the employees. Employers can deduct the cost of providing qualified employee discounts as either compensation for services rendered or as a tax deductible business expense under Code Sec. 162.

As with other business expenses incurred by an employer for which tax deductions are sought, expenses paid or incurred in carrying on a trade or business are deductible only if they are ordinary and necessary. Ordinary and necessary expenses must be reasonable in amount to be deductible.

Because a qualified employee discount is a type of fringe benefit (albeit tax exempt), and fringe benefits are a form of employee compensation under Code Sec. 61, a qualified employee discount will meet the business expense requirements of Code Sec. 162, providing for deduction by an employer. Thus, employers can deduct the cost of qualified employee discounts and not pay any employment taxes on them.

In order to be tax deductible, compensation must be a reasonable payment for services. Smaller companies, whose employees frequently hold significant ownership interests, are particularly vulnerable to IRS attack on their compensation deductions.

Reasonable compensation is generally defined as the amount that would ordinarily be paid for like services by like enterprises under like circumstances. This broad definition is supplemented, for purposes of determining whether compensation is deductible as an ordinary and necessary expense, by a number of more specific factors expressed in varying forms by the IRS, the Tax Court and the Circuit Courts of Appeal, and generally relating to the type and extent of services provided, the financial concerns of the company, and the nature of the relationship between the employee and the employer.

Why IRS Is Interested

A chief concern behind the IRS's keen interest in what a company calls "compensation" is the possibility that what is being labeled compensation is in fact a constructive dividend. If employees with ownership interests are being paid excessive amounts by the company, the IRS may challenge compensation deductions on the grounds that what is being called deductible compensation is, in fact, a nondeductible dividend.

Another area of concern for the IRS is the payment of personal expenses of an employee that are disguised as businesses expenses. There, the business is trying to obtain a business expense deduction without the offsetting tax paid by the employee in recognizing income. In such cases, a business and its owners can end up with a triple loss after an IRS audit: taxable income to the individual, no deduction to the business and a tax penalty due from both parties.

Factors Examined

The factors most often examined by the IRS in deciding whether payments are reasonable compensation for services or are, instead, disguised dividend payments, include:

1. The salary history of the individual employee
2. Compensation paid by comparable employers to comparable employees
3. The salary history of other employees of the company
4. Special employee expertise or efforts
5. Year-end payments
6. Independent inactive investor analysis
7. Deferred compensation plan contributions
8. Independence of the board of directors
9. Viewpoint of a hypothetical investor contemplating purchase of the company as to whether such potential investor would be willing to pay the compensation.

Failure to pass the reasonable compensation test will result in the company's loss of all or part of its deduction. Analysis and examination of a company's compensation deductions in light of the relevant listed factors can provide the company with the assurance that the compensation it pays will be treated as reasonable -- and may in the process prevent the loss of its deductions.

Note: In the case of publicly held corporations, a separate $1 million dollar per person cap is also placed on deductible compensation paid to the CEO and each of the four other highest-paid officers identified for SEC purposes. (Certain types of compensation, including performance-based compensation approved by outside directors, are not included in the $1 million limitation.)

The S Corp Enigma

The opposite side of the reasonable compensation coin is present in the case of some S corporations. By characterizing compensation payments as dividends, the owners of these corporations seek to reduce employment taxes due on amounts paid to them by their companies. In these cases, the IRS attempts to recharacterize dividends as salary if the amounts were, in fact, paid to the shareholders for services rendered to the corporation.

Caution. In the course of performing the compensation-dividend analysis, watch out for contingent compensation arrangements and for compensation that is proportional to stock ownership. While not always indicators that payments are distributions of dividends instead of compensation for services, their presence does suggest the possibility. Compensation plans should not be keyed to ownership interests. Contingent and incentive arrangements are also scrutinized by the IRS. The courts have frequently ruled that a shareholder has a built-in interest in seeing that the company is successful and rewarding him for increasing the value of his own property is inappropriate. Similar to the reasonable compensation test, however, this rule is not hard and fast. Accordingly, the rules followed in each jurisdiction will control there.

Conclusions

Determining whether a shareholder-employee's compensation is reasonable depends upon many variables, such as the contributions that employee makes to your business, the compensation levels within your industry, and whether an independent investor in your company would accept the employee's compensation as reasonable.

Please call our office for a more customized analysis of how your particular compensation package fits into the various rules and guidelines. Further examination of your practices not only may help your business better sustain its compensation deductions; it may also help you take advantage of other compensation arrangements and opportunities.

A lump-sum of social security benefits is usually included in gross income for the year in which it is received. However, a recipient may choose to include in gross income the total amount of benefits that would have been included in gross income in the appropriate year if the payments had been received when due.

Lump-sum payments

If a recipient attributes benefits to a prior tax year, a smaller portion of the benefits may be subject to tax. This can occur when (1) a recipient's modified adjusted gross income (AGI) in the current year is more than the prior tax year's AGI or (2) a recipient used a higher base amount due to filing status in the prior year.

The IRS provides worksheets to assist recipients in determining whether they should attribute retroactive benefits to a prior tax year. Once the decision is made, IRS consent is needed to revoke it. A taxpayer who fails to attribute benefits to a prior year must include the lump-sum payment with income for the year in which the payment is received.

Repayment of benefits

When a recipient has to repay excessive benefits that were paid in error, the repayments reduce the amount of benefits taken into account for tax purposes in the year the repayment is made. Repayments are shown separately on the individual's Form SSA-1099, Social Security Benefit Statement.

If the repayment occurs during the same year the benefits are received, an adjustment is made for that year. If the repayment is made in a subsequent year, the recipient subtracts the repayment from the benefits received in the repayment year.

Example.  Shane received $7,500 in social security benefits in year 1 and $7,500 in year 2. In year 2, the Social Security Administration informed him that he should have only received $7,000 in benefits for each year. Shane immediately repaid $1000 in year 2. His taxable benefits for year 2 are as follows:

• Benefits received in year 2 = $7500,
• Repayments made in year 2 = $1000,
• Taxable benefits for year 2 = $6500 ($7500-$1000).

You may want to figure out whether attributing your retroactive benefits to a prior tax year would be more advantageous than including the benefits in gross income in the year received. If you need further assistance with this matter please give us a call.

Non-cash incentive awards, such as merchandise from a local retailer given to its employees or vacation trips offered to the employee team member who contributes the most to a special project, are a form of supplemental wages and are subject to most of the reporting and withholding requirements of other forms of compensation that employees receive. There are, however, special rules for calculating and timing withholding, as well as exceptions for de minimis awards and "length of service" awards.  

Withholding, depositing, and reporting

Similar to regular pay, employers must withhold income, Social Security, Medicare, and federal unemployment taxes from non-cash incentive awards based on their fair market value. Employers must deposit the tax withheld, along with matching payments of Social Security and Medicare taxes, during the period the incentive award is deemed to be paid. Employers must also report incentive awards on Form W-2, Wage and Tax Statement.  

Calculating withholding rules  

However, since non-cash incentive awards are considered supplemental wages, employers have several different options in calculating withholding. For incentives paid along with regular pay not separately specified on the pay stub, employers may withhold payroll taxes at the normal rate as if the employee simply received a larger paycheck.

For incentive awards paid separately from regular pay, employers have a choice of combining the two and withholding the normal rate or withholding the normal percent from the regular pay and a flat 25 percent from the incentive award.  

But, for those fortunate employees who receive incentive awards in excess of $1 million, the employer is required to withhold at a flat rate equal to the highest income tax rate (currently 35%).  

Timing

Special timing rules apply to withholding for non-cash incentive awards. Employee compensation is ordinarily treated as a "pay-as-you-go" tax, meaning that employers are required to withhold payroll taxes periodically throughout the year, rather than all at once at the end of the year. Employers are allowed to withhold taxes on incentive awards, on the other hand, by the pay period, by the quarter, or on any other consistent basis as long as it is paid at least once a year.  

Timing requirements become stricter, however, for personal investment property and real property given to employees as incentive awards. For these categories, the date the property was actually transferred must be used to determine when the employee was "paid."

Withholding exceptions

Noncash incentive awards given to employees that have a de minimis value are excluded from wages and therefore not subject to withholding. Taking into account how frequently similar benefits are given to employees, the award must have little value and cannot be in the form of cash.

Finally, length-of-service or safety achievement awards equal to or less than $1,600 made under a qualified plan, or $400 otherwise, are excluded from wages and therefore not subject to withholding as well.  The only exception is that a sole proprietor can't give such a tax-free award to him or herself.

There are tax benefits for which you may be eligible if you are paying education expenses for yourself or an immediate member of your family. In the rush to claim one of two education tax credits or the higher-education expense deduction, IRS statistics indicate that a more modest yet still significant tax break is often being overlooked: the higher education student-loan interest deduction.

The student loan interest deduction for 2006 was the smaller of $2,500 or the amount of interest paid. The deduction amount may be gradually reduced or eliminated based on your filing status and modified adjusted gross income (MAGI).

Form 1098-E

Form 1098-E will help you calculate your student loan interest deduction. An institution that received interest payments of $600 or more during a calendar year on one or more qualified student loans must send Form 1098-E to each borrower.

Modified adjusted gross income

For 2007, the $2,500 maximum deduction for interest paid on qualified education loans begins to phase out ratably for taxpayers with modified adjusted gross income in excess of $55,000 ($110,000 for joint returns), and is completely phased out for taxpayers with modified adjusted gross income of $70,000 or more ($140,000 or more for joint returns).

Reduced deduction

If your credit must be reduced because of your MAGI, you must calculate your reduced deduction. To calculate your reduced amount, multiply your interest deduction (before the reduction) by a fraction. The numerator is your MAGI minus $55,000 ($110,000 for joint return filers). The denominator is $15,000 ($30,000 for joint return filers). Subtract the result from your deduction (before the reduction). This result is the amount you can deduct.

Example A. During 2007 Ed pays $800 interest on a qualified student loan. Ed's 2007 MAGI is $130,000 and he files a joint return. $800 X ($130,000-$110,000 / $30,000) =$533. Ed must reduce his deduction by $533. His reduced student loan interest deduction is $267 ($800 - $533).

Example B. During 2007 Bea, who is single, pays $2,750 interest on a qualified student loan. Bea's maximum deduction for 2007 is $2,500. However, Bea must further limit her maximum deduction since her MAGI is $60,000. Her required reduction is $2,500 x ($60,000 - $55,000 / $15,000) or $833.33 Her reduced student loan interest deduction is $2,500 - $833.33 or $1,666.67.

If you are unsure of your eligibility for the student loan interest deduction, please give our office a call and we will be happy to assist you.

More third-party reporting is coming. Treasury, Congress, and the IRS are all entertaining proposals to require the reporting of income that currently does not have to be reported to the IRS. IRS National Taxpayer Advocate Nina Olson reports that there are 45 million taxpayers who have a small business or are self-employed. She reports that not all of them have professional help, and that the IRS is not adequately helping them.

Noncompliance

The reason is clear. The government is focusing more and more attention on the Tax Gap, the estimated $345 billion in taxes that are not collected each year. Of this amount, 40 to 50 percent is attributed to the underreporting of business income. This includes self-employment tax -- $39 billion; corporate tax -- $30 billion; and individual business income -- $109 billion. In its "Comprehensive Strategy for Reducing the Tax Gap" (September 2006), Treasury said it would develop proposals for more reporting.

Noncompliance is highest among taxpayers whose income is not subject to third-party information reporting or withholding requirements. About 54 percent of net income from proprietors, including rents and royalties, is misreported. In contrast, the net misreporting is 4.5 percent for income subject to third-party reporting but no withholding.

Merchant reports

Treasury's new proposals were revealed in the revenue measures of the Bush Administration's FY 2008 budget. The most far-reaching proposal would require banks that process credit and debit card payments for merchants to report to the IRS annually the gross reimbursement payments made to the merchant. Another proposal would require a business to file an information return for payments of $600 or more made to a corporation in a calendar year. Olson proposed that third party information reporting be required for payments to corporations with 50 or fewer shareholders, a suggestion that Treasury has not yet picked up.

New responsibilities

A small business or sole proprietor could find itself on either side of these reporting requirements, either as a service provider receiving the new forms or as a service recipient providing the forms to others. Either way, the business owner must be on top of the new laws so that he or she can fulfill new responsibilities; filing accurate reports with other taxpayers and the IRS and filling out an accurate return to submit to the IRS. We can help you with these responsibilities.

Taxpayers required to file these reporting forms would be subject to increased penalties under the Administration's proposals for failing to file information returns. The risk of these penalties is another reason you don't want to navigate these new areas on your own.

Other, more targeted third-party reporting proposals would expand reporting by brokers of sales of tangible personal property, and would require brokers to report the adjusted basis of publicly-traded stock to sellers of the stock.

Independent contractors

Another Treasury proposal, aimed at the independent contractor, would require the contractor to provide its taxpayer identification number to the business for whom services were provided. The IRS would check the TIN; if it did not match the IRS's information, the business would be required to withhold tax from the contractor at a flat rate. If the number did match, the contractor would have the option of requiring the business to withhold tax at a flat rate on payments to the contractor.

The proposal is designed to address the problem of taxpayers that do not take the trouble to pay estimated tax and that have not anticipated the amount of their income tax liability or their liability for SECA tax when filing their return.

This proposal was echoed by Olson. In her report to Congress, Olson proposed requiring that estimated tax payments be made electronically if the contractor was not subject to backup withholding.

A major repair to a business vehicle is usually deductible in the year of the repair as a "maintenance and repair" cost if your business uses the actual expense method of deducting vehicle expenses. If your business vehicle is written off under the standard mileage rate method, your repair and maintenance costs are assumed to be built into that standard rate and no further deduction is allowed.

Standard mileage rate

The standard mileage rate for business use of a vehicle is 48.5 cents per mile for 2007. The standard mileage rate replaces all actual expenses in determining the deductible operating business costs of a car, vans and/or trucks. If you want to use the standard mileage rate, you must use it in the first year that the vehicle is available for use in your business. If you use the standard mileage rate for the first year, you cannot deduct your repairs for that year. Then in the following years you can use the standard mileage rate or the actual expense method.

Actual cost

You can deduct the actual vehicle expenses for business purposes instead of using the standard mileage rate method. In order to use the actual expenses method, you must determine what it actually cost for the repairs attributable to the business. If you have fully depreciated your vehicle you can still claim your repair expenses.

Exceptions

Of course, the tax law is filled with exceptions and that includes issues relating to the deductibility of vehicle repairs and maintenance. Some ancillary points to consider:

• If you receive insurance or warranty reimbursement for a repair, you cannot "double dip" and also take a deduction;
• If you are rebuilding a vehicle virtually from the ground up, you may be considered to be adding to its capital value in a manner in which you might be required to deduct costs gradually as depreciation;
• If you use your car for both business and personal reasons, you must divide your expenses based upon the miles driven for each purpose.

You may want to calculate your deduction for both methods to determine which one will grant you the larger deduction. If you need assistance with this matter, please feel free to give our office a call and we will be glad to help.

Although you may want your traditional individual retirement accounts (IRAs) to keep accumulating tax-free well into your old age, the IRS sets certain deadlines. The price for getting an upfront deduction when contributing to a traditional IRA (or having a rollover IRA) is that Uncle Sam eventually starts taxing it once you reach 70½. The required minimum distribution (RMD) rules under the Internal Revenue Code accomplish that.

If distributions do not meet the strict minimum requirements for any one year once you reach 70½, you must pay an excise tax equal to 50 percent, even if you kept the money in the account by mistake.

Required minimum distribution

The traditional IRA owner must begin receiving a minimum amount of distributions (the RMD) from his or her IRA by April 1 of the year following the year in which he or she reaches age 70½. That first deadline is referred to as the required beginning date.

If, in any year, you as a traditional IRA owner receive more than the RMD for that year, you will not receive credit for the additional amount when determining the RMD for future years. However, any amount distributed in your 70½ year will be credited toward the amount that must be distributed by April 1 of the following year. The RMD for any year after the year you turn 70½ must be made by December 31 of that year.

Distribution period

The distribution period is the maximum number of years over which you are allowed to take distributions from the IRA. You calculate your RMD for each year by dividing the amount in the IRA as of the close of business on December 31 of the preceding year by your life expectancy at that time as set by special IRS tables. Those tables are found in IRS Publication 590, "IRAs Appendix C."

Example: Say you were born on November 1, 1936, are unmarried, and have a traditional IRA. Since you have reached age 70½ in 2007 (on May 1 to be exact), your required beginning date is April 1, 2008. Assume further that as of December 31, 2006, your account balance was $26,500. Using Table III, the applicable distribution period for someone your age as of December 31, 2007 (when you will be age 71) is 26.5 years. Your RMD for 2007 is $1,000 ($26,500 ÷ 26.5). That amount must be distributed to you by April 1, 2008.

The RMD rules do not apply to Roth IRAs; they only apply to traditional IRAs. That is one of the principal estate planning reasons for setting up a Roth IRA or rolling over a traditional IRA into a Roth IRA. The downside of a Roth IRA, of course, is not getting an upfront deduction for contributions, or having to pay tax on the balance when rolled over from a traditional IRA into a Roth IRA.

Please contact this office if you need any help in determining a RMD or in deciding whether a rollover to a Roth IRA now to avoid RMD issues later might make sense for you.

Businesses benefit from many tax breaks. If you are in business with the objective of making a profit, you can generally claim all your business deductions. If your deductions exceed your income for the year, you can claim a loss for the year, up to the amount of your income from other activities. Remaining losses can be carried over into other years.

These are very generous tax breaks and sometimes people establish a business to generate losses. They have no intention of ever earning a profit. Other times, they genuinely hope to earn a profit but never do.

The IRS calls these activities "hobbies."  Expenses from these activities are never deductible in excess of any income that is declared earned from them. Recently, the IRS issued a new warning in the form of a Fact Sheet (FS-2007-18) to educate taxpayers about the differences between a for-profit business and a hobby.

No bright line

There's no bright line to distinguish a genuine business with a profit motive from a hobby. Over the years, the IRS and the courts have developed a list of factors to determine if an activity has a profit motive or is a hobby. No one factor is greater than the others and the list is not exhaustive. That means that the IRS and the courts have great leeway in their analyses.

Let's take a quick look at the factors:

How the business is run? Is the activity carried on in a businesslike manner?  Do you keep complete and accurate business records and books?  Have you changed business operations to increase profits?

Expertise. Do you have the necessary expertise to run the business? If you don't, do you seek help from experts?

Time and effort. Do you spend the time and effort necessary for the business to succeed?  

Appreciation.  Will business assets appreciate in value over time?  A profit motive can exist if gain from the eventual sale of assets, plus any other income, will result in an overall profit even if there's no profit from current operations.

Success with other activities. Have you engaged in similar activities in the past?

History of income or loss. This factor looks to when the losses occurred. Were they in the start-up phase? Maybe they were due to unforeseen circumstances. Losses over a very long period of time could, but not always, indicate a hobby.

Amounts of occasional profits. Are your occasional profits significant when compared to the size of your investment and prior losses?

Financial status of owner. Is the activity your only source of income?

Personal pleasure or recreation. Is your business of a type that is not usually considered to have elements of personal pleasure or recreation?

Your financial status

If the activity is your only source of income, you would think that the IRS would automatically treat it as a for-profit business. That's not true. Every case is different and the IRS and the courts look at all the circumstances.

A few years ago, there was a case in the U.S. Tax Court involving a married couple. The husband owned a house framing business. His income was about $33,000 a year. The wife worked as a secretary in an accounting department of a big corporation. Her income was about $28,000 a year.

Together, they also operated a horse breeding and racing activity. They had no experience in breeding or racing horses. They didn't have the best of luck either. Several of their horses suffered injuries and they were involved in a legal dispute over the ownership of one. They did seek help from experts and also kept good financial records.

The Tax Court looked at all the nine factors. It recognized that the couple had a very modest income from their employment and this factor weighed in their favor. However, some of the other factors went against them, especially the fact that they never made a profit after 16 years and lost nearly $500,000.  The court knew that the couple "hoped" to make a profit but hope wasn't enough and the court found their business was not engaged in for a profit.

Presumption

Generally, the IRS presumes that an activity is carried on for profit if it makes a profit during at least three of the last five years, including the current year. If it appears that the business will not be profitable for some years, you won't be able to come within the presumption of profit motive. You'll have to rely on qualifying under the nine factors.

The IRS has a form on which you can officially elect to have the agency wait until the first five years are up before examining the profitability of your business.  While it's generally not necessary to file the form in order to take advantage of the presumption, it's usually a good idea.

Types of businesses

Although the IRS is not limited in the kind of businesses that it can challenge as being hobbies, businesses that look like traditional hobbies generally face a greater chance of IRS scrutiny than other types of businesses. These include horse breeding and racing, "gentlemen farming" and craft businesses operated from the home. There are many court cases about these activities and usually the taxpayers lose.

This is a very complicated area of the tax law and many people, like the secretary and her husband, honestly believe they are operating a for-profit business. But as we've seen, the IRS and the courts can, and often do, determine otherwise.

Don't hesitate to contact us if you have any questions about the differences between a business and a hobby ...and how you can set up your operations to have a better chance of falling on the right side of any argument with the IRS.

The Work Opportunity Tax Credit (WOTC) program, originally created by the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, has been enhanced and time and again, and through the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (2009 Recovery Act) provides a powerhouse of incentives for employers to hire certain workers. The credit serves as an incentive for businesses to employ minimum wage or economically disadvantaged workers.

The Work Opportunity Credit

The Work Opportunity Credit, under Code Sec. 51, seeks to provide employers with an incentive to hire persons from targeted groups with a particularly high unemployment rate or other special employment needs. The credit targets ten groups for employment assistance, including" qualified recipients under the temporary assistance for needy families program, food stamp and supplemental security income recipients, veterans, ex-felons, high-risk youth, vocational rehabilitation referrals, and summer youth employees. Additionally, the 2009 Recovery Act creates two new categories of targeted groups under the existing Work Opportunity Tax Credit: unemployed veterans and "disconnected youth." These new categories apply to individuals who are hired and begin work in 2009 or 2010.

The credit is equal to a percentage of qualified wages paid during the employee's first year of employment, based on the number of hours worked, for a maximum of $6,000 of wages paid to each individual. With regard to targeted individuals hired after September 30, 1996 and before September 1, 2011, employers can generally claim a work opportunity credit equal to 40 percent up to $6,000 of qualified wages paid during the employee's first year of employment, provided that the targeted employee performs at least 400 hours of service.

Accounting for long-term family assistance

The Welfare-to-Work Credit under Code Sec. 51A (now extinct because it has been rolled into the WOTC) was a nearly identical program, except that it was specifically aimed at recipients of long-term family assistance. The Tax Relief and Health Care Act of 2006 (TRHCA) repealed Code Sec. 51A and merged the welfare-to-work credit into the work opportunity credit for 2007. Now, for tax year 2009, not only is the amount of the combined credit similar to the calculation for the work opportunity credit, but it also includes provisions for recipients of long-term family assistance.

The WOTC is combined with the Welfare-to-Work credit for qualified individuals who being working for an employer after December 31, 2006 and before September 1, 2011. For tax year 2007, the combined credit under TRHCA only includes 50 percent of the second-year wages of long-term family assistance recipients, but it also increases the maximum credit per employee to $10,000.

Please call our offices if you want further information on how your business might qualify for the Work Opportunity Credit.

"Payroll tax" is a blanket term used to address the combination of social security, Medicare, unemployment insurance, and state and federal income taxes withheld by an employer from an employee's wages. In addition to withholding these taxes at the time of payment of wages, employers are also required to pay most of the taxes on their own behalves, deposit the taxes with appropriate government depositories, report withholding activities to the government, and keep appropriate records.

The Federal Insurance Contributions Act requires employers to both withhold and pay the social security and Medicare taxes. Tax collected to finance the Federal old-age survivors and disability insurance (OASDI) program is commonly referred to as "social security." Tax collected to finance hospital and hospital service insurance for those 65 years or older is commonly referred to as "Medicare." Each of these is withheld from employees' wages and matched by the employer at their respective fixed rates. Although social security tax is subject to an annual withholding limit (the taxable wage base), there is no limit on withholding for the Medicare tax.

The Federal Unemployment Tax Act imposes the unemployment insurance tax to finance a joint federal/state program providing benefits to temporarily laid-off employees. While the federal government collects the tax under federal law, every state also has laws requiring employers to make unemployment insurance contributions. This tax is not withheld from employees' wages, but is only paid, deposited, and reported by employers.

Employer Responsibilities

Federal income tax is a "pay-as-you-go" tax, meaning that it must be paid periodically throughout the year, rather than all at once at the end of the year. Employers make these periodic payments for their employees in the form of payroll deductions based on information employees disclose; such as filing status, number of dependents, and number of exemptions. Self-employed individuals must make quarterly estimated income tax payments. State withholding laws usually apply to both employees and self-employed individuals, requiring withholding for state tax if employers or the self-employed withhold federal income tax.

There are multiple methods of determining whether an employer is responsible for withholding or paying a specific type of payroll tax. For example, federal income tax withholding duties generally fall upon any person for whom an individual has performed services as an employee, where a "person" can mean an individual, organization, or government. The employer who meets this definition also must withhold and pay social security and Medicare taxes. Alternatively, employers must pay unemployment insurance tax if they paid wages of $1,500 or more during the calendar quarter or had at least one individual as an employee for part of any day in each of 20 different calendar weeks.

Is your business withholding and paying the correct amount of payroll tax for your employees? While these duties may seem simple at first, they can quickly grow complex. For example, if your company directs individuals to perform certain duties, yet has no control over how they are paid for the services they perform, then you may not be considered an employer for some aspects of the payroll tax, but may still be required to withhold or make payments for others. Another instance involves the exception for independent contractors. While no withholding or payroll tax payments are required for independent contractors, determining the individual's status as an employee versus independent contractor may prove difficult.

If you are unsure of your company's responsibilities for withholding or paying payroll tax for service providers, please feel free to give this office a call and we can provide some analysis of this issue.

No, taxpayers may destroy the original hardcopy of books and records and the original computerized records detailing the expenses of a business if they use an electronic storage system.

Business often maintain their books and records by scanning hardcopies of their documents onto a computer hard drive, burning them onto compact disc, or saving them to a portable storage device. The IRS classifies records stored in this manner as an "electronic storage system." Businesses using an electronic storage system are considered to have fulfilled IRS records requirements for all taxpayers, should they meet certain requirements. And, they have the freedom to reduce the amount of paperwork their enterprise must manage.

Record-keeping requirements

Code Sec. 6001 requires all persons liable for tax to keep records as the IRS requires. In addition to persons liable for tax, those who file informational returns must file such returns and make use of their records to prove their gross income, deductions, credits, and other matters. For example, businesses must substantiate deductions for business expenses with appropriate records and they must file informational returns showing salaries and benefits paid to employees.

It is possible for businesses using an electronic storage system to satisfy these requirements under Code Sec. 6001. However, they must fulfill certain obligations.

Paperwork reduction

In addition, using an electronic storage system may allow businesses to destroy the original hardcopy of their books and records, as well as the original computerized records used to fulfill the record-keeping requirements of code Sec. 6001. To take advantage of this option, taxpayers must:

(1) Test their electronic storage system to establish that hardcopy and computerized books and records are being reproduced according to certain requirements, and

(2) Implement procedures to assure that its electronic storage system is compliant with IRS requirements into the future.

Our firm would be glad to work with you to meet the IRS's specifications, should you want to establish a computerized recordkeeping system for your business. The time spent now can be worth considerable time and money saved by a streamlined and organized system of receipts and records.

Instead of getting a paper check, you may want to have your refund deposited directly into your bank account or other financial account. Forms 1040, 1040A, and 1040EZ have a line for designating direct deposit of your refund, right after the line showing the amount of your refund.

If you choose direct deposit, for the first time starting this year, you can split your refund deposit among two or three accounts. To split the refund, you must submit Form 8888, Direct Deposit of Refund to More Than One Account, with your return. You must identify the amount being deposited into each account, and the total must equal the amount on Form 1040 that is being refunded to you.

An amount may be directly deposited into a checking account, a savings account, or another account such as an individual retirement account. You must establish the account before you request direct deposit. If the account is an IRA, you must make sure that the trustee will accept direct deposit. You must also notify the IRA trustee which year the deposit will be applied to. If the deposit is for the prior year, you must verify that the deposit was made by the due date of the return (which this year is April 17).

The direct deposit accounts are shown on lines 1, 2 and 3 of Form 8888. If you owe past-due federal tax, the IRS can use your refund to offset your liability. The past-due amount will first be deducted from the direct deposit shown on line 3, then the deposit on line 2, and finally from the deposit on line 1. If the amount deducted was going into an IRA, you may need to correct your IRA contribution and change your return.

If someone told you that you could exchange an apartment house for a store building without recognizing a taxable gain or loss, you might not believe him or her. You might already know about a very valuable business planning and tax tool: a like-kind exchange. In some cases, if you trade business property for other business property of the same asset class, you do not need to recognize a taxable gain or loss.

Not a sale

An exchange is a transfer that is not a sale. Essentially, it is a trade of like property.

In an exchange, property is relinquished and property is received. If the transaction includes money or property that is not of a like kind (referred to as "boot"), the transaction does not automatically become a sale. Any gain realized in the transaction, however, is recognized in that tax year to the extent of boot received.

In a like-kind exchange, the basis in the property received is the same as the basis in the property relinquished, with some adjustments. Any unrecognized gain or loss on the relinquished property is carried over to the replacement property. At a future time, the gain or loss will be recognized. If there is boot in the exchange and the gain is recognized, basis is increased by the amount of recognized gain.

The like-kind rules also require that property must be business or investment property. The taxpayer must hold both the property traded and the property received for productive use in its trade or business or for investment. Additionally, most stocks, bonds and other securities are not eligible.

Example

Jesse owns an office supply company and wants to expand his business. Carmen owns a restaurant and also wants to expand her business. Both individuals own parcels of land for investment that would benefit their respective expansion plans. The adjusted basis of both properties is $250,000. The fair market value of both properties is $400,000. Jesse and Carmen engage in a like-kind exchange. Neither Jesse nor Carmen would report any gain or loss.

More than two properties

Like-kind exchanges can involve more than two properties. While the rules are complicated, the basic approach is to combine properties into groups consisting of the same kind or class. If you are interested in a like-kind exchange involving more than two properties, we can help you.

Timing

The exchange does not have to take place at a given moment. If property is relinquished, the replacement property can be identified and received anytime within a specific period. Replacement property must be identified within 45 days after property is relinquished. The replacement property has to be received within 180 days after the transfer but sooner if the tax return is due before the 180 days are over (although the due date takes into account any extension that is permitted).

Reporting

A like-kind exchange must be reported to the IRS. The report must be made even if no gain is recognized in the transaction.  Again, our office can help you make sure that everything that needs to be reported to the IRS is reported.

End-year 2006 tax legislation extended the opportunity to take the optional federal sales tax deduction for tax years 2006 and 2007. The deduction remains the same as in past years, although the IRS standard tables used to figure sales tax in lieu of keeping receipts changes each year due to cost of living and other considerations.

The sales tax deduction is taken in lieu of claiming a deduction for state and local income taxes paid during the year on Form 1040, Schedule A. If your sales tax deduction, computed using either the actual receipts method or the IRS tables method, exceeds your state and local income tax payments made during the year, you usually will want to take the sales tax deduction. You cannot take both; and you are entitled to none if you do not itemize your deductions.

Actual method

Save your receipts and add up the sales tax on each.  Special taxes paid above the general sales tax rate, however, are not deductible.  Approximations are not allowed. The actual method is as simple, and as much of "a hassle", as it sounds.

IRS tables method

Under the optional IRS tables method, you don't have to keep your receipts, although keeping some receipts from motor vehicle and other specified purchases may be advantageous (see "Special additions," below).

State sales tax. The IRS optional states sales tax tables reflect the average state sales tax deduction paid by the average resident of your state, based on both income level and number of exemptions. Income for this purpose includes taxable adjusted gross income and tax exempt income. If you moved during the year and were a resident of two jurisdictions, you need to prorate your table amounts based on the number of days you were resident in each.

Local sales tax. The tables generally do not reflect local sales taxes. The IRS does not publish the appropriate local sales tax rates. You have to find it. Taxpayers compute their combined state and local sales tax deduction amount by:

(1) Determining the local general sales tax amount by:

a. Dividing the local general sales tax rate by the state general sales tax rate and

b. Multiplying that figure by the amount of state general sales taxes in the IRS tables.

(2) Adding the amount of local general sales taxes (1) by the amount of state general sales taxes in the tables.

Special additions. Taxpayers may deduct the actual amount paid or use the IRS tables. In either case, a taxpayer can add sales tax paid on the purchase (or lease) of a motor vehicle, boat, aircraft, home or home building materials, or other IRS-approved items. The IRS has not yet chosen to approve any other items for this special treatment.

'Tax risk management" is a fairly recent term first used by large accounting firms to underscore to businesses the opportunities and pitfalls inherent within the particular tax positions taken by a business at any point in time. The collapse of Enron and WorldCom, and Congress's response through Sarbanes/Oxley legislation, have elevated corporate tax departments from what were once sleepy backroom operations to key participants in corporate bottom-line performance. Tax reserves and other tax forecasts now take a more prominent role in SEC-required disclosure and their resulting impact on shareholder value. Corporate boards and top executives are now held directly responsible for tax-related mistakes.

In tandem with tighter legislative rules, the corporate tax world itself has become more complicated. From state and local tax considerations and a growing federal tax code to aggressive audit positions by the IRS on tax-shelter type transactions to the growing body of international tax rules that a global business must follow, the tax world for many businesses has become considerably more dangerous. Like a juggler trying to keep too many balls in the air at once, businesses are feeling more pressure on the tax side of their operations. The greater the number of balls (or tax risk situations) in the air, the greater the need is for preventive management of them.

Tax risk management, however, is no longer confined to large public companies listed on a major stock exchange. The "trickle down" of tax problems from public corporations to private businesses, run as corporations, partnerships or LLCs, to small businesses is evident. Lenders, take-over prospects, and co-owners are all acutely concerned with the financial health of a business. Tax considerations now play an increasingly vital role in determining whether any particular business can receive a clean bill of health. Past positions taken on open-year tax returns, the likelihood of the success of any ongoing tax strategy, stepped up IRS audits, changing tax accounting rules and the growing complexity of the tax code itself, not to mention state and local tax law considerations and the increasingly large penalties that taxing authorities are free to assess if a tax position turns out to be incorrect, make tax risk management essential for the smaller business as well.

How much tax risk is your business carrying? The first step to finding a solution to a problem is determining the extent of the problem. Do you know how many "dropped balls" on the tax-side of your business it would take to bankrupt your operations or set them back several years? If you have neglected this side of managing your business, or if you want some reassurance that you are prepared for "worst case" tax scenarios, please feel free to give this office a call.

If you call attention to your return, it probably will be noticed. Whether by writing in red across your return a "tax protestor" slogan, by not signing your return, or by not filling in all required lines, you will get your return noticed and at the very least you'll get a letter asking to further explain your position. Absent such blatant attention-getting behavior, however, your chances of audit depends upon the numerical amounts you place on your return and how they compare to certain norms determined by IRS computers (and kept secret from the public). Some audit selection is also done randomly, although those odds are less than a fraction of one percent under current practice.

E-filed returns.  There is a perception that e-filed returns have a higher audit risk, but there is no proof to support it. All data on hand-written returns end up in a computer file at the IRS anyway; through a combination of a scanning and a hand input procedure that takes place soon after the return is received by the Service Center. Computer cross-matching of tax return data against information returns (W-2s, 1099s, etc.) takes place no matter when or how you file.

Early or late returns. There is no evidence of an increased risk of audit that takes place by filing early or late on a valid extension. The statute of limitations on audits is generally three years, measured from the due date of the return (April 15^th for individuals) whether filed on that date or early, or from the date received by the IRS if filed after April 15^th. If a return is filed late without permission obtained through an automatic or permission-granted extension, that return is thought to be slightly more suspect and subject to audit. In most cases, however, what matters for audit selection is what you put on your return (and how it varies from various computer-generated "norms"), rather than the time it is filed. Filing exactly on April 15^th won't help your return "get lost in the crowd" and filing in mid-summer won't raise suspicions or be assigned to an agent during a "slow" period.

Amended returns. Since all amended returns are visually inspected, there is a very high risk of their being examined. Therefore, weigh the risk carefully before filing an amended return. Amended returns are usually associated with the original return. The Service Center can decide to accept the claim or, if not, send the claim and the original return to the field for examination.

Nonfiler information.  The IRS computer identifies taxpayers who have failed to file returns. This information could result in a direct deferral to an examining agent. Sometimes the information is developed as a "tax delinquent investigation" (TDI) that can be transferred to an agent for the review of returns.

In many cases, employees can elect to reduce their salary and contribute the amounts to a retirement plan. These plans include 401(k) cash or deferred arrangements, 403(b) tax-sheltered annuities, eligible Code Sec. 457 deferred compensation plans of state and local governments and tax-exempt entities, simple retirement accounts, and plans for self-employed persons such as a SEP individual retirement account (SEP IRA).

Each retirement plan limits the amount that can be contributed annually to the plan:

• IRAs - Contribution limits are $4,000 for 2006 and 2007; $5,000 for 2008.
• 401(k), 403(b), 457, SEP IRA - Contribution limits are $15,000 for 2006 and $15,500 for 2007. The contribution limits are indexed.
• Simple retirement accounts - The limit is $10,000 for 2006; $10,500 for 2007. The contribution limit is indexed.

Many retirement plans allow participants age 50 and older to make "catch-up" contributions. Participants can contribute an additional amount in excess of the normal limits. Making a catch-up contribution increases the amount available at retirement and is beneficial if the employee can afford it.

There is a separate limit for catch-up contributions. The limits are as follows:

• IRAs - $1,000 for 2007. This amount is not indexed.
• 401(k), 403(b), 457 and SEPs - $5,000 in 2006; indexed in $500 increments but unchanged for 2007.
• SIMPLE plans - $2,500 for 2006, indexed but unchanged for 2007.

Parents of a child under age 13 can take a tax credit for child care expenses to enable them to work. The credit can be taken for care of one or more children. Child care expenses are amounts you paid for someone to come to your home, for care at the home of a day care provider, and for care at a day care center.

The credit is a percentage of qualified child care costs. Qualified costs are limited to $3,000 for one child and $6,000 for two or more children. The credit is taken on the lowest of your earned income, your spouse's earned income, or your qualified costs. Generally, if the spouse is not working, no credit is allowed, unless the spouse is a student or is disabled.

The cost of child care includes incidental amounts for food and schooling, but not items with a separate cost. The cost of schooling does not qualify if the child is in kindergarten or above. The credit can also be claimed for the cost of taking care of a disabled spouse who cannot care for himself or herself, and for any other disabled person that you can claim as a dependent.

Married couples must file a joint return to claim the credit. You also qualify to claim the credit if you file as a single person, head of household, or qualifying widow(er).

To compute the amount of the credit, you multiply the amount determined from costs or earned income by a specified percentage. The percentage starts at 35 percent, if you have $15,000 or less of adjusted gross income. The percentage is reduced by one percentage point for every $2,000 of additional income for the next $23,000 in income above $15,000. You can use the minimum percentage of 20 percent if your income is $43,000 or more. Thus, the maximum credit is $1,050 (35 percent of $3,000) for one child and $2,100 for two or more children (35 percent of $6,000); and the minimum, no matter how much money you make, is $600 for one child and $1200 for more than one child.

The credit is taken on Form 2441. You must provide the name and address of the day care provider, the provider's taxpayer identification number, and the expenses paid to the provider. The day care provider cannot be your spouse, a parent of the child, or another person you claim as a dependent. However, payments to your child age 19 or older will qualify for the credit. You must also provide the names of your children and a social security number for each child.

If you are enrolled in a flexible spending account (FSA) with your employer, you may have elected to pay for child care expenses with funds from the FSA. These amounts are tax-free. To prevent a double benefit, you must reduce the child care credit by amounts used from the FSA to pay for child care.

In a final session, Congress approved a $45.1 billion package of tax extenders and other tax breaks during the night of December 8-9. The Tax Relief and Health Care Act of 2006 (H.R. 6111) renews many valuable - but temporary - tax breaks for individuals and businesses, including the state and local sales tax deduction, the higher education tuition deduction and employer tax incentives. The new law also extends some energy tax breaks, makes Health Savings Accounts (HSAs) more attractive and creates new tax incentives.

Temporary versus permanent tax cuts

Tax cuts come in two types: permanent and temporary. In recent years, Congress has favored temporary tax cuts over permanent ones largely because of how they are reflected in the federal budget. Temporary tax cuts appear to cost less over one, two or three years than permanent tax cuts.

The drawback is that they are temporary. They ultimately expire unless Congress extends them.

That's exactly what happened with the extenders. Nearly all of them expired at the end of 2005. The new law extends them through 2007.

Here's a rundown of the tax incentives that are extended through 2007:

--Deduction for state and local taxes;

--Higher education tuition deduction;

--Work Opportunity and Welfare-to-Work tax credits;

--Teacher's classroom expense deduction;

--Research tax credit;

--Archer Medical Savings Accounts;

--Indian employment tax credit;

--Accelerated depreciation for business property on a Native American reservation;

--15-year recovery period for some leasehold and restaurant improvements;

--Tax incentives for the District of Columbia;

--Brownfields remediation expensing;

--Cover over of tax on distilled spirits;

--Parity in application of mental health benefits; and

--Zone academy bonds.

State and local sales tax deduction

The new law allows taxpayers to deduct either state and local income taxes or state and local sales taxes as an itemized deduction. You have two options. You can calculate your deduction either by saving receipts or using the IRS' Optional State Sales Tax Tables. Be careful, the deduction phases-out for higher-income taxpayers. Even if you think the state and local income tax deduction would be larger, it's worthwhile to calculate both, especially if you may be liable for AMT. Our office can help you with all the calculations.

Teacher's classroom expense deduction

Teachers, aides and other education workers often pay for classroom expenses out of their own funds. The classroom expense deduction permits education workers to deduct some out-of-pocket classroom expenses up to $250. Many classroom purchases qualified for the deduction, such as paper and pens, books, computer software, and so on. However, you cannot take the deduction if your employer reimburses you for the classroom supplies.

Higher education tuition deduction

This deduction is often confused with the deduction for interest paid on a student loan. That's a separate tax break. The higher education tuition deduction is an above-the-line deduction for qualifying tuition and related expenses. However, you cannot deduct housing, transportation, food, insurance, and some other expenses. Taxpayers claiming the higher education tuition deduction also cannot take the HOPE and Lifetime Learning tax credits. Because this deduction has so many rules, it's important that our office carefully review your tax situation.

Welfare-to-Work and Work Opportunity tax credits

These credits are designed to encourage employers to hire economically-disadvantaged individuals. The credits are very similar and are equally complex. Only individuals in "targeted" groups qualify. Wages also cannot exceed certain thresholds. The new law extends them and consolidates them making tax planning very important.

Archer Medical Savings Accounts

If you own a small business, you know that health care costs are a huge drain on profits. Over the years, Congress has tried several "fixes." Archer Medical Savings Accounts were created to help workers save for health care expenses. They weren't very popular and today seem to be eclipsed by Health Savings Accounts. However, every employer is different. Archer Medical Savings Accounts may a good fit for you and your employees. The new law extends them through 2007.

New tax incentives

The Tax Relief and Health Care Act of 2006 creates two new tax breaks that could be very valuable: a temporary refundable credit for certain taxpayers with long-term unused AMT credits who have AMT income from incentive stock options and a new deduction for premiums paid for qualified mortgage insurance. Both of these tax breaks have some very important limitations. Our office can help decipher them for you.

Energy tax breaks

A surprise last-minute addition to the new law was a package of energy tax extenders. The big news here is what was not extended. Congress did not extend the tax break for individuals who make energy-efficiency improvements to their homes, such as energy-efficient windows and doors. Instead, Congress extended energy tax breaks targeted mostly to businesses and authorized more tax credits for research into alternative energy production. 

Health Savings Accounts

HSAs are similar to IRAs. Your contributions are deductible and are tax-free if used for qualified health care expenditures. With proper planning, HSAs can be a great asset.

The new law makes HSAs even more attractive by allowing a one-time transfer of IRA savings to an HSA. You can also make a one-time transfer of savings in a health flexible spending account (FSA) or a health reimbursement arrangement (HRA) to an HSA. These are valuable tools if you plan correctly. Give our office a call if you have any questions about HSAs.

Important planning steps

The lateness of the new law makes tax planning very important for these last few weeks of 2006.

Give our office a call. We can schedule an appointment to sit down and discuss the new law in detail. There are a lot more tax breaks than we covered in this short article. Don't miss out on some potentially very valuable tax savings.

Only 50 percent of the cost of meals is generally deductible. A meal deduction is customarily allowed when the meal is business related and incurred in one of two instances:

(1) while traveling away from home (a circumstance in which business duties require you to be away from the general area of your tax home for longer than an ordinary day's work); and

(2) while entertaining during which a discussion directly related to business takes place.

Entertainment expenses generally do not meet the "directly related test" when the taxpayer is not present at the activity or event. Both your meal and the meal provided to your business guest(s)' is restricted to 50 percent of the cost.

Related expenses, such as taxes, tips, and parking fees must be included in the total expenses before applying the 50-percent reduction. However, allowable deductions for transportation costs to and from a business meal are not reduced.

The 50-percent deduction limitation also applies to meals and entertainment expenses that are reimbursed under an accountable plan to a taxpayer's employees. It doesn't matter if the taxpayer reimburses the employees for 100 percent of the expenses. "Supper money" paid when an employee works late similarly may be tax free to the employee but only one-half may be deducted by the employer. The same principle applies to meals provided at an employees-only business luncheon, dinner, etc.

A special exception to the 50 percent rule applies to workers who are away from home while working under Department of Transportation regulations. For these workers, meals are 75 percent deductible in 2006 and 2007.

When a per diem allowance is paid for lodging, meal, and incidental expenses, the entire amount of the federal meals and incidental expense (M&IE) rate is treated as an expense for food or beverages subject to the percentage limitation on deducting meal and entertainment expenses. When a per diem allowance for lodging, meal, and incidental expenses for a full day of travel is less than the federal per diem rate for the locality of travel, the payer may treat 40 percent of the per diem allowance as the federal M&IE rate.

"Lavish" meals out of proportion to customary business practice are generally not deductible to the extent they are lavish. Generally, meals taken alone whentraveling generally have a lower threshold for lavishness than meals considered an entertainment expense for which a client or other business contact is "wined and dined."

The standard mileage rate may be taken in lieu of proving actual expenses such as depreciation on your automobile and the cost of gas. You must still prove that you took the trip for business and that you took it in your vehicle, whether owned or leased. The standard mileage rate applies to the actual miles driven and not simply to miles traveled.

Car travel for business is a deductible expense.  The standard mileage rate can be used to determine the deductible amount, rather than keeping track of actual expenses for using a car. An individual who owns or leases a car and has other expenses, such as gasoline, can deduct actual expenses or can take the standard mileage rate, even if the standard mileage rate is higher.

Rather than drive to a business destination, an individual can travel by rail, bus, plane or taxi. However, the standard mileage rate is not available if the individual travels by other means, rather than by motor vehicle. In this situation, the deduction is limited to reasonable expenses for the manner of travel used by the individual, which may be the actual expenses incurred. On the latter point, the Tax Court has taken this approach in the case of a businessman who traveled by charter rather than by commercial plane. The court allowed the use of first class plane fare but not the cost of the charter.

For further assistance on how to maximize your travel expense deductions, whether by automobile, jet or otherwise, please feel free to contact this office.

A: If you have the money, contributing to your IRA immediately on January 1^st or as soon thereafter as possible is the best strategy.  The #1 advantage of an IRA is that interest or other investment income earned on the account accumulates without tax each year. The sooner the money starts working at earning tax-free income, the greater the tax advantage. With a traditional IRA, that tax advantage means no tax until you finally withdraw the money at retirement or for a qualified emergency. In the case of a Roth IRA, the tax advantage comes in the form of the investment income that is never taxed.

While the earliest date to contribute to an IRA for a current year is January 1^st of that year, the latest date is 15 1/2 months later, on April 15^th of the next year when your tax return is due. (Because of the weekend-next business day rule that's April 16, 2007 for 2006 tax-year contributions.)

Although you may file for an extension to file your tax return, that extension does not extend the time you have to contribute to an IRA; April 15^th is the deadline. Another caveat: If you make a contribution after December 31^st it will be presumed to be made for the next year unless you designate it as relating back to the year just ended. Finally, until the due date for your return, you are allowed to withdraw any IRA contribution, plus earnings on that contribution.

Soon, the recently-passed Pension Protection Act of 2006 will give you another option: designating all or a portion of your tax refund for the year to be directly deposited into your IRA account. In fact, the IRS has moved quickly to provide several refund options, already announcing that new Form 8888 will be created to give all individual filers the ability to split their refunds in up to three financial accounts, such as checking, savings and retirement accounts.

In addition to knowing when to make IRA contributions, you also need to know how much you are able to contribute and whether a traditional or a Roth IRA makes more sense. For those who are already covered by a retirement plan, restrictions on contributing to deductible IRAs must be heeded. Nondeductible and "spousal" IRAs also are options to be considered. Please call our offices if you need further guidance on any of the IRA rules. They are worth using and can grow into a substantial additional nest egg for you at retirement.

Every year, Americans donate billions of dollars to charity. Many donations are in cash. Others take the form of clothing and household items. With all this money involved, it's inevitable that some abuses occur. The new Pension Protection Act cracks down on abuses by requiring that all donations of clothing and household items be in "good used condition or better."

Good used or better condition

The new law does not define good or better condition. For guidance, you can look to the standards that many charities already have in place. Many charities will not accept your donations of clothing or household items unless they are in good or better condition.

Clothing cannot be torn, soiled or stained. It must be clean and wearable. Many charities will reject a shirt with a torn collar or a jacket with a large tear in a sleeve. As one charity spokesperson summed it up, "Don't donate anything you wouldn't want to wear yourself." 

Household items include furniture, furnishings, electronics, appliances, and linens, and similar items.  Food, paintings, antiques, art, jewelry and collectibles are not household items. Household items must be in working condition. For example, a DVD player that does not work is not in good used or better condition. You can still donate it (if the charity will accept it) but you cannot claim a tax deduction. Household items, particularly furnishings and linens, must be clean and useable. 

The new law authorizes the IRS to deny a deduction for the contribution of a clothing or household item that has minimal monetary value. At the top of this list you can expect to find socks and undergarments, which have had inflated values for years.

Fair market value

You generally can deduct the fair market value of your donation. Unless your donation is new - for example, a blouse that has never been worn - its fair market value is not what you paid for it. Just like when you drive a new car off the dealer's lot, a new item loses value once you wear or use it.  Therefore, its value is less than what you paid for it.  

If you're not sure about an item's value, a reputable charity can help you determine its fair market value. Our office can also help you value your donations of used clothing and household items.

Get a receipt

Generally, you must obtain a receipt for your gift. If obtaining a receipt is impracticable, for example, you drop off clothing at a self-service donation center, you must maintain reliable written information about the contribution, such as the type and value of the property.

Charitable contributions of property of $250 or more must be substantiated by obtaining a contemporaneous written acknowledgement from the charity including an estimate of the value of the items. If your deduction for noncash contributions is greater than $500, you must attach Form 8283 to your tax return. Special rules apply if you are claiming a deduction of more than $5,000.

Exception

In some cases, the new rules about good used or better condition do not apply. The restrictions do not apply if a deduction of more than $500 is claimed for the single clothing or household item and the taxpayer includes an appraisal with his or her return.

If you have any questions about the new charitable contribution rules for donations of clothing and household items, give our office a call. The new rules apply to contributions made after August 17, 2006.

The Saver's Credit, also known as the retirement savings contribution credit, is available to low and moderate-income workers to help save for retirement. The credit, which is nonrefundable, was introduced in 2002, and made permanent in 2006. In order to preserve the value of the benefit, income limits are adjusted annually to keep pace with inflation. Often, this valuable credit is overlooked and underused by taxpayers.

Dollar-for-dollar tax savings

The Saver's Credit offers individuals some real incentives to save for retirement. It can reduce the federal income tax your employees pay dollar-for-dollar. The amount of the employee's credit is based on the contributions he or she makes and his or her credit rate.

The credit helps offset part of the first $2,000 a worker voluntarily contributes to an IRA or 401(k) plan, or similar workplace retirement plan. The credit rate can be as high as 50 percent, depending on the employee's adjusted gross income (AGI). However, the credit rate generally declines as income rises. The credit rate also depends on the amount an employee contributes to his or her retirement plan, the employee's filing status, and tax liability. The amount of the credit cannot exceed the taxpayer's tax liability.

Applicable AGI and percentages for 2009 tax year

For single taxpayers (and married filing separate or qualifying widow(er)), the Saver's Credit rate is 50 percent of the contribution if AGI is $0-$16,500. The rate is 20 percent if AGI is $16,501-$18,000; 10 percent if AGI is $18,01-$27,750; and zero percent if AGI is above $27,751.

For married couples filing jointly, the Saver's Credit rate is 50 percent of the contribution if AGI is $0-$33,000. The rate is 20 percent if AGI is $33,001-$36,000; 10 percent if AGI is $36,001-$55,500; and zero percent if AGI is above $55,501. The AGI amounts for a head of household is 50 percent of the contribution if AGI is $0-$24,750. The rate is 20 percent if AGI is $24,751-$27,000; 10 percent if AGI is $27,001-$41,625; and zero percent if AGI is above $41,6261.

$2,000 maximum annual contribution

The maximum annual contribution taken into account for the credit is $2,000. For married couples filing jointly, the maximum annual contribution taken into account for the credit is $2,000 for each person. An individual also has to be over age 18, not a full-time student and not claimed as a dependent on another taxpayer's return.

In some cases, the amount of any contribution eligible for the Saver's Credit is reduced by the amount of any taxable distribution received by the taxpayer or by the taxpayer's spouse.

Many types of retirement savings arrangements

The Saver's Credit is available for so many types of retirement savings arrangements that more workers should be taking advantage of it. Salary reduction contributions to the following arrangements are eligible for the Saver's Credit:

• 401(k) plans
• 403(b) annuity plans
• Governmental 457 plans
• SIMPLE IRA
• Salary reduction SEP

A contribution made under an automatic enrollment plan also qualifies. Additionally, contributions to an IRA - traditional and Roth IRAs - are eligible for the Saver's Credit.

Are your employees taking advantage of the Saver's Credit? Our office can help you get the word out to your employees about this valuable tax break. Not only will your employees benefit from saving for the future, they may also receive an immediate tax savings.

Uncle Sam takes a tax bite out of almost every asset sold and collectibles are no exception. Indeed, collectibles are currently subject to one of the highest rates of federal taxation on investment property. Capital gain from the sale of a collectible is taxed at 28 percent.

What is a collectible?

What is a "collectible?" Of course, collectibles include stamps and coins, fine wines, glassware, and other commonly collected items.

It's important to keep in mind that less obvious items are often "collectibles." For example, a collection of political campaign buttons and badges can be a collectible. If an item is an antique, it is probably a collectible.  

Higher tax rate

Traditionally, collectibles have been taxed at a high capital gains rate because of public policy arguments. Supporters of high capital gains tax rates for collectibles justify their position by the lack of broader benefits, such as innovation, new products and higher productivity, that society receives from collectibles. On the other hand, society benefits from the preservation of works of art, antiques and many other collectibles.

Currently, the capital gains tax rate for collectibles is 28 percent. This is significantly higher than the capital gains tax rate for stocks, securities and many other investments, which enjoy a 15 percent capital gains tax rate (five percent for taxpayers in the 10 or 15 percent tax brackets).

Understanding basis

Before you calculate gain, you have to have an understanding of basis. If you purchased the item, then your calculations start with the cost of acquisition. These costs include not only what you actually paid for the collectible but also auction and broker's fees.

Inherited collectibles are treated differently. Your basis is the collectible's fair market value at the time of inheritance. Most commonly, fair market value is determined by an appraisal but there are other methods. Another way to show fair market value is by looking at current sales of comparable collectibles.

Your collectible may have been a gift from another person. In this case, your basis is the same as that of the person who made the gift.

Many collectibles require special care. You may have spent money to maintain the collectible or restore it.  These costs are also part of your basis in the collectible.

After you have calculated your basis in the collectible, you subtract your basis from the amount you sold the item for. This is your capital gain.

Example. Beverly inherits a 19th century rocking chair from her grandmother. Shortly before she died, Beverly's grandmother had the chair appraised. Its value was determined to be $2,000. Beverly spends $500 to restore the chair. Two years later, Beverly sells the chair online. Beverly earns $3,900 from the sale. Beverly's basis in the chair is ($2,500) ($2,000, which was the chair's fair market value when she inherited it, plus the $500 she spent to restore it). Beverly's capital gain is $1,400 ($3,900 minus $2,500). As a collectible, it is taxed at 28 percent rather than 15 percent, a difference of $182 in tax.

"Gold bug" advice

The price of gold has almost doubled in the past several years. Investing in gold presents two issues. First, there is the issue of valuing gold coins. When coins have numismatic worth exceeding their face denomination, the amount realized is the numismatic value of the coins, not the face value. Second, if you want to invest in the price of gold rather than in the collectible nature of a gold coin, you should consider investing in gold strictly as a precious metal, through a mutual fund, gold stocks, or other negotiable certificate. That interest, and the gain realized by selling it, is entitled to full capital gain treatment.

Understanding the tax treatment of collectibles is complicated. Our office can help you determine if your item is a collectible, what your basis is and, if you have sold it or are thinking of selling it, what your capital gain would be. Don't hesitate to give our office a call.

Yes. If you received a cash incentive from your employer to help you purchase a hybrid vehicle, the IRS treats it as taxable compensation.

Green vehicles grow in popularity

Many employers, large and small, are offering employees cash incentives to purchase hybrid or "green" vehicles. The perk is especially attractive these days with gasoline prices at all-time highs.

Most hybrids on the market today combine an electric motor with a gasoline-powered engine. A small number of hybrids operate on compressed natural gas and flex-fuels, such as ethanol. These vehicles not only help conserve oil, they cut down on smog and greenhouse gases.

While hybrids are popular, they are still just a very small percentage of the U.S. car market.  Out of 230 million vehicles on the nation's roads, hybrids account for just over one percent but their numbers are growing. Domestic and foreign manufacturers are revving-up production of hybrids.

Hybrids are also more expensive than gasoline-powered vehicles, although demand is helping to bring costs down. To help employees purchase hybrid vehicles, many employers are pitching in with cash incentives.

Taxable compensation

Like other forms of compensation, these cash incentives are taxable. Your employer must include the incentive on your year-end W-2 earnings statement. These cash incentives are also subject to income tax withholding and federal employment taxes (Social Security, Medicare and federal unemployment taxes).

New tax credit

Last year, Congress replaced the hybrid vehicle tax deduction with a tax credit. The IRS has certified more than 20 models of cars and trucks as eligible for the hybrid tax credit (officially known as the alternative motor vehicle credit). Many states have similar tax breaks.

The credit varies depending on the vehicle. For some vehicles, it can reach as high as $3,400. For others, it is much lower. The IRS determines the amount of the credit based on information it receives from the manufacturer about the vehicle's hybrid design.

The full credit is only available for a limited time. Basically, when a manufacturer sells its 60,000^th hybrid vehicle, the credit falls from 100 percent to 50 percent. Eventually, the credit falls to zero. President Bush and many members of Congress want to repeal this ceiling. Domestic manufacturers do not. They want to keep it because sales of foreign-made hybrids are ahead of U.S.-made hybrids.

The credit only applies to vehicles purchased or placed in service after January 1, 2006. If you purchased a hybrid vehicle before January 1, 2006, you may qualify for the old tax deduction.

Manufacturers are stepping up production of hybrids and we'll be seeing a lot more models on the roads.  Give our office a call if you have any questions about hybrid vehicles, the tax treatment of employer-provided incentives and federal and state tax breaks.

If you're thinking about setting up employees as telecommuters, you're not alone.  Businesses ranging from large multi-nationals to small shops know that telecommuting not only can improve worker morale and performance, it can also save you and your employees money. What's not to like about zero commuting costs and no office rent? You can also sell the benefits of telecommuting by alerting employees to some significant tax breaks.

Your federal tax responsibility

As the employer, your federal tax responsibilities will not change because one or all of your employees telecommute. They are still your employees even though they are not working in one central location, or multiple locations, owned and operated by you.  You'll withhold federal payroll and income taxes from their paychecks just as before. Some states and local jurisdictions, however, are trying to capitalize on the telecommuting trend by demanding withholding taxes based on the location of the telecommuter rather than that of a business's regular office. Check with our office to see if this development applies to you.

Tax savings for employees

Telecommuting can open the door to some tax savings for your employees. However, and this is very important, the IRS looks very carefully for abuses, especially inflated home office deductions. You'll want to spell things out very clearly when you set up an employee in a home office.

The home office must meet some tough IRS tests to qualify for the deduction. It must be used for the convenience of the employer and used regularly -- and exclusively -- as a principal place of business or a place where the taxpayer meets or deals with patients, clients or customers.  Additionally, the employee must not rent any part of his or her home to the employer.

If you decide that an employee, or all your employees, should telecommute, your decision satisfies the "at the convenience of the employer" test. However, if an employee asks you if he or she can work from home, that request likely would not satisfy the test. An employee's preference to work from home would not meet the IRS's criteria.

Telecommuters who work exclusively from home should not have difficulty satisfying the "principal place of business" test. Their home office is where they work for you 100 percent of the time.  However, taking depreciation deductions on a home office may not provide a significant tax savings since those deductions reduce your tax basis in your home and therefore raise the amount of gain potentially taxable on its eventual sale. The $250,000 exclusion of taxable gain from the sale of a principal residence ($500,000 in the case of a joint return) may not be used to shelter any gain attributable to the business-use of your residence. That may point to foregoing the home office deduction even if the employee may be entitled to it.

Your employee may not work from home all the time. For example, he or she may work at home three out of five days. If you're thinking about this type of telecommuting arrangement, contact our office for more details. We'll help you and your employees avoid any potential mishaps with the IRS.

Home office supplies

A home office needs supplies just like in the employer's workplace. Items you supply, such as furniture, computers, scanners, fax machines, stationary, telephones, are deductible by you as the employer. They get the same tax treatment just as if you provided them in your workplace. This is regardless of whether a portion of the home itself qualifies for the home office deduction.

You may want to reimburse your telecommuters for utility charges, telephone calls and similar expenses. Generally, these amounts will not be considered income to the employee. They could also be treated as tax-free working condition fringe benefits.

Just like the rules for deducting a home office, deductions for supplies can get complicated. Again, let us help you put together a telecommuting plan that not only maximizes tax savings for you and your employees but, most importantly, does not raise any red flags for the IRS.

Transportation costs

Transportation costs from a home office to another place of business may be either a deductible transportation expense or a nondeductible commuting expense. It depends on which location is the individual's principal place of business. This area is fraught with potential traps. The IRS and the courts have made some very technical and fine distinctions. Our office can help you understand them and set up a transportation policy that meets your needs.

When you receive cash other than the like-kind property in a like-kind exchange, the cash is treated as "boot." Boot does not render the transaction ineligible for non-recognition treatment but it does require you to recognize gain to the extent of the cash received. The same is true for other non-like-kind property. In other words, anything you receive in addition to the like-kind property, such as relief from debt from a mortgage or additional property that is not like-kind will force you to recognize the gain realized.

An illustration

An example helps to show the gain computation and basis adjustments in a like-kind exchange where boot is received:

You want to transfer land with an adjusted basis of $70,000 and a fair market value of $100,000 in a like-kind exchange. As replacement property you will receive land from Charlie that is like-kind to the one you will transfer. However, Charlie's land has a fair market value of only $80,000. To equalize the value of the like-kind properties being exchanged, Charlie will give you $20,000 in cash. Because the $20,000 is not like-kind property, the like-kind exchange rules treat it as boot and you will have to recognize gain to that extent. Your computation will be as follows:

  $80,000  FMV of like-kind land received
+ $20,000  cash received 
________
$100,000   Your amount realized
- 70,000  Your adjusted basis of the land transferred
________
  $30,000  Realized gain  

However, because you will receive only $20,000 of cash (boot), you will recognize only $20,000 of the gain realized. The rest of the gain or $10,000 will be preserved for a future date when the acquired property is recognized in a taxable transaction.

Basis adjustment. Gain that is not recognized when cash is present in a like-kind exchange will be "preserved" by adjusting your basis in the new property to reflect the remaining gain. The basis rules achieve the gain preservation by first allocating the gain realized to boot to the extent of its fair market value, then to the like-kind property in proportion to its relative fair market value.

The basis of the acquired property will be the adjusted basis of the property transferred, increased by recognized gain and decreased by loss recognized or money received in the exchange. In the above example, your adjusted basis in the replacement property will be $70,000. Because the fair market value of the replacement property is $80,000, the $10,000 of realized but unrecognized gain will be preserved in your adjusted basis.

Cash in excess of gain. In addition, if the fair market value of boot received exceeds the gain realized, only this amount of realized gain is recognized.

If, in our example, your adjusted basis were $90,000, your realized gain would only be $10,000 ($100,000 amount realized minus $90,000 adjusted basis).  In that case, your recognized gain would be limited to $10,000 even though you received $20,000 in cash.

The new Tax Increase Prevention and Reconciliation Act (TIPRA), signed into law in May, makes some important changes to offers-in-compromise (OIC). The new rules now require taxpayers to make nonrefundable partial payments with a submission of any OIC made on or after July 16, 2006. Taxpayers should be aware of the new requirements as the IRS is known for granting few OICs. Not complying with the new rules will likely increase the chances that the IRS will reject your offer.

OICs are often a measure of last resort to be used by taxpayers who are unable to pay tax liabilities in lump sums or through installment agreements. OICs must be in the best interest of the government and the taxpayer and must promote voluntary compliance with future payment and filing requirements.

In general, there are several requirements to file a valid OIC. These are:

• File Form 656, "Offer in Compromise" and Forms 433-A and 433-B, "Collection Information Statements";
• Submit a $150 application fee, or Form 656-A, "Income Certification for Offer in Compromise Application Fee";
• File all required tax returns;
• File and pay any required employment tax returns on a timely basis for the two quarters prior to filing the OIC and must be current with the deposits for the quarter in which the OIC is submitted; and
• Must not be a debtor in bankruptcy.

In addition to the $150 nonrefundable application fee, taxpayers must now include partial payments with their OICs. Taxpayers submitting OICs offering to make a lump-sum payment must include a payment of 20 percent of the amount offered.

Taxpayers who submit OICs offering to make periodic payments must include the first payment with the OIC. They must continue making payments as proposed in the OIC while the OIC is being considered by the IRS.

The partial payments as well as the application fee are nonrefundable but are applied towards the taxpayer's liability.  Also, in situations where taxpayers have more than one liability, they may decide towards which liability they want the payments to apply.

If taxpayers do not include the required payments with their OICs, the IRS will return the OICs as "unprocessable". In addition, taxpayers offering a periodic payment OIC will be deemed to have withdrawn their offers if they don't submit their periodic payments under the terms of their offers.

The new tax law deems as accepted any OIC that has been submitted to the IRS but has not been rejected in 24 months. This period does not include time periods when the liability is in question in a judicial proceeding.

Since the IRS is known for taking a long time to review OICs, this may speed up the process. Although a more speedy evaluation period seems like a pro-taxpayer provision, some commentators have said that it may lead the IRS to reject offers when it has not had enough time to fully evaluate them

Contact our office if you have any questions about the new rules for OICs. Although the IRS has historically been very reluctant to grant an OIC, there are times when an OIC is the best course of action and the IRS recognizes this.

Three years ago, Congress enhanced small business expensing to encourage businesses to purchase equipment and other assets and help lift the economy out of a slow-down. This valuable tax break was set to expire after 2007. Congress has now extended it two more years as part of the recently enacted Tax Increase Prevention and Reconciliation Act. Taxpayers who fully qualify for the expensing deduction get what amounts to a significant up-front reduction in the out-of-pocket cost of business equipment.

Indexed for inflation

In lieu of depreciation, taxpayers can elect to deduct up to $100,000 of the cost of qualifying property placed in service for the tax year. The $100,000 amount is reduced, but not below zero, by the amount by which the cost of the qualifying property exceeds $400,000.

The $100,000 and $400,000 limitations are indexed for inflation. For 2006, they are $108,000 and $430,000 respectively.

Expensing election

If you want to take advantage of the small business expensing election, you must do so on your original tax return, on Form 4562 (Depreciation and Amortization) or on an amended return filed before the due date for your original return including any extensions. If you don't claim it, you cannot change your mind later by filing an amended tax return after the due date.

Tangible personal property

The property that you purchase must be tangible personal property that is actively used in your business and for which a depreciation deduction would be allowed. The property must be newly purchased new or used property rather than property that you previously owned but recently converted to business use. If you have any questions about the type of property you are purchasing, give our office a call and we'll help you determine if it qualifies for enhanced expensing.

Generally, land improvements, such as buildings, paved parking lots and fences do not qualify for expensing. However, property contained in or attached to a building that is not a structural component, such as refrigerators, testing equipment and signs, does qualify.

Property acquired by gift or inheritance does not qualify. Property you acquired from related persons, such as your spouse, child, parent, or other ancestor, or another business with common ownership also does not qualify.

There are special provisions for applying the expensing rules to partnerships and S corporations, controlled groups of corporations, married couples, and sport utility vehicles.  We can explain these provisions in more detail if you call our office.

Recapture

Qualifying property must be used more than 50 percent for business. If use falls below 50 percent, you may have to recapture (give back) part of the tax benefit you previously claimed.

The two-year extension opens the door to some important strategic tax planning opportunities. Our office can help you plan purchases so you get the maximum tax benefit. Give us a call today.

Starting in 2010, the $100,000 adjusted gross income cap for converting a traditional IRA into a Roth IRA is eliminated. All other rules continue to apply, which means that the amount converted to a Roth IRA still will be taxed as income at the individual's marginal tax rate. One exception for 2010 only: you will have a choice of recognizing the conversion income in 2010 or averaging it over 2011 and 2012.

The Tax Increase Prevention and Reconciliation Act of 2005 eliminated the $100,000 adjusted gross income (AGI) ceiling for converting a traditional IRA into a Roth IRA. While this provision does not apply until 2010, now may be a good time to make plans to maximize this opportunity.

The Roth IRA has benefits that are especially useful to high-income taxpayers, yet as a group they have been denied those advantages up until now. Currently, you are allowed to convert a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA only if your AGI does not exceed $100,000. A married taxpayer filing a separate return is prohibited from making a conversion. The amount converted is treated as distributed from the traditional IRA and, as a consequence, is included in the taxpayer's income, but the 10-percent additional tax for early withdrawals does not apply.

Significant benefits

While recognizing income sooner rather than later is usually not smart tax planning, in the case of this new opportunity to convert a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA, the math encourages it. The difference is twofold:

1. All future earnings on the account are tax free; and
2. The account can continue to grow tax free longer than a traditional IRA without being forced to be distributed gradually after reaching age 70 ½.

These can work out to be huge advantages, especially valuable to individuals with a degree of accumulated wealth who probably won't need the money in the Roth IRA account to live on during retirement.

Example. Mary's AGI in 2010 is $200,000 and she has traditional IRA balances that will have grown to $300,000. Assuming a marginal federal and local income tax of about 40 percent on the $300,000 balance, the $180,000 remaining in the account can grow tax free thereafter, with distributions tax free. Further assume that Mary is 45 years of age with a 90 year life expectancy and money conservatively doubles every 15 years. She will die with an account of $1.44 million, income tax free to her heirs. If the Roth IRA is bequeathed to someone in a younger generation with a long life expectancy, even factoring in eventual required minimum distributions, the amount that can continue to accumulate tax free in the Roth IRA can be staggering, eventually likely to reach over $10 million.

Planning strategies

Now is not too early to start planning to take advantage of the Roth IRA conversion opportunity starting in 2010. While planning to maximize the conversion will become more detailed as 2010 approaches and your assets and income for that year are more measurable, there are certain steps you can start taking now to maximize your savings.

Start a nondeductible IRA

The income limits on both kinds of IRAs have prevented higher income taxpayers from making deductible contributions to traditional IRAs or any contributions to Roth IRAs. They could always make nondeductible contributions to a traditional IRA, but such contributions have a limited pay-off (no current deduction, tax on account income is deferred rather than eliminated, required minimum distributions).

While a taxpayer could avoid these problems by making nondeductible contributions to a traditional IRA and then converting it to a Roth IRA, this option was not available for upper income taxpayers who would have the most to benefit from such a conversion. With the elimination of the income limit for tax years after December 31, 2009, higher income taxpayers can begin now to make nondeductible contributions to a traditional IRA and then convert them to a Roth IRA in 2010. In all likelihood, there will be little to tax on the converted amount.

What's more, taxpayers with $100,000-plus AGIs should consider continue making nondeductible IRA contributions in the future and roll them over into a Roth IRA periodically. As a result, the elimination of the income limit for converting to a Roth IRA also effectively eliminates the income limit for contributing to a Roth IRA.

Example. John and Mary are a married couple with $300,000 in income. They are not eligible to contribute to a Roth IRA because their AGI exceeds the $160,000 Roth IRA eligibility limit. Beginning in 2006, the couple makes the maximum allowed nondeductible IRA contribution ($8,000 in 2006 and 2007, and $10,000 in 2008, 2009, and 2010). In 2010, their account is worth $60,000, with $46,000 of that amount representing nondeductible contributions that are not taxed upon conversion. The couple rolls over the $60,000 in their traditional IRA into a Roth IRA. They must include $14,000 in income (the amount representing their deductible contributions), which they can recognize either in 2010, or ratably in 2011 and 2012.

Assuming they have sufficient earned income each year thereafter (until reaching age 70 1/2), John and Mary can continue to make the maximum nondeductible contributions to a traditional IRA and quickly roll over these funds into their Roth IRA, thereby avoiding significant taxable growth in the assets that would have to be recognized upon distribution from a traditional IRA.

Rollover 401(k) accounts

Contributions to a Section 401(k) plans cannot be rolled over directly into a Roth IRA. The lifting of the $100,000 AGI limit does not change this rule. However, they often can be rolled over into a traditional IRA and then, after 2009, converted into a Roth IRA.

Not everyone can just pull his or her balance out of a 401(k) plan. A plan amendment must permit it or, more likely, those who are changing jobs or are otherwise leaving employment can choose to roll over the balance into an IRA rather than elect to continue to have it managed in the 401(k) plan.

For money now being contributed to 401(k) plans by employees, an even better option would be for those contributions to be made to a Roth 401(k) plan. Starting in 2006, as long as the employer plan allows for it, Roth 401(k) accounts may receive employee contributions.

Gather those old IRA accounts

Many taxpayers opened IRA accounts when they were first starting out in the work world and their incomes were low enough to contribute. Over the years, many have seen those account balances grow. These accounts now may be converted into Roth IRAs starting in 2010, regardless of income.

Paying the tax

In spite of all the advantages of a Roth IRA, a conversion is advisable only if the taxpayer can readily pay the tax generated in the year of the conversion. If the tax is paid out of a distribution from the converted IRA, that amount is also taxed; and if the distribution counts as an early withdrawal, it is also subject to an additional 10-percent penalty. For those planning to convert who may not already have the funds available, saving now in a regular bank or brokerage account to cover the amount of the tax in 2010 can return an unusually high yield if it enables a Roth IRA conversion in 2010 that might not otherwise take place.

Careful planning is key

Transferring funds between retirement accounts can carry a high price tag if it is done incorrectly. For those who plan carefully, however, converting from a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA can yield very substantial after-tax rates of return. Please feel free to call our offices if you have any questions about how the 2010 conversion opportunity should fit into your overall tax and wealth-building strategy.

No. Generally, payments that qualify as alimony are included in the recipient's gross income and are deducted from the payor's gross income. However, not all payments between spouses qualify as alimony.

Divorce or separation agreement

Payments do not qualify as alimony unless they are made under a written divorce or separation instrument. Any payment that exceeds the amount provided in the agreement, that is made before they are required by the agreement or that is made after they are no longer required by an agreement will not be considered alimony and will not be deductible as such.

The current rules apply to payments made under a post-1984 divorce or separation agreement. Covered under these rules are divorce or separation agreements executed after December 31, 1984, instruments executed before 1985 if a decree executed after December 31, 1984 changes the terms of the pre-1985 instrument, or pre-1985 instruments which are not treated as executed after December 31, 1984 but which have been modified after that date to expressly provide that the post-1984 rules are to apply.

Under the current rules, a divorce or separation agreement is defined as a divorce or separate maintenance decree or a written instrument incident to that decree, a written separation agreement, or a decree that is not a divorce decree or a separate maintenance decree but that requires a spouse to make payments for the support or maintenance of the other spouse.

Strict requirements

To be deductible, alimony payments must meet all the strict statutory requirements. First, the payment must be in cash or an equivalent and must be received by or on behalf of a spouse under a divorce or separation agreement.

Additionally, the agreement must not designate the payment as not includable in gross income and not allowable as a deduction under Code Sec. 215, the spouses who are legally separated under a decree of divorce or separate maintenance cannot be members of the same household when the payment is made, there must be no liability to make any payment after the death of the payee spouse, and spouses must not file joint returns with each other.

Lastly, the payment must not be fixed as child support. Payments that do not meet these requirements will not be considered alimony and cannot be deducted.

Different rules apply to payments made under pre-1985 divorce or separation agreements. However, a pre-1985 agreement can be expressly modified to provide that the rules for post-1984 agreements will apply to subsequent payments.

Ordinarily, you can deduct the fair market value (FMV) of property contributed to charity. The FMV is the price in an arm's-length transaction between a willing buyer and seller.  If the property's value is less than the price you paid for it, your deduction is limited to FMV.  In some cases, you must submit an appraisal with your tax return.

Record-keeping requirements vary for noncash contributions, depending on the amount of the deduction. Similar items should be combined to determine the amount of the contribution:

• If the claimed deduction is less than $250, the charitable recipient must give you a receipt that identifies the recipient, the date of the contribution, and provides a detailed description of the property. You should keep a written record with a description of the property, its FMV, and how you determined the FMV, including a copy of any appraisals. 
  
  
• If the property's value is between $250 and $500, the requirements are similar. In addition, the recipient must give you a written acknowledgment that describes and values any goods or services provided to you. 
  
  
• If the value is between $500 and $5,000, your records must describe how the property was obtained, the date it was obtained or created, and the basis of the property.
  
  

• If the value is between $5,000 and $500,000, you must obtain a qualified appraisal by a qualified appraiser, retain that appraisal in your records, and attach to your income tax return a completed Form 8283, Section B.

• If you donate property and claim a deduction of more than $500,000, or donated art and deducted $20,000 or more, you must submit a "qualified appraisal" with your tax return.

If total noncash contributions exceed $500, you must fill out Section A of Form 8283, Noncash Charitable Contributions. If the contributions exceed $5,000, you must fill out Section B of the form. Publicly-traded securities must be listed on Section A, even if the value exceeds $5,000.

Form 8283 indicates that an appraisal generally must be submitted for amounts described in Section B. The IRS will deny the deduction if there is no appraisal, unless the failure to get an appraisal was due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect. If the IRS asks you to file Form 8283, the taxpayer will have 90 days to submit a completed form.

For property over $5,000, the appraiser and the charitable recipient must sign Form 8283. The form advises the recipient to file Form 8282, Donee Information Return, with the IRS and to give a copy to the donor if the property is sold within two years. This is not required if the item (or group of similar items) has a value of $500 or less, or if the property is transferred for a charitable purpose.

You must obtain a "qualified appraisal" no earlier than 60 days before you contributed the property and before the due date of your return, including extensions. If you first report the contribution on an amended return, you must obtain an appraisal before you filed the amended return.

The appraisal must describe the property in detail so that it can be identified; give its condition; provide the date of contribution; describe any restrictions on the use of the property; and identify the appraiser. The appraisal also must provide the appraiser's qualifications; the date the property was valued; the FMV on the date of contribution; and the valuation method for determining value, including any comparable sales used.

A separate appraisal and a separate Form 8283 are required for each item or group of similar items. Only one appraisal is required for a group of similar items contributed in the same year. If similar items are contributed to more than one recipient and the items' value exceeds $5,000, a separate Form 8283 must be filed for each recipient.

Here's an example:

You donate $2,000 of books to College A, $2,500 of books to College B, and $1,000 of books to a public library. A separate Form 8283 must be submitted for each recipient.

Generally, a family member or a party who sold the property to the donor cannot be the appraiser.  An appraiser who is regularly used by the donor or recipient must have performed the majority of his or her appraisals for other persons. Form 8283 requires that the appraiser either publicize his (or her) services or else perform appraisals on a regular basis. The appraisal fee cannot be based on a percentage of the appraised property value or of the deduction allowed by the IRS.

Fees that you pay for an appraisal are a miscellaneous itemized deduction and cannot be included in the charitable deduction.

Taxpayers who do not meet the requirements for the home sale exclusion may still qualify for a partial home sale exclusion if they are able to prove that the sale was a result of an unforeseen circumstance. Recent rulings indicate that the IRS is flexible in qualifying occurrences as unforeseen events and allowing a partial home sale exclusion.

Generally, single taxpayers may exclude from gross income up to $250,000 of gain on sale or exchange of a principal residence and married taxpayers filing jointly may exclude up to $500,000. The exclusion can only be used once every two years.

To qualify for this exclusion, taxpayers must own and use the property as their principal residence for periods totaling two out of five years before sale. The five-year period can be suspended for up to 10 years for absences due to service in the military or the foreign service.

Partial exclusions are available when the ownership and use test or two-year test is not met but the taxpayer sells due to change of employment, health or unforeseen circumstances. Without these mitigating circumstances, all gain on the sale of a residence before the two years are up is taxed.

The IRS offers several "safe harbors," that is, events that will be considered to be unforeseen circumstances. These include the involuntary conversion of the taxpayer's residence, casualty to the residence caused by natural or man-made disasters or terrorism, death of a qualified individual, unemployment, divorce or legal separation, and multiple births from the same pregnancy.

If a taxpayer does not qualify for any of the safe harbors, the IRS can determine if a sale is the result of unforeseen circumstances by applying a facts and circumstances test. Some of the factors looked at by the IRS are proximity in time of sale and claimed unforeseen event, suitability of the property as the taxpayer's principal residence materially changes, whether the taxpayer's financial ability to maintain the property is materially impaired, whether the taxpayer used the property as a personal residence and whether the unforeseen circumstances were foreseeable when the taxpayer bought and used the property as a personal residence.

Recently, the IRS has decided that several non-safe harbor events were unforeseen circumstances. These include sales because of fear of criminal retaliation, the adoption of a child, a neighbor assaulting the homeowners and threatening their child, and a move to an assisted living facility followed by a move to a hospice.

If you think you may be eligible for a reduced home sale exclusion because of an unforeseen circumstance, give our office a call.

The actual date a business asset is placed in service is important because it affects when depreciation may be claimed for tax purposes. Depreciation begins in the tax year that an asset is placed in service. The placed-in-service date is especially important in the case of end-of-tax year acquisitions.

If an asset is placed in service on December 31 by a calendar-year taxpayer, depreciation is claimed on that asset for that tax year. If the same asset is placed in service one day later on January 1, depreciation deductions cannot be taken before that new year. The placed-in-service date also determines whether certain mid-quarter and half-year "conventions" will apply, which can mean greater depreciation deductions if purchase and use are timed just before the quarter or mid-year cut off date.

An asset is placed in service on the date that it is in a condition or state of readiness for a specifically assigned function in a trade or business or the production of income, which is not necessarily the date of acquisition. An asset that is being used in a trade or business is clearly placed in service. However, an asset not put to use is most likely not placed in service, unless everything in the taxpayer's power has been done to put the asset to use. An example of this is a canal barge that was deemed placed in service in the year it was acquired despite not being used until the following tax year because the canals were frozen.

Another related rule is that an asset will not be considered placed in service until the business actually begins operations. For example air conditioners installed in a grocery store before the store's opening were not considered placed in service until the store was actually open for business. In many instances this is not a bad thing, since a startup business usually has a limited amount of income during its first year to offset with depreciation deductions. Depreciation deductions in that case generally are more valuable later in the business's development.

More small businesses get into trouble with the IRS over payroll taxes than any other type of tax. Payroll taxes are a huge source of government revenue and the IRS takes them very seriously. It is actively looking for businesses that have fallen behind in their payroll taxes or aren't depositing them. When the IRS finds a noncompliant business, it hits hard with penalties.

Your most important responsibility is depositing all of your payroll taxes on time. Before you do that, however, you have to know:

• Who are your taxable workers?
• What payroll taxes apply?
• What compensation is taxable?
• When are your payroll taxes due?
• What payroll and other returns